Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D10-343 - JOS A BANK - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
JOS A BANK 321 STRANDER BL D1O-343 City oiltukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 2623049064 Address: 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: JOS A BANK DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D 10 -343 Issue Date: 05/03/2011 Permit Expires On: 10/30/2011 Owner: Name: REGENCY CENTERS LP Address: C/0 PROPERTY TAX DEPT , PO BOX 790830 78279 Contact Person: Name: ALLISON WALKER Address: 2495 CAMPUS DR - 2ND FLOOR , IRVINE CA 92612 Contractor: Name: HORIZON RETAIL CONST INC Address: 1516 S GREEN BAY RD , RACINE WI 53406 Contractor License No: HORIZRC072N5 Phone: 949 -833 -1930 Phone: Expiration Date: 04/15/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR ALTERATION TO INCLUDE ARCHITECTURAL , MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING Value of Construction: $70,000.00 Fees Collected: $1,987.11 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: V -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D10 -343 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N • • Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: LO Date: V 1 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the pe • ance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC-7/10 D10 -343 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 7: All construction shall be done in confor> e with the approved plans and the requires of the International Building Code or International Residential e, International Mechanical Code, Washin tate Energy Code. 8: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 9: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 10: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 11: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 12: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 13: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 14: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 15: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 16: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 17: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 18: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 19: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 20: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 21: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 22: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) doc: IBC -7/10 D10 -343 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 23: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all time ensure continued illumination for a duratior�ot less than 90 ni minutes in case of primary power loss, the sigllumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 24: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot -candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot - candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot - candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot -candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to- minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 25: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 26: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 27: Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72- 5.5.2.1) 28: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding automatic fire detectors. 29: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible /visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2051. 30: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 31: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 32: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 33: The Tukwila Fire Department has changed keybox manufacturers, from Supra to Knox. Install a fire department Knox keybox. Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Office at 206 -575 -4407 for ordering information. 34: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 35: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 36: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 37: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 38: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 39: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 40: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. 41: ** *PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 42: Landscaping, including trees and groundcover, shall be installed around the building to match the landscape planting plan approved in the original design review. Landscaping shall be installed and inspected prior to final approval of the building permit for Jos. A. Bank. 43: Exterior changes to the building reviewed as part of the minor modification to the design review are subject to a 14 -day appeal period starting on April 7, 2011 and ending on April 21, 2011. These changes included the addition of doc: IBC -7/10 D10 -343 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 awnings to the building exterior, the additio opaque window film to windows on the nortilkilding elevation, and the creation of window display areas. None work approved as part of the minor modifillIron application shall commence until the appeal period ends on April 21, 2011. 44: As noted by the architect on building elevation plan sheets, all signage shall be reviewed and approved through separate sign permit(s). Sigange includes the channel letter signs, plaques, lettering on awnings, blade signs, and window graphics. doc: IBC -7/10 D10 -343 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 CITY OF TUKAA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Permit No. k, 3 Mechanical Permit No. tA W- I 7T Plumbing/Gas Permit No. " C"( 0— 73 Public Works Permit No. Project No. (For office use only) Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: - Z , S''MGm a.kv v 0\ Tenant Name: . C\1(\ \ New Tenant: Et Yes ❑.. No Property Owners Name: P cy,\A C C QN\-- i'RS - vv. i - - c V 0 \ V1 q Mailing Address: a ( CJ, c)a ck ,3o* k \ C oD WC\I h u- C 614 t 1 City C 1 VAN State Zip King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 2:0 3o N w lD Lj Suite Number: J 2 ` Floor: CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: At I \ S Ov \A) CV-A/ Day Telephone: (Ck \ ) 3 p3� - l °` 3 d Mailing Address: % % 5 C i%1 V \'Q i Vy - ? "°I IC � t i \v V 1 ✓\ Q C l ? (6)1? City State Zip E -Mail Address: ii\\∎ \QV1 i\\ 'C) cc ow( \N or fL L ' C -0111ax Number: ( 01 2 - I 1 H 0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: City Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: State Zip Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: C a 1 v\ J• C OCAN-` lAJ (")J4A 1 Y\ Mailing Address:e�1 � 3 C C,�1(`V1�pU� QV ' 2i11(k kP . 0D\( W\J \ Q C o 2 (o 12 City ZAoi Contact Person: �j-kl ` \spV\ \J V a \ \l . ki V Day Telephone: (.k - \ ' 3 - ‘c/1" 0 E -Mail Address: (CI \ \S�N1l/v e C C UV C` l/\ 1t 2 C. Fax Number: (Gt - cI) 3 3 "s\ \ H 0 ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: CV V\ 0\ C \ , E V1 V\ . IV S , \ 1^ C • Mailing Address: 03 5 5 • —1 2 \mac\ Sk Q -t i- 0 m alno\ 1J Q- to \ 7 Li 1�, , City State 2 Zip Contact Person: 'k) .C� (' 1 Day Telephone: ( 4OZ ) J \ 1 -_ 1 1417 c) E -Mail Address: V\ VV\' V\ VN\ C V\U\C -Q 1 • Fax Number: k 4 OZ 3 °I k - 1 y$. (o w\ H:\Applications\Porms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIO 06- 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ T i / 01 000 Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 1 -e v' 1 0 V G\k tv'C\ jln c30( G'vv (-1V\'‘k c u vas v-N ca --e (c \ o,,,, >�. k■) k 9 • Will there be new rack storage? ❑ ....Yes X..No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below . Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 151 Floor Li\07- v -N M 2nd Floor rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ki„ Sprinklers 1st, Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line12010 Applications17 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7-2010 bh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIf WORKS PERMIT INFOTION - 206 - 433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): \ v\-\ .v 1 t1 V r& \ Na\ -c k qv . - - �An I -V 4 c �'U'Gl 1, vv\ L CAIVA c ca t Q C-V-T cks ow\ Call before you Dig: 1- 800 - 424 -5555 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ .. Tukwila ❑ ...Water District #125 ❑ .. Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ .. Tukwila ❑ .. Sewer Use Certificate ❑... Highline ❑_Valley View . 0... Renton ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided 0... Renton .0... Seattle Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ .. Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34 ") ❑ .. Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0... Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ .. Bond 0... Insurance 0... Easement(s) ❑ ... Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ .. Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ .. Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours -❑ .. Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Construction/Excavation /Fill - Right -of -way ❑ Non Right -of -way ❑ -❑ .. Total Cut ❑ .. Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Traffic Control ❑ .. Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water 0... Right-of-way Use - Profit for Tess than 72 hours 0... Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance 0... Work in Flood Zone 0... Storm Drainage 0... Abandon Septic Tank ❑...Curb Cut 0... Pavement Cut 0... Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Permanent Water Meter Size.. WO # ❑ .. Temporary Water Meter Size . WO # ❑ .. Water Only Meter Size 2> WO #_ ❑ .. Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ Private ❑ .. Water Main Extension Public ❑ Private 0... Grease Interceptor ❑... Channelization ❑...Trench Excavation 0... Utility Undergrounding ❑ .. Deduct Water Meter Size FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ .. Water ❑ .. Sewer ❑ .. Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms - Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 -Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 3 of 6 MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMAON - 206 - 431 -3670 • �l MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 1 Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ -TB-DA ;21000 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): \ \' k -i V \ OY CA 1't Q V L> > \ e, 1 i w \ \r\-) a C W a\( v■ V\-49 0 p p J S l V G I v\ c1 k J V\ S 7 St �. vvS_ o v cvD v Q \ � o-\ P Y; sA- ic\n Tony-kV u V\ '-4 QJ \n W ow\ S . Use: Residential: New.... ❑ Replacement.... ❑ Commercial: New .... Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric ❑ Gas.... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty 1 Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Fumace>100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser ‘ cl 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat s 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP/1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM i Incinerator — Comm/Ind H: .pplications\Fonns- Applications On Line \2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised' 7 -2010 bh Page 4 of 6 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 - 431 -3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: ` - -- Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ -TM 2.$91000 Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Trip `000 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Y\ * -Q ir' ■ O V v \k l um v-)6/-N9 C C■S ' -k-1 IL . ► v\.kj 2 SW OO 0\ \jV\pp oW \c1 'f 1 O(v c i in e pv' ?SS civQO) Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'1 Building Code): Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: • Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Bidet Clothes washer, domestic Dental unit, cuspidor Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Food -waste grinder, commercial Floor Drain 2. Shower, single head trap Lavatory Wash fountain Receptor, indirect waste Sinks Urinals Water Closet i Building sewer and each trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent \ Industrial waste treatment interceptor, including trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Each grease trap (connected to not more than 4 fixtures - <750 gallon capacity) Grease interceptor for commercial kitchen ( >750 gallon capacity) Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treatment equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving 1 -5 inlets/outlets for a specific gas Each additional medical gas inlets /outlets greater than 5 Backflow protective device other than atmospheric -type vacuum breakers 2 inch (51 mm) diameter or smaller Backflow protective device other than atmospheric -type vacuum breakers over 2 inch (51 min) diameter Each lawn sprinkler system on any one meter including backflow protection devices Atmospheric -type vacuum breakers not included in lawn sprinkler backflow protections (1 -5) Atmospheric -type vacuum breakers not included in lawn sprinkler backflow protections over 5 Gas piping outlets H:Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications\7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Aicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWE;?. OR A L ► RIZED A Signature: nn Print Name: /4 -/lU(17 v /Iles Mailing Address: ..)//fr MjY1/4J 2€u T //'W 2/ Date: /aPG A Day Telephone: 9V9 `833 '1930 City State Zip Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: Or 1 Co / / Staff Initials: H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 7 -2010 bh Page 6 of 6 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 2623049064 Address: 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Suite No: Applicant: JOS A BANK RECEIPT Permit Number: D10 -343 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 12/16/2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -00871 Initials: User ID: Payee: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $63.00 Payment Date: 05/03/2011 11:48 AM Balance: $0.00 TIMOTHY COBB TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 014714 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 63.00 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 63.00 Total: $63.00 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 05 -03 -2011 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone : 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tulcwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 2623049064 Address: 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Suite No: Applicant: JOS A BANK RECEIPT Permit Number: D10 -343 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 12/16/2010 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -00821 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $1,047.20 Payment Date: 04/27/2011 11:53 AM Balance: $0.00 Payee: HORIZON RETAIL CONSTRUCTION INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 212599 1,047.20 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,047.20 1,042.70 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 04 -27 -2011 0 City of Tukwila >\ 2 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206- 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http. //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049064 Permit Number: D 10 -343 Address: 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 12/16/2010 Applicant: JOS A BANK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -02524 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $756.21 Payment Date: 12/17/2010 10:45 AM Balance: $1,167.90 Payee: CARLILE COATSWORTH ARCHITECTS INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 20651 756.21 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 756.21 Total: $756.21 rinr.. RPraint -0R Printarl• 12 -17 -2010 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049064 Permit Number: D10-343 Address: 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 12/16/2010 Applicant: JOS A BANK Issue Date: Receipt No.: R10 -02525 Initials: User ID: Payee: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $120.70 Payment Date: 12/17/2010 10:49 AM Balance: $1,047.20 CARLILE COATSWORTH ARCHITECTS INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 20651 120.70 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 120.70 Total: $120.70 (inn. Racaint -OA Printpri• 12- 17 -9n1n INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 tZ- Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 cf Prot: - al 0S Fi 13 A14 t< Type of Inspection: ri1JAL- Address: 3 .z t ST isz »F rt. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: - 7- ' ‘ a Z• Cp—.m. Requester: Phone No: ® Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t'"ei<t1 Pq&1C t - PP(7 oVE Date: REJNSPECTION FEE EQUIRED. Prier to next inspection. fee must be p d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IN CTION NO. p_ZERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3.670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 b/0-31/ 3 Project cz,L OS 4 8 4 A Ile Type of Inspection: Address: 32/ 5//2J),/? Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 0:.!...1 Requester: Phone No: -p-6 2-33 I-35-5? ElApproved per applicable codes. igCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ii.Cerirli0 Al - ritJAL Mg4hilKiN c. 14. s Toe lc_ Date: to fiD PECTION FEE REQUIRgD. Prior to ng5a inspection, fee must be • t 6300 Southcenter Blvd). Suite 100. C ll to schedule reinspection. .• . . INSP EfTION NO. 70.7.117Ff"F.WWIf ''Llerf.96`"f"."19iVIMPr . . • .• . • INSPECTION 'RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Projec. — Pl. C5 A Bilf•ne Type of Inspection: e'frif4 4,-Are I y ,Z r 6112% iVt, Address: ...762 l ST 04)Ai 4.1F 2 Date Called: , Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ,- p.m .m. Requester: Phone No: 016-2 -33/ -255 2 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ; i Inspect RE Date: selt fob SPECTION FEE REQU RED. Prior to 2 xt inspection. fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule teihspection. • INSPECTION RECORD pia -395 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 'i1Lr-- (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Retain a copy with permit +KO Project: Type of Inspection:. G Address: Date Called: - `1 /ii./.1V-'4/ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: m_. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. /C COMMENTS: l,--s J) r /Ary►ii./6. - f44,J. A/4P c / . tx 2 S Z /Sy3GN /346 - (leo,./ /ti/ 5 - `1 /ii./.1V-'4/ I spectdr 9s / Date: INSPECTION FEE REO }UIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. i INSPECTION NO. ,:T r+5, - ":. i4�.;7i�F�l.- 7r1 -!: ;,�+�^ 5-_+ •.w^�...,• INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: c - - 1 ' • • • • - * * D .S /9. 13 Aa1I K Type of Inspection: \ --1 I\i li L - P /A N/t/I N G Address: .3,2., / .5 IA PIAP) e 2 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: , . Requester: Phone No: 0162 331 -3$ Rpproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: .Ceer 44-04-10 C.-1.A_ ": I l'... CLI ( i CoAdlr-, (...4.,v r Inspector:. Date: A14/2011. • r REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reirispection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit v/o 12 '43 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1E- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project:_ Type of Inspection: Address: J,2 s n,? 4A/DFe Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. X24 -// �. Requester: Phone No: a 6 .2 -33/ -3 S'SZ_ JApproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p n 9e../(1/4/0 7:4 -k('4 i(4,w7. - /> //,4/), 5 Date: .5_ z .. // INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be 1-1jpaid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. %(o --T-:--rwNer%:.V.--3-'1:77.-rAtCT`.70r,11,41grycCgr — "*". INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. 1) ID-314 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 j•.: (206) 431-3670 Project: :Tye,. A. Bt.444— Type of Inspection: /de& ds( Address: -2-1 SIT/144i), riihIsk Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5/140 ill Requester: 5 Yjc DAktre1/ Phone No: giApproved per applicable codes. Ei Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: 5///4// 1. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be • paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1) /6 -3 4/ 3 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: c QS 4 RAnl/c Type of Inspection: F-i?,4riel,n/ /.., Address: 302 / SriZAA/Jcfft Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5 -6.-// a.m. cM Requester: Phone No: 0162 -,33/ -35S., ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. 3 COMMENTS: R. A. AH.5 on 5 7- / r s /h pA/xs p //(048 /w16 w6/ /s - 1I ,1,0riwesal /1+4 ISPECTION FEE REQUITED. Prior to ryext inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter 131v .. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: ) INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit WO-3'0 - /I -F- //‘.1 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: 3-Qs. 4`644K Type of Inspection: A Fh4 1) F , Fit“..I Address: ,„ Suite #: X 1 S4 frt, h4. 13J Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: FA- F014/ oic pb- Needs Shift Inspection: `l' v Sprinklers: N Date: Fire Alarm: ' Hood & Duct: Al Monitor: /4141,0, (cNkv Pre -Fire: Permits: - Occupancy Type: tvl Inspector: ,,,,, ; I Date: G -L - / I Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: I Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 FILE COPY STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR Jos A Bank Tenant Improvements Tukwila, WA CORRECTION KPFF Job #211023.01 April 15, 2011 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY 0 2 2011 b Cityot ■uJ�., BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED APR 29 2011 rERMITCE R ©Copyright 2011 by KPFF Consulting Engineers. No part of this document may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of KPFF Consulting Engineers REVISION N0:1 10 - 3 'i 3 1 • Consulting Engineers 18500 Von Karman Ave., 101h Floor Irvine, CA 92612 (949) 252 -1022 Fax (949) 252 -8082 project 71,) A g"\-431-r" i -4r7 r J location j V fr"f 1/J/ L ') v/ - client a��- -/ by date 9'f ,c/() sheet no. job no. 2-1/ 02-5, (3 A-7 Gfi- 1/4 S 11-tea/, W AI 2-0 -- 7 -off` Ctii&7774--afi i Fi 6v . e-- 3) A/) vD s/6 =--'7 0 /i/ - -772- , -by AhA/_ 1-7," H-1-0-/ ` -Z f /?m - -7o /L/ o7c_i/ G- Wiz-'► %..- W / F12i; $ a/Z-4 P s /l 1- L—)kO 4 Pst) ) 4 4- 12 ' Y2: fif"G //i POD Av )OL-L 14, N et,dar ix7 Lr Hy-2 vv sc>2A4A1 71/0 17 Al C..0 (A/ Th,v •51 9 ) .273 56z.f� -- I Adhe ive Anchoring Systems t',, 4.2.8 HIT -HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System Lt "I34•Z HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tiiet' 2 Anchor Anchor Diameter HIT A Short 2" (51 mm) Embedment HIT -A Standard 3 -3/8' (86mm) Embedment L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile Type in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) 1/43 255 340 365 305 130 100 (6.4)3 (1.1) (1.5) (1.6) (1.4) (0.6) (0.4) HIT -A 5/16 370 505 565 530 150 220 Rod (7.9) (1.6) (2.2) (2.5) (2.4) (0.7) (1.0) Anchor 3/8 525 790 775 930 150 220 (9.5) (2.3) (3.5) (3.4) (4.1) (0.7) (2.2) 1/2 525 1230 775 1375 150 500 (12.7) (2.3) (5.5) (3.4) (6.1) (0.7) „ (2.2) 1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile. HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile ''' 2 Anchor Anchor Diameter HIT Short 2" (51 mm) Embedment HIT Standard 3 -3/8" (86mm) Embedment IJW or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Brick with Holes Clay Tile Type in. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) Ib (kN) ;;; 240 510 300 530 85 150 (6.4) (1.1) (2.3) (1.3) (2.4) (0.4) (0.7) HIT -I 5/16 400 780 585 750 175 220 Insert (7.9) (1.8) (3.5) (2.6) (3.3) (0.8) (1.0) Anchor 3/8 400 1425 1160 1380 185 435 (9.5) (1.8) (6.3) (5.2) (6.1) (0.8) (1.9) 1/2 400 1800 1160 1635 185 500 (12.7) (1.8) (8.0) (5.2) (7.3) (0.8) (2.2) 1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 or shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile. Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines Brick with Holes & Multi -Wythe Brick Walls Spacing: scr = salty, = Two (2) complete bricks in any direction Edge Distance: Ccr = Cmin = Two (2) complete bricks, or 16" (406 mm) in any direction (whichever is less.) Clay Tile Spacing: scr= smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Edge Distance: Ccr = Cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight Concrete Block Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell Edge Distance: Ccr = Cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge • Wall Elevation 282 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1 -800- 879 -8000 I www.us.hilti.com I en espanol 1- 800 -879 -5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1- 800 - 363 -4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 2009 Washin•ton State Ener• Code Com.liance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Interior. Lighting; Summary 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 Project Info Project Address Jos. A. Bank Date 1/25/2011 321 Strander Blvd., Suite 321 For Building Department Use All Rooms Retial Category Applicant Name: g �Q __ 1 REVIE Applicant Address: Anil N0., Retail Type II Display Allowance CODE C Applicant Phone: Ii_ ._ •. - - • . Project Description 1 • New Building • Addition 7. Alteration • Plans Included APP Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirement . AP Compliance Option 0 Prescriotive • Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analys (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plan: ^,,, Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 1 ,fo not changed • No changes are being made to the lighting and space use ��8�� ppv, • Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use ig nik IRI Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per flz " vross Inienor Area in ftz Allowed x Area All Rooms Retial Category 1.33 4102 5456 1 Retail Type II Display Allowance 1.40 2658 3721 1 Retail allowance of 1000 -W for spaces larger than 25C 1000.00 1 1000 " From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Watt 10177 ED FOR MPLIANCI IOVED 1 Lull Location (floor plan /room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Type B - Downlight, (2) 32w TAT, Electronic Ballast 20 69 1380 Type B - Exempt Per Footnote 10 4 Type B /NL - Downlight, (2) 32w TRT, Electronic Ballast 5 69 345 Type B /NL - Exempt Per Footnote 10 1 Type C - Exempt Per Footnote 10 14 Type D - Downlight, (1) 50w Par30 3 50 150 Type E - Pendant, (1) 100w Incandescent 2 100 200 Type G - 2'x4' Troffer, (3) F32T8, Electronic Ballast 10 90 900 Type G /NL - 2'x4' Troffer, (3) F32T8, Electronic Hall 3 90 270 Type Q - 2'x2' Troffer, (2) FT4OW /2G11, Electroni Bal 32 68 2176 Type Q /NL - 2'x2' Troffer, (2) FT4OW /2G11, Electroni 8 68 544 Type S - 4' Strip Light, (1) F32T8, Electronic Ballast 4 32 128 Merchandise Display Lighting Type Al - 2' Wall Washer, (2) 39W/2G11, Electronic Ba 36 70 2520 Type C - Adj. Downlight, (1) 50w MR16, Electronic Bal 24 50 1200 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Wattsl 9813 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturers listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire watt -G) = �� = •+ multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage t �® transformer rated wattage. COp R�iiior exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. JAN 28 20��1 10.3113 Tukwila DIVISION PERMITCR 2009 Washin.ton State Ener. Code Com.liance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Interior Lighting' Summary (back) I LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage • Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other' and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) a • Check if 95 /o or more of fixtures comply with 1.2 or 3 and rest are ballastE 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasl 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Liphtinq Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA` (W /ft`) Use' LPA` (W /ft`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafetenas, fast food establishmentss, resta urants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport toumament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and in below; ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of fumiture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories!, 11, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. 2009 Washinctton State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting, 2009 Washington Motor,; and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 Project Address Jos. A. Bank Date 1/25/2011 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2009 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Requires Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E -120 Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E -120 Yes 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations E -120 Yes vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans E -120 N.A. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans Yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls E -120 Yes 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location Yes (a) timer w /backup Indicate location E -501 N.A. (b) photocell. Indicate location N.A. 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location N.A. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations N.A. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans N.A. 1513.7 Hotel /motel controls Indicate location of room master controls Yes 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning E -501 EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes I 1514 IMax. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign 1E -601 I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) Yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture N.A. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) N.A. I 1511 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency ' 1 TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N.A. I 1540 'Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1 I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2009 Washin . ton State Ener. Code Com.liance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamil • Residential MOclianicai Summary. MECH -SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 Project Info Project Address Jos. A. Hank Date 1/25/2011 321 Strander Blvd., Suite 321 For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Briefly describe system type Description mechanical and features. Plans Drawings must contain notes requireing compliance with commissioning requirements - Section 1416 'i Includes Compliance Option • Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & comple Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu /h OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery YIN RTU -1 1A(1) CARRIER 48TCDD12A 114000 ECONO 11.1 EER 11.2 IEERECONO N Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu /h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency's Heat Recovery Y/N RTU -1(1) CARRIER 48TCDD12A 147000 ECONO 180000 147000 0.82 N Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name Model No.1 CFM Sp1 HP /BHP Flow Contra Location of Service RTU -1 Atli CARRIER 48TCDD12A 4000 0.50 2.26 BHP Cv ROOF flf available. 2 As tested according to Table 14 -1A through 14 -1 G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 6 Exception number from Section 1433. 2009 Washin.ton State Ener• Code Com.liance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Mechanical Summary (back) ; MECH -SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 System Description See Section 1421 for full description o Simple System qualifications. All Systems: 'i No humidification .'i No Reheat% If Heating /Cooling or Coolie Only: 9 Y 'i Constant vol? • Split system? • <= 84,000 Btuh % Economizer included? & < =10 Btuh /fP? . i . Air rnnlari? I Parkanari cvc7 �. I < =11.Ui nnn Rti ih Cmolinn Can < =15 Rtiih /f? • Heating Cap. > 0 If Heating Only: • <'Innn rim? • <30% outside air? • Heating Cap. < =10 Btuh /fi? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. ( START Yes Heating Only Reference Section 1421 Simple System Allowed (section 1420) Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Compl Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical 2009 Washington State Energy Permit Plains for Nonresidential Checklist and Multifamily Residential ;l MECH -CHK Code Compliance Forms Revised August 2010 Project Address Jos. A. Bank (Date 1/25/2011 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment Performance 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency M-601 N.A. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss N.A. 1411.1 Air - cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity N.A. 1411.2.1 Water - cooled chiller Full -load and NPLV values adjusted for any non - standard condiitons N.A. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule N.A. 1411.5 Unenclosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M -110 Yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum M -601 N.A. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat Yes 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff Indicate thermostat with 7 day program capability & required setback M -601 Yes 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location, leakage rate, control type, & leakage M -601 Yes 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls M -110 N.A. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule Yes 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control M -601 Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans M -601 N.A. 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas N.A. 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. N.A. 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans N.A. 1432.2.1 Temperature Reset Indicate temperature reset method 1413 Air / Water Economizers Yes 1412.1 Single zone systems Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability. M -601 Yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule M -601 N.A. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb N.A. 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document Indicate max. OSA condition for design clg load & equipment performance data. Yes 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling N.A. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting Systems Yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures and sealing requirements M -601 Yes 1414.1 Duct testing Indicate testing required M -601 Yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct M -601 1415 Piping Systems N.A. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requirements Yes 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements M -110 Yes 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequence of operations and test procedures. M -110 Yes 1416.3.4 Documentation Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training M -110 Yes 1416.3.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report M -110 Yes 1416.4 Compliance Chklist Submit to building official upon substantial completion. M -110 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist Continued 11 MECH -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised August 2010 Project Address Jos. A. Bank (Date 1/25/2011 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. N.A. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank N.A. 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off of circulators or heat trace Yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping P -501 N.A. 1444 Pump Energy Indicate method of pump energy management (Sec 1438) N.A. 1445 Heat Recovery Indicate preheat capacity as % of peak service water demand. N.A. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 N.A. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency N.A. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control No 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover N.A. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover N.A. 1455 Heat Recovery Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction 1460 Cold Storage N.A. 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control N.A. 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser cooling type, design wb temp and control N.A. 1465 Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and control. If "no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401 -1424 or 1440 -1465 , provide explanation: 05 -02 -2011 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director ALLISON WALKER 2495 CAMPUS DR - 2ND FLOOR IRVINE CA 92612 RE: Permit Application No. D10 -343 321 STRANDER BL TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current application files, it appears that your permit applied for on 12/16/2010, has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and /or National Electrical Code every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Your permit application will expire on 06/14/2011. If you still plan to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application must be submitted to the Permit Center at least seven (7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit application. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an addtional 90 days from the expiration date and you will be notified by mail. In the event that we do not receive your written request for extension or request was denied, your permit application will expire, become,null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit File No. D10 -343 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 4- e • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Allison Walker Carlile Coatsworth Architects Inc 2495 Campus Dr — 2nd Floor Irvine, CA 92612 RE: Correction Letter #1 to Revision #1 (prior to permit issuance) Development Permit Application Number D10 -343 Jos A Bank — 321 Strander BI Dear Ms. Walker, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Ter Marshall it Technician e File No. D10 -343 W:\Perrnit Center\Correction Letters \2010\D 10 -343 Corr Letter 41 to Rev # 1.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 0 Building Division Review Memo Project Name: Permit #: Plan Review: Tukwila BuildingiDivision Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner JOS A BANK D10 -343 Revision #1 Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. During review of this revision I noticed that the structural details are inadequate for the proposed exterior awnings. Size of square tubing, spacing of members, specific location of anchor points, number of anchors, type and size of anchors, anchor embedment and the specific exterior wall assembly that the awnings will hang from should be included in the plans. Please add these specific details to the plans. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. JEFFREY CARLILE, AIA CALVIN COATSWORTH, AIA THOMAS LENNON, AIA DAVID PRICKETT, AIA DEBRA SANDS, AIA o • PLAN CHECK RESPONSE To: City of Tukwila (206) 431 -3659 From: Allison Walker Address Planning Department Date: March 16, 2011 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Project Seattle, WA Number: 10191 Attention: Jaimie Reavis Plan Check No D10 -343 Project Address: 321 Strander Blvd., Suite 321 Seattle, WA 98188 ❑ HEREWITH X FOR YOUR REVIEW AND COMMENT ❑ PLEASE REPLY ❑ PER YOUR REQUEST Comments: 1. The window treatment for windows along the north facade facing Strander that will not be used as display is still a concem. We have received feedback from our Board of Architectural Review that eliminating window transparency by placing a white film on the inside of the window is not keeping with the pedestrian — oriented nature that is envisioned within the Tukwila Urban Center and the design review criteria. Use of white film particularly draws visual attention to the blank window area. Please propose a different window treatment, which will either create visual interest or will serve to detract the attention from the proposed blank window area. Our recommendations include creating a window display area in between the windows and the wall, use of window blinds and /or screens of more temporary nature than the window film, or use of a darker film that does not act to draw attention to the area. Please submit pictures of the proposed window treatment for review. If pictures are not available, the window treatment may be able to be reviewed through a series of inspections in the field during installation. Response: Per our discussion we have included samples for 2 window film color options that are illustrated in the attached color renderings. We have also included 2 paint samples for your review for the wall behind the window. REVISION NO,L Duo -3y3 RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 PERMIT CENTER 2495 CAMPUS DRIVE — SECOND FLOOR, IRVINE CA 92612 949.833.1930 FAX 949.833.1140 www- ccarchitects.com • 2. A review of the plans approved by the board of Architectural Review, and pictures of the north side of the building reveal that trees should be located in between the building and the sidewalk. Google streetview showed trees were recently located in this area, and helped to screen the area where the wall will be placed directly behind the windows (see attached picture). Per a recent site visit, these trees have been removed. Trees shall be replanted in this area to comply with the original design review approval, and to help screen the blank window area from view. Response: Regency Center (the building owner) will work directly with the City of Tukwilla to resolve the replanting of the trees along Strander. The style of the trees will be coordinated and approved by the City of Tukwila prior to installation and tenant occupancy. 3. The awnings proposed, if used, shall be designed to match the color scheme of Southcenter Plaza. Please submit samples of materials and colors or colored building elevations showing how the color of the awnings will tie in with design of the rest of the shopping center. Response: Please see attached revised drawings and color renderings illustrating the use of a black awning fabric. A sample of the fabric has been included for your review. ifS,;0 Allison Walker Page 2 of 2 Eals• JEFFREY CARLILE, AIA CALVIN COATSWORTH, AIA THOMAS LENNON, AIA DAVID PRICKETT, AIA DEBRA SANDS, AIA • • PLAN CHECK RESPONSE To: City of Tukwila (206) 431 -3659 From: Allison Walker Adams Planning Department Date: January 27, 2011 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Project: Seattle, WA Number: 10191 Attention: Jaimie Reavis Plan Check No: D10 -343 Project Address: 321 Strander Blvd., Suite 321 Seattle, WA 98188 ❑ HEREWITH Comments: ❑ FOR YOUR REVIEW AND COMMENT ❑ PLEASE REPLY ❑ PER YOUR REQUEST 1. The design of this building was approved by the Board of Architectural Review. The proposed changes to the design of the building exterior, including the addition of frosted window film on the windows of the north facade and the addition of awnings, will require you to apply for a modification to the approved design review, per Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) section 18.60.030 (E). Depending on whether the scope of the changes are determined to be a minor modification or a major modification, the modification shall be reviewed and approved by either the Director of the Department of Community Development or the Board of Architectural Review prior to issuance of the building permit. Response: Please see attached letter to the Board of Architectural Review and Department of Community Development requesting for approval of proposed design. 2. Signage for Jos A. Bank shall be reviewed through separate sign permits. Signs that are not discernible from the public right -of -way do not require permits. Please note, per TMC section 19.20.050, Permanent Building- Mounted Signs in Commercial/lndustrial Zones, Flush- Mounted Building Signs (wall signs) and signage on awnings are typically only allowed on building elevations with an exterior public entrance, unless the site can qualify for "Incentive Signage" (see information below). Permanent window signs are permitted to be placed within CORRECTION LTR #I_ t1O '13 2495 CAMPUS DRIVE — SECOND FLOOR, IRVINE CA 92612 949.833.1930 FAX 949 833.1140 www ccarchitects.com RECEIVE JAN 2F 2011 TC NTR • • ground -floor windows that provide a direct line of sight in and out of an area open to the public if they are along the same facade as a public entrance to the business. Permanent window signs are not permitted to be placed in windows located along private offices, storage space, display windows, or other areas of the building that are not open to the public. Jos A. Bank may be able to install a wall sign on the north facade of this building if the criteria for "Incentive Signage" are met, including the following: 1) At least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet must be transparent with either an unobstructed view into the business or use, or a display window with a depth of at least three feet. 2) Architectural detailing consistent with the building design using changes in color, materials, texture and variations in the wall plane. 3) Artwork such as mosaic, mural or sculptural relief over at least 50 percent of the wall surface. 4) One or more trellises covering at least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet, planted with climbing vines and other plant materials in a planting bed at least two feet in width and provided with permanent irrigation. 5) The allowable area of the sign is 50 percent of that calculated in "Table 2— Allowable Message Area for Permanent Wall Signs in Commercial and Industrial Zones." Response: Please note that in effort to comply with the criteria listed under "Incentive Signage" in the Tukwila Municipal Code, Section 19.20.050 (Permanent Building- Mounted Signs in Commercial /Industrial Zones) we have met the following requirements: A) The business or use may not have any other building- mounted signage oriented in the same direction as the incentive sign. Response: All other signage including wall plaques, vinyl graphics and awnings have been removed from this elevation. B) Architectural interest has been provided through the following: 1) At least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet must be transparent with either an unobstructed view into the business or use, or a display window with a depth of at least three feet. Page 2 of 3 2) The allowable area of the sign is 50 percent of that calculated in "Table 2 — Allowable Message Area for Permanent Wall Signs in Commercial and Industrial Zones." Please see sheet A -203 for these calculations based on Table 2. rds: Allison Walker Page 3 of 3 a a Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director January 18, 2011 Allison Walker Carlile Coatsworth Architects Inc 2495 Campus Dr — 2nd Floor Irvine, CA 92612 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D10 -343 Jos A Bank — 321 Strander BI Dear Ms. Walker, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building and Planning Departments. At this time the Fire and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Planning Department: Jaimie Reavis at 206 431 -3659 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Rste j./.\ Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. 1)10 -343 W:U'ennit Center\Coii ction Letters \2010\D10 -343 Correction Letter 41.DOC 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 0 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 a Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila-Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: January 3, 2011 Project Name: Jos A Bank Permit #: D10 -343 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Please show a main egress path connecting the two exits in the retail area. The minimum width is 36 inches per section 1017.2 IBC. Emergency lighting needs to be provided along this aisle with an average of 1 footcandle of light measured at the floor level but not less than .1 footcandles. One emergency Tight is required on the exterior side of each exit door to light the exterior landing. It would be best to show the main egress aisle on the fixture plan as this aisle must remain unobstructed. The lighting plan should show emergency light fixtures coordinated with this egress aisle and enough light to provide the required amount of emergency lighting per section 1006 of the 2009 IBC. 2. A vertical grab bar is required at the side of the toilets per fig. 604.5.1 of ICC /ANSI A117.1 Accessible Standards. Please add this to the elevations of the toilet rooms. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. o • PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS DATE: January 14, 2011 APPLICANT: Allison Walker RE: D10-343 ADDRESS: 321 Strander Blvd (parcel #262304 -9064) Please review the following comments listed below and submit your revisions accordingly. 1. The design of this building was approved by the Board of Architectural Review. The proposed changes to the design of the building exterior, including the addition of frosted window film on the windows of the north facade and the addition of awnings, will require you to apply for a modification to the approved design review, per Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) section 18.60.030 (E). Depending on whether the scope of the changes are determined to be a minor modification or a major modification, the modification shall be reviewed and approved by the either the Director of the Department of Community Development or the Board of Architectural Review prior to issuance of the building permit. 2. Signage for Jos A. Bank shall be reviewed through separate sign permits. Signs that are not discernible from the public right -of -way do not require permits. Please note, per TMC section 19.20.050, Permanent Building- Mounted Signs in Commercial /Industrial Zones, Flush- Mounted Building Signs (wall signs) and signage on awnings are typically only allowed on building elevations with an exterior public entrance, unless the site can qualify for "Incentive Signage" (see information below). Permanent window signs are permitted to be placed within ground -floor windows that provide a direct line of sight in and out of an area open to the public if they are along the same facade as a public entrance to the business. Permanent window signs are not permitted to be placed in windows located along private offices, storage space, display windows, or other areas of the building that are not open to the public. Jos A. Bank may be able to install a wall sign on the north facade of this building if the criteria for "Incentive Signage" are met, including the following: 1) At least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet must be transparent with either an unobstructed view into the business or use, or a display window with a depth of at least three feet. 2) Architectural detailing consistent with the building design using changes in color, materials, texture and variations in the wall plane. 3) Artwork such as mosaic, mural or sculptural relief over at least 50 percent of the wall surface. 4) One or more trellises covering at least 50 percent of the wall area between the height of two and seven feet, planted with climbing vines and other plant materials in a planting bed at least two feet in width and provided with permanent irrigation. 5) The allowable area of the sign is 50 percent of that calculated in "Table 2 — Allowable Message Area for Permanent Wall Signs in Commercial and Industrial Zones." If you have any questions related to the comments above, Jaimie Reavis is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 - 431 -3659. o • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -343 PROJECT NAME: JOS A BANK SITE ADDRESS: 321 STRANDER BL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 X Revision # 1 DATE: 04 -29 -11 Response to Incomplete Letter # Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: H � (, Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete DUE DATE: 05-03-11 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire El Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route n Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: DUE DATE: 05-31 -11 Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PLAN 1TING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -343 PROJECT NAME: JOS A BANK SITE ADDRESS: 321 STRANDER BL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X DATE: 03 -18 -11 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # 1 Before Permit Issued DEPAR,TMEN,�S: BuildDiv ingg is�� ion �u lic W6ra Av Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator • DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 03-22-11 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: n APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 04 -19 -11 Not Approved (attach comments) Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PLAN EVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -343 DATE: 01 -28 -11 PROJp CT NAME: JOS A BANK SITE ADDRESS: 321 STRANDER BL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued Response to Incomplete Letter # DEPARTMENTS: Bd u i l Building Division _ ' Public Works n Fire Prevention Structural �l(o1 111 Planning Division n Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 1;4] Incomplete n DUE DATE: 02-01 -11 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route 11 Structural Review Required I I�I I No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 03 -01 -11 Approved Approved with Conditions iI Not Approved (attach comments) ri Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 OP • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D10 -343 PROJECT NAME: JOS A BANK SITE ADDRESS: 321 STRANDER BL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 12 -16 -10 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPArENTS: Building Division YuWorks' AAAA Wti tO Fire Prevention Structural � ctA J H4 t1 Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n DUE DATE: 12 -21 -10 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 01-18-11 Not Approved (attach comments) 1X DATE: Permit Center Use Only 1 CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ PIng,PQ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 PROJECT NAME: J6S SITE ADDRESS: 3a-\ S--v -, vde- rr PERMIT NO: • 1)U- - 31-13 ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS I 3- I S- 1 ( Summary of Revision: Received by: Summary of Revision: p�,i• � ac,, o v S p tr joui LL 'IAA awn , • c k9 (t` Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: • (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) O City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 1 \ \ Plan Check/Permit Number: D 10 -343 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # I ® Revision # 1 Permit is Issued Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Jos A Bank Project Address: 321 Strander Bl Contact Person: P \ \ \SO\n \■ G \y-, t V Summary of Revision: \ 10\ S L 2 ft (�WV W\O\ Cony\Qck\ c v C W\,v 0 \ \ \ • V Q C Ca \cv \ cyrNS 4V OV -W >< CAW ITN T V1 O 5 Phone Number: ok.L.k-061 \V\ A.Ani Q. LX t S} \ V\ o� \' O o C_-k-v Y o‘ n k. C \ G\/\0v a\Oj k NECEIVED PERMIT CENTEP Sheet Number(s): S rte " ` '3V V C3 V' rl1 \ CO \ C `1 `a cw "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisi Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: `Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: s City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: so51 11 Plan Check/Permit Number: 0 3 Response to Incomplete Letter # _ ❑ Response to Correcti . n Letter # Revision # L ermit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: it Project Address: 321 S-t"ivt1 OYL `..,buo r fit, vt*- Contact Person: A l t S 151 Phone Number: Summary of Revision: )2a1SEID f -1,-Y' -Tiuij .D0A- 14)(42cS ?i2 POW Pt in m 5 Va1 . ..An)(U Po- .D1 J 1$l IVi L 011° WMY100IJ TIM SPeOPIOINTDM, AP%111 bK AV JW . `Tb !'J LTH SIDE OP gtAlinAri c;ITV OF 1rtiletwiA MAR 18 2011 PERMIT Sheet Number(s): � OD (1 t9-01, A2 t 1 � '1 kji0 ' I11L0 i "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date revisi c Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: LSI- Entered in Permits Plus on 'eZ— (g.— �' H:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Revision Submittal.doc Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: 7 -2010 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 1 REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 112e) ) I1 Plan Check/Permit Number: D10-343 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # • Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Jos A Bank Project Address: 321 Strander Bl Contact Person: \t i,yt L�IFiL4 4 Phone Number: �jt {q- -I (3_132____ Summary of Revision: REV(( O T-WLA2 PIM AkY) P. F-�I.FLT►'=r'J C1�tUki PkJ1& O1,il ib 'gu tU)A � Ia (0b PUN MN) W De p Per MgVI ('pP Q-Fe alS = ft & awn/vat/1i VErfL,, TUKVALA AN 282011 Sheet Number(s): eleo�nrrrPr rrrn "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisi Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Iii--"Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms - applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division be)- 3ti3 Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification o To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. o This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type Z-1 ` � v'cv\ & R\ J Property Street Address Property Tax ID # cAZ 1r? City ' �� 9 State ZIP For King County U•Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Re`N\ �c\/ Ui 1 \ t Y S r Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Building Name Side Sewer Permit # (if applicable) i p —°� 1 ,�I Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. (�2 ) a -1 - 1 G 1 �fi Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Owner's Phone Number (with Area ode) Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes ❑ No ( ) Was building on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes ❑ No Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes ❑ No Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes ❑ No Owner's Mailing Address A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 'Z ,.„ Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 2 Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 Z 1 Z Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 20 1005 RCE Z1 B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: E\ Q y t- \ \ ( Estimated Wastewater Discharge: 0 Gallons /days tY \y`, Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) = 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) 071 1 A B ,11 RCE RCE RECEIVED DEC 16 MO PERMIT CENTER Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understa deviation will require resubmission of c• : cted data Print Name of Owner /Representative 1058 (Rev. 9/07) Signature of Own epresentaIe t the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any termination of a revised capacity charge. Date %dt;7t i4.l.Like,— White - Kino County Yellow - Local Sewer Aoencv by/s/a) Pink - Sewer Customer ®oH Contractors or Tradespeople Primer Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name HORIZON RETAIL CONST INC UBI No. 601483044 Phone 2626386000 Status Active Address 1500 Horizon Drive License No. HORIZRC072N5 Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Sturtevant Effective Date 8/25/1993 State WI Expiration Date 4/15/2013 Zip 53177 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date HENDERSEN, JON E Cancel Date 01/01/1980 Amount GUSTIN, ROBERT L 7 01/01/1980 5919211 HENDERSON, JON E 03/29/2012 01/01/1980 JAWORT, DAN Agent 01/01/1980 ZURICH AMERICAN INS CO Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 4 HANOVER INS CO 1592447 04/10/2002 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 04/15/2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 7 ZURICH AMERICAN INS CO 5919211 03/29/2009 03/29/2012 $1,000,000.00 04/04/2011 6 ZURICH AMERICAN INS CO 59192110001 03/29/2006 03/29/2009 $1,000,000.0003 /24/2008 5 GENERAL CAS CO OF WISCONSIN CC10245522 03/29/2002 03/29/2006 $1,000,000.0002 /28/2005 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 05/03/2011 E v PLOT DATE: 3/1612011 2: 9 s n 1. THE BID, AND ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL AND STATE BUILDING CODES, ORDINANCES k BUILDING INSPECTIONS AND BE ENFORCED BY THE CONTRACTORS AT ALL TIMES. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR (G.C.) AND ALL SUB - CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF WORKMAN'S COMPENSATION UPON SUBMITTING BID. UPON AWARD OF CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR SHALL SHOW EVIDENCE THAT THE TENANT IS NAMED AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. BY SUBMITTING A BID, G.G. ASSERTS THAT HE IS FAMILIAR W/ THE SITE, ALL EXIST. CONDITIONS $ THE TENANT HANDBOOK (IF ANY). 4. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL FLOOR LEVELING, PATCHING, AND REMEDIAL REPAIRS AS REASONABLY REQUIRED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK. "REPAIRS" INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, WORK REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND EVEN TRANSITION BETWEEN NEW AND EXIST. SPACES, AND TO PREPARE EXIST. SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES. DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE TO CENTER LINE OF COLUMNS AND FACE OF FINISH. G. JOB SITE I5 TO BE KEPT CLEAN DURING CONSTRUCTION. G.C. SHALL PERIODICALLY AND PROMPTLY REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM SITE AT 1115 EXPENSE IN LEGAL MANNER. 7. G.C. SHALL VERIFY BUILDING DEPARTMENT PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND / OR FEES REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES AND / OR UTILITY COMPANIES AND PAY ALL TEMPORARY POWER COSTS. ANY TIE -IN OR INSPECTION FEES TO BE INCLUDED IN BID. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF WATER OR OTHER METERS ARE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, OR UTILITY, AND ARE INCLUDED IN BID. 8. ALL WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS 15 TO BE PERFORMED BY THE G.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. G.C. SHALL USE ONLY EXPERIENCED CRAFTSMEN SKILLED IN THE DUTIES WHICH THEY ARE TO PERFORM ON THIS PROJECT. 10. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITH LANDLORD'S SITE REPRESENTATIVE. 1 1 . DURING CONSTRUCTION, G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQ'D. BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPT. FIELD INSPECTOR. 12. PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION G.C. SHALL PROVIDE t HANG FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S) AND MISC. ITEMS PER TENANT'S OPERATIONS DEPT. OR AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL BUILDING INSPECTORS. 13. WHERE NEW CONSTRUCTION I5 TO BE SUSPENDED FROM THE EXISTING STRUCTURE, G.C. SHALL FIRST VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING STRUCTURE HAS THE CAPACITY TO SUPPORT SUCH NEW ASSEMBLIES. REPORT INADEQUATE STRUCTURE TO ARCHITECT. 14. PROVIDE AND /OR MAINTAIN FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES WHERE SHOWN, OR REQUIRED. 15. ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE LANDLORD. 'N THE EVENT THE LANDLORD REQUIRES THE PENETRATIONS TO DE MADE BY THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR, THE G.C. SHALL BEAR SUCH EXPENSE UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO IN WRITING. ROOF PENETRATIONS MUST BE BY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 16. G.G. 5!-1ALL KEFOKT EXACT TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE OF LEASE SPACE * A DIAGRAM OF TENANT LEASE LINE BOUNDARY WITH DIMENSIONS, TO TENANT WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS OF COMMENCING WORK. 17. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN CELL PHONE SERVICE AT THE JOB SITE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 18. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION BARRICADES AND /OR CANOPIES AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR AS NECESSARY FOR PEDESTRIAN SAFETY. 19. G.C. SHALL VERIFY WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS TO TIE INTO MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SMOKE EVACT. SYSTEM IF REQUIRED) AND DETERMINE WHO'S TO FURNISH ALL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT. ALL CONTRACTOR COSTS ARE TO BE COVERED !N BID. 20. ALL SPRINKLER WORK MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES ON SITE. G.C. 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SPRINKLER WORK, ENGINEERING, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND PERMITS FOR ALL UPGRADES AND MODIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL RISERS AND HEADS. ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PER APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2 I . G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ANY AND ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. 22. G.C. MALL COORDINATE THE RETURN Of ALL SURPLUS JOS. A. BANK'S PROVIDED MAT1fRIALS, ?ER TENANT R FRESENTATI`•/ES INSTRUCTIONS. 23. ABSOLUTELY NO ASBESTOS OR ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM) SHALL BE USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. G.C. SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF MATERIALS SUSPECTED TO BE A.C.M. 24. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE AND INVENTORY JOS. A. DANK SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. G.C, SHALL BE Rf.5PONSIBLE FOR THE PROVISION AND PROTECTION OF ALL MATERIAL5 AND fIXTURFS ON THE JOB SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ALL MATERIALS SHIPPED TO JOB SITE. IF ANY MATERIALS ARRIVE ON JOB SITE DAMAGED, G.C. SHALL NOTE ON BILL OF lv1ATERIALS AND NOTIFY CARRIER OFFICE THAT THEY NEED TO INSPECT DAMAGE. FAILURE TO DO 50 SHALL HOLD G.C. RESPONSIBLE. 25. ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ANY LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES SHALL BE ADHERED TO WHEN IN CONFLICT, THE MORE STRINGENT OF THE TWO STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN. 26. G.C. SHALL USE GYPSUM BOARD OF THICKNESS NOTED AND WITH TAPERED EDGES. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL. HAVE METAL SCREED, CASING BEADS OR CORNER BEADS AS REQUIRED. TAPE ALL JOINTS, BED AND SAND SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SMOOTH SURFACE TO RECEIVE PAINT. SCREW GYPSUM BOARD TO BACKING. 27. ALL CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN GEN. NOTES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. 28. INSTALL ALL WORK WITH APPROVED FASTENERS, AS REQUIRED TO HOLD WORK SECURE, LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE. FASTENERS TO BE SET BELOW THE FINISHED SURFACES, FILL HOLES WITH WOOD PUTTY OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL, SAND FLUSH WITH THE SURFACE 50 AS TO DE UNDETECTABLE IN THE FINISH. BLIND NAIL WHENEVER POSSIBLE. ROUND ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF ASSEMBLIES TO 1/8" RADIUS. 29. ALL EXPOSED WOODWORK TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH SHALL BE SANDED SMOOTH PRIOR TO FINISHING WITH SAND PAPER. NO COARSER THAN NO. 80. FILL OPEN JOINTS AND SAND SMOOTH AND FLUSH. 30. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SHIMS AND FILLERS. CONCEAL ALL FASTENERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3 I . ALL PAINT, PRIMERS AND SEALERS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH LABOR. 32. SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINT SHALL BE PAINTED ONE PRIMER COAT AND ONE FINISH COAT (MINIMUM) PLUS TOUCH -UP. 33. WOOD PRODUCTS AND FINISHES SHALL MEET FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE GENERATION REGULATIONS. 34. CONSTRUCTION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINAL PLANS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES. 35. ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS NOT SHOWN ARE TO REMAIN. 36. ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED IN THE MELD. ALL NOTES, DIMENSIONS AND FINISHES ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. 37. NO STRUCTURAL CHANGES ARE REQUIRED WITH THESE ALTERATIONS. 38. INTERIOR FINISH OF STORE TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS. 39. POST A "NO SMOKING" SIGN IN WORKROOM. 40. LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHALL. 41. ALL WOOD AND PLYWOOD TO BE FIRE - TREATED. 42. G.C. SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ADA AND /OR LOCAL H.C. CODES TO BE INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. 43. G.C. 15 REQUIRED TO VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED DESIGN. 44. THE G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE TENANT'S VENDORS AS REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE TENANT PROVIDED ITEMS. 45. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S STANDARD CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA. REAE1VED 46. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH A COPY OF THE BUILDING * SAFETY APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AT THE TIME PERMIT IS ISSUED. IN THE EVENT THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE "APPROVED AS NOTED ", THE MA 1 7 2011 ARCHITECT WILL INCORPORATE COMMENTS INTO A CONSTRUCTION ISSUE SET. C6MMUNiTY GENERAL NOTES LL L 1 9' -0" VCT 1 FINISH MATERIAL FINISH NUMBER 7-77,77.7777, 2 11 SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION REFERENCE DWG. NO. DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER COLUMN GRID MARK CEILING HEIGHT DOOR SCHEDULE NUMBER PARTITION TYPE, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL TYPES FINISH DESIGNATION SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NAME AND NUMBER CEILING GRID STARTING POINT MATERIAL FINISH / BREAK SYMBOLS LEGEND LINE OF SOFFIT OR ELEMENT ABOVE TENANTS LEASE LINE CENTER LINE WALL TO REMAIN OR PARTIAL HEIGHT NEW PARTITION WALL NEW RATED PARTITION AREA TO BE PATCHED OR LEVELED REVISION PARTITION / DOOR TO BE DEMOLISHED KEY NOTE J JoS. A. BANK 321 STRANDER BLVD. STRANDER BLVD. TARGET 7 0 0 10 0 fr • Ai 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 ` STRANDER BLVD. KEY PLAN /NA lir VICINITY MAP ANDOVER PARK W. 321 STRANDER BOULEVARD SEATTLE, WA 98188 APPLICABLE CODES BUILDING 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ELECTRICAL 2006 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE MECHANICAL 2009 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING 2009 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE FIRE/LIFE SAFETY 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY ICC / ANSI 1 17.1 - 2003 ENERGY 2009 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS CATEGORY STATUS /REQUIREMENTS OCCUPANCY GROUP M OCCUPANT LOAD 30 SF PER PERSON AT SALES / 300 SF AT STOCK CONSTRUCTION TYPE V -N 1 NON SPRINKLERED HEIGHT LIMITATION EXISTING AREA LIMITATION EXISTING EXTERIOR WALLS I SEARING N/A FI RE/PARTY WALLS N/A FIRE SEPARATION ASSEMBLY N/A EXIT CORRIDOR N/A TENANT SEPARATION ! HOUR SPRINKLER SYSTEM EXISTING EGRESS WIDTH (DOOR) 32" MIN. CLEAR EGRESS WIDTH (STAIRWAYS) 44" MIN. CLEAR MAX. EXIT ACCESS 250' MIN. AISLE 'WIDTH 36" * 44" MIN. CLEAR SCOPE OF WORK: CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN ONE EXISTING SHELL SPACE PROJECT TABULATIONS ROOM NAME 5Q. FOOTAGE LOAD FACTOR LOAD SUMMARY SALES AREA 3,005 S.F. I :30 3,005 / 30 = 100 TAILORING /PRESS AREA 335 S.F. I :300 335 / 300 = 1 FITTING AREA GOO 5.F. N/A 0 (ACCESSORY USE) TOILET ROOM 162 S.F. N/A 0 (ACCESSORY USE) DISPLAY 0 5.F. N/A 0 (ACCESSORY U5E) TOTAL 4,102 5.F. I01 OCCUPANTS CODE ANALYSIS FIRE ALARM: REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of Work without prior approval of Tukwila p Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. EXTEND OR MODIFY FIRE ALARM AS NEEDED. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 15 EXISTING WITHIN THIS SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK AND MODIFY THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR THE NEW SPACE CONFIGURATION AND CEILING HEIGHTS. MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED LICENSED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL PREPARE DESIGN / SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE SYSTEM AND SUBMIT SUCH DRAWINGS TO THE LANDLORD', BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA, STANDARD 101 AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION EXIT ILLUMINATION: EMERGENCY EXIT ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN ON ELECTRIAL D RAWI NGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 3 4 ANK CLIENT / TENANT NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FAX CELL JoS. A. BANK CLOTHIERS, INC. 500 HANOVER PIKE HAMPSTEAD, MD 21074 PROJECT MANAGER CHUCK KENNEDY (71G) 564 -4515 (443) 508 -4799 (443) 375 -8280 ARCHITECT OF RECORD NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FAX PROJECT COORDINATOR BRENDA CI-IRON'S-TER (443) 508 -4750 (443) 508 -4799 CALVIN J. COATSWORTH, AIA 2495 CAMPUS DRIVE 2ND FLOOR IRVINE, CA 92612 CALVIN J. COATSWORTH (949) 533- 1 930 (949) 833 - 1 140 ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT MANAGER NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FAX CARLILE COATSWORTH ARCHITECTS 2495 CAMPUS DRIVE 2ND FLOOR IRVINE, CA 92612 ALLISON WALKER (949) 833 -1930 X 1 145 (949) 833 -1 140 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEER NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FAX SCHNACKEL ENGINEERS, INC. 3035 5. 72nd STREET OMAHA, NE 68124 NICK MANNING (402) 39 I -7680 (402) 39 I -7488 LANDLORD / TENANT COORDINATOR NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE REGENCY CENTERS 2999 OAK ROAD, SUITE 1 000 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94597 MITCH BOLEN (925) 279 -1576 BUILDING DEPARTMENT U G NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FAX CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DEPARTMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 JENNIFER MARSHALL PERMIT TECHNICIAN / FRONT DESK (20G) 43 I -3670 (206) 43 I -3665 SEPARATE PERMIT RE,_QLHRED FOR: li Kechanic al nectrical Plumbing Giltras Piping City of Tukwila a #:' =L FNNG DIVISION PLANNING APPROVED No changes can be made to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD - .. Approved I Date: tO.L.,aiNk •• PROJECT DIRECTORY SIGNAGE NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE AWNING SIGN CONTRACTORS 1 10 NORTH PUBLIC SQUARE, STE. 2 -5 ANGOLA, IN 46703 RON ZUCCATO (85G) 294 -9088 LIGHT FIXTURES NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE CAPITOL LIGHT 1 508 SNOWBERRY DRIVE WILLIAMSTOWN, NJ 08094 DENISE LENGEMANN (856) 863 -2070 HVAC UN ITS NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 6304 CARRIER PARKWAY SYRACUSE, NY 13221 BRIDGE I I E MELFI (3 1 5) 432 -6585 TENANT VENDORS TELEPHONE NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE NO. TITLE A REVISIONS ARCHITECTURAL G -001 G -002 G -003 G -004 AD-110 A -109 A-110 A- 1 1 1 A-120 A -201 A -202 A -203 A -204 A -40 I A -402 A -50 I A -502 A -601 A -602 TITLE SHEET RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE $ PRE- CONSTRUCTION NOTES GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS * LANDLORD GENERAL NOTES DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN FIRE LIFE SAFETY 0 d FLOOR PLAN A A FLOOR FINISH PLAN EXTERIOR ELEVATION * ENLARGED PLAN EXTERIOR ELEVATION ENLARGED PLAN ©© EXTERIOR ELEVATION $ ENLARGED PLAN e STOREFRONT DETAILS e INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A A AA PARTIAL PLANS $ INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 1511 SCHE M -1 10 M -501 M -601 HVAC PLA HVAC DETAILS HVAC SCHEDULES ANICA Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 PLUMBING PLUMBING PLAN P -501 PLUMBING PLANS DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS PJ i review 11 0fw1 0, ELECTRICAL 1 • BUILDIN /1 E -70 I POWER PLAN EMERGENCY PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING PLAN ) ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS g_\ NTERIOR FIXTURES IF-110 1 F -701 F -702 I F -703 IF -704 FIXTURE PLAN FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS )(TURING INSTRUCTIONS FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS E ST^.JB L 1 S.HE D 19.0.5 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: STRUCTURAL REVIEWED FOR S -001 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS ROOF FRAMING PLAN SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHEET INDEX COMM -WORKS 3550 ANNAPOLIS LANE NORTH #30 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55447 LISA OYAAS (763) 852 -5919 SOLAR GLAZING FILM NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE CP FILMS 4210 THE GREAT ROAD FIELDALE, VA 24089 LISA BOAZ (888) 257 -5470 FLOORING- (WOOD) NAME CTS FLOORING ADDRESS 319 WEST RIDGE PIKE LIMERICK, PA 19468 CONTACT JOE PURCELL PHONE (G10) 831 -5 1 25 TILE NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE FIXTURES NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE CELL DAL -TILE 9220 GAITHER ROAD ROCKVILLE, MD 20877 DANIEL PANCHURA (888) 695 -8453 IDX LOUISVILLE I I 0 TECHNOLOGY WAY JEFFERSONVILLE, IN 47130 BRIAN COTTNER (8 I 2) 280 - 0000 SPARKS CUSTOM RETAIL 95 METRO VISTA DRIVE HAWTHORNE, NJ 0750G JOE DEMERI (215) 671-6107 (20 I) 679 -8417 TAILORING EQUIPMENT NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE MCALLISTER 8180 INDUSTRIAL PLACE ALPHARETTA, GA 30004 DOUG BRITT (770) 521 -0242 FLOORING- (CARPET) NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE SECURITY NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE REVISION NO4. MOHAWK INDUSTRIES 706 GREEN VALLEY ROAD, SUITE 300 GREENSBORO, NC 27408 AMANDA BULLINS (800) 523 -5647 X 3671 1 N UTECH 150 CANDACE DRIVE MAITLAND, FL 3275 I BOB ROSS (800) 569- I GOO CROWN MOULDING NAME ADDRESS PHONE DOOR LOCKS NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE AUDIO NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE SECURITY SOLUTIONS 1640 W. HWY 152 MUSTANG, OK 73064 JONI TURNER (888) 54 I -1300 x1006 TRUSONIC 7825 FAY AVE., SUITE LL -A LA JOLLA, CA 92037 NICK COCCHIOLA (858) 362 -2323 A t o - 3 Li3 RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 HARDWARE PERM1T6ENTER OLD WORLD MOULDING, INC. 821 LINCOLN AVENUE BOHEMIA, NY 11716 (631) 563 -8660 NAME ADDRESS CONTACT PHONE TWIN CITY HARDWARE 5650 INTERNATIONAL PARKWAY NEW HOPE, MN 55428 ROLFE MC AFEE (763) 535 -4660 X209 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS 08 FEBRUARY 2011 ISSUED FOR BID 16 MARCH, 201 I PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: G -001 . DWG DATE: 03/16/2011 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED ti GROSS AREA SALES AREA 4,102 sf 3,005 sf TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: TITLE SHEET 335 sf GOO sf 162 sff G -001 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 D 12/15/2010 2:35 PM PLOT DATE p:12010110191 \Sheets \G -002.dwg w -J LL L 2 1 . OPEN DATE AND FINAL INSPECTION DATES ARE FINAL. 2. PROVIDE WEEKLY REPORTS TO THE JAB PROJECT MANAGER VIA E -MAIL ON FRIDAY MORNING. 3. PROVIDE WEEKLY PHOTOS EACH FRIDAY VIA E -MAIL. 4. WITHIN 5 DAYS PROVIDE NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS OF UTILITY COMPANIES AND METER NUMBERS FOR GAS AND ELECTRIC TO STORE PROJECT COORDINATOR. 5. FOR CONSTRUCTION QUESTIONS, CONTACT JAB PROJECT MANAGER. G. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES: ANY CHANGES TO THE PLAN MUST BE APPROVED FIRST BY JAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO DOING WORK. PROVIDE A COST TO DO EXTRA WORK, IF ANY. UPON DEMOLITION COMPLETION OR WITHIN 3 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START, PROVIDE TO BOTH JAB PROJECT MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT A FINAL EXISTING DIMENSION PLAN. 8. PROVIDE TO JAB WITHIN 5 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START DATE AN ON -SITE PHONE NUMBER. 9. COMMUNICATION: * THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (G.C.) IS RESPONSIBLE TO MANAGE JAB SCHEDULES AND SECURE ALL JAB FURNISHED ITEMS. * DO NOT CONTACT JAB VENDORS TO CHANGE SCHEDULES OR ADD ITEMS * ANY REQUESTS MADE BY ANYONE EXCEPT THE PROJECT COORDINATOR, PROJECT MANAGER OR DIRECTOR OF STORE DEVELOPMENT SHOULD NOT BE GRANTED UNLESS APPROVED BY ONE OF THE ABOVE FIRST! 10. JAB FURNISHED ITEMS: * THE G.C. 15 EXPECTED TO ACCEPT ALL DELIVERIES WHEN THEY ARRIVE. ANY REFUSED SHIPMENTS WILL BE AT THE GC'S COST TO RETURN. • GC 15 RESPONSIBLE TO UNLOAD, ACCEPT DELIVERY AND SECURE ALL JAB ITEMS DURING CONSTRUCTION * UPON DELIVERY OF ANY JAB ITEMS DELIVERED TO SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE G.C. 15 EXPECTED TO CHECK EACH ITEM AS SOON AS IT 15 RECEIVED AND NOTIFY JAB WITHIN 24 HOURS OF ANY DISCREPANCY. ANY ITEMS FOUND TO BE DAMAGED OR MISSING ATER WILL BE PAID BY THE G.C. 1 I . THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO KNOW ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION TIMEFRAMES ON FIRE ALARM OR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS REQUIRED SUBMIT TO CITY WITHIN 3 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START FOR APPROVALS. 12. UPON ENTERING AGREEMENT, THE G.C. HAS AGREED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY STAFF AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE STORE ON TIME. 13. JOB SUPERINTENDENT MUST HAVE WORKED WITH YOUR COMPANY FOR AT LEAST ONE YEAR AND MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF 3 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN JOB SUPERVISION. JOB SUPERINTENDENT I5 NOT A WORKING PERINTENDENT, BUT ONLY A SUPERINTENDENT TO BE ON THE JOB, EVERY DAY! SUPERVISOR ON THE JOB. 14. WITHIN 5 DAYS OF WORK COMMENCING, THE G.C. 15 REQUIRED TO INSPECT THE EXISTING ROOF AND CEILING (IF APPLICABLE) AND ISSUE TO JAB A REPORT INCLUDING PICTURES OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 15. G.C. TO PROVIDE ONE 30 YARD DUMPSTER AT FINAL INSPECTION DAY AND REMOVE PRIOR TO OPENING. 16. PAYMENTS: * SUBMIT 3 DRAWS * EACH DRAW SUBMIT WITH LESS 1 O% RETAINAGE IN ORDER TO PROCESS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT IN A TIMELY FASHION, SEND PAYMENT REQUEST PACKAGES DIRECTLY TO: JOS. A. BANK CLOTHIERS, INC. 500 HANOVER PIKE HAMPSTEAD, MARYLAND 2 1074 -2095 ATTENTION: BRENDA CHRONISTER SUBMITTING EACH PAYMENT REQUEST IN A SECURED FOLDER IN THE FOLLOWING ORDER WILL ENSURE REQUESTED DOCUMENTATION 15 RECEIVED AND WILL NOT BE SEPARATED. UPON RECEIPT OF A FULLY COMPLETE AND CORRECT DRAW/ INVOICE PACKAGE. JOS. A. BANK WILL EXPEDITE PAYMENT WITH A TWO -WEEK TURNAROUND TIME. PAYMENT WILL NOT BE MADE IF ITEMS ARE INCORRECT OR MISSING. A) DRAW I -30% SUBMIT AT END OF WEEK TWO (2) OF CONSTRUCTION * LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND CONTRACT AMOUNTS " NOTARIZED PARTIAL LIEN WAIVER (EXHIBIT H) FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR INCLUDING DOLLAR AMOUNT (MUST BE ORIGINAL) * TWO ORIGINAL CONTRACTS FOR SIGNATURE * INSURANCE CERTIFICATE NAMING JOS. A. BANK CLOTHIERS, INC. AS ADDITIONAL INSURED * AIA APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA G702 AND G703) * SEPARATE INVOICE WITH INVOICE NUMBER FOR DRAW NO. I (DO NOT DUPLICATE INVOICE NUMBERS) * COPY OF ALL APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS B) DRAW 2 -30% SUBMIT AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION " LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND CONTRACT AMOUNTS * NOTARIZED PARTIAL LIEN WAIVER (EXHIBIT H) FOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR INCLUDING DOLLAR AMOUNT (MUST BE ORIGINAL) * NOTARIZED PARTIAL LIEN WAIVER (EXHIBIT G) FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR AND MATERIAL MAN INCLUDING DOLLAR AMOUNT (MUST BE ORIGINAL) * PARTIAL LIEN WAIVERS SUBMITTED FOR SUBCONTRACTORS MUST TOTAL AT LEAST 90% OF DRAW 1 PAYMENT TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR * AIA APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA G702 AND G703) * SEPARATE INVOICE WITH INVOICE NUMBER FOR DRAW NO. 2 (DO NOT DUPLICATE INVOICE NUMBERS) * COPY OF ALL APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS C) DRAW 3 - 40% {FINAL} SUBMIT AT COMPLETION OF PUNCH LIST * LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDING ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND CONTRACT AMOUNTS * NOTARIZED FINAL LIEN WAIVER (EXHIBIT I) FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR INCLUDING DOLLAR AMOUNT (MUST BE ORIGINAL) * NOTARIZED FINAL LIEN WAIVER (EXHIBIT D) FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR AND MATERIAL MAN INCLUDING DOLLAR AMOUNT (MUST BE ORIGINAL) SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE PAID 100% OF THEIR CONTRACT AT THIS POINT. * NOTARIZED AFFIDAVIT TO OWNER (EXHIBIT J) FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR (MUST BE ORIGINAL) * AIA APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA G702 AND G703) * SEPARATE INVOICE WITH INVOICE NUMBER FOR DRAW NO. 3 (DO NOT DUPLICATE INVOICE NUMBERS) * HVAC - NEBB OR AABC CERTIFICATE BALANCE REPORT * HVAC WARRANTY INFORMATION FOR. NEW UNITS * ORIGINAL "AS- BUILT" PLANS - INCLUDE ALL DIMENSIONS AND UTILITY LOCATIONS * ONE SET OF "AS- BUILT' SEPIAS * ORIGINAL SET OF STAMPED BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLANS * LEAVE A COPY OF STAMPED BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLANS WITH THE STORE MANAGER - HAVE THE STORE MANAGER SIGN A DOCUMENT INDICATING RECEIPT OF DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT WITH FINAL DRAW * COPY OF BUILDING PERMIT * COPY OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY " COPY OF ALL APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS * Lt I 1 ER FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR THAT THE WORK PERFORMED HAS A ONE (1) YEAR WARRANTY * CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (AIA G704) * LETTER FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR THAT GUARANTES THE FLOORING WAS INSTALLED BY LICENSED FLOORING CONTRACTOR PER THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION * LL 1 ER FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: ALL UTILITIES METERS HAVE BEEN SET, ALL UTILITY METERS ARE IN WORKING ORDER, THE HVAC SYSTEM HAS BEEN STARTED UP IN BOTH THE AIR CONDITIONING AND HEAT MODE AND IN PROPER WORKING ORDER * COMPLETED PUNCH LIST SIGNED BY STORE MANAGER * SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY OWNER IN ORDER TO PERMIT OWNER TO RECEIVE ANY CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCE WHICH MAY BE DUE OR PAYABLE BY OWNER'S LANDLORD 17. G.C. TO CLEAN STORE PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION DATE OR TURNOVER AND FINAL CLEANING ON THE AFTERNOON BEFORE TENANT'S OPENING. 18. IF THE STORE 15 NOT COMPLETE ON AGREED DATE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR JAB TO REINSPECT STORE. 19. IT 15 THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO FIND OUT IF THE PROJECT IS UNION OR NON - UNION. BID SUBMITTED WILL BE FINAL AND WILL NOT BE ADJUSTED. NOTE: FINAL DRAW WITH COMPLETE DOCUMENTS I5 DUE ON FINAL INSPECTION DATE. FOR EVERY 2 WEEKS THE FINAL DRAW I5 NOT SUBMITTED, $500.00 WILL BE DEDUCTED. PRE - CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 3 o s RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 4 5 z F. E LANDLORD z zCU H CD TENANT VENDOR z z W- r DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL FURNISH Q z 1 PATCH / REPAIR L In INSTALL L (n INSTALL REMARKS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION CONCRETE SLAB • • REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -501 FOR ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION. SLAB INFl LL • • • • REFER TO SHEET A-110 FOR SPEC TRENCH • • • WIRING REFER TO SHEET E -501 • • INCLUDING PRESS CONNECTIONS OUTLETS FLOOR FINISH / BASE CARPET • - - • • LIGHT FIXTURES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE (VCT) • • • EMERGENCY. LIGHT FIXTURES SHEET VINYL/ BASE • • • EXIT SIGNS WOOD PLANK • • • • SIGN OUTLET WIRING WALK -OFF MAT • • • • SPEAKERS / AUDIO CERAMIC TILE / BASE • • GC TO PROVIDE POWER TO EQUIPMENT P.O.S. CABLE $ CONNECTIONS N/A RUBBER BASE • • GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TELEPHONE t DATA CONNECTIONS WOOD BASE • • GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE ROOF TOP UNIT CONNECTIONS TRANSITIONS • • • • SEALED CONCRETE TAILOR SHOP TAILOR EQUIPMENT N/A ■ • • • • • ■■ IR PRESS EQUIPMENT EXTERIOR WALLS STOREFRONT FRAMING $ FINISH • SPRINKLER MAIN • • REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR SCOPE SIGN BAND • SPRINKLER SYSTEM • • SERVICE DOOR COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AS REQUIRED !-IRE EXTINGUISHERS • • N/A FURRING t FINISH • FIRE ALARM SYSTEM • • • INSULATION • • EXTERIOR FACADE • SIGNAGE PRIMARY SIGN • 1 R■■■ •U�RNRDDUU III III X • • ■ EMI • • II IMO • ■■I ■El • D■■■■. ■■■■.0 • • IIDCIIM 111 • • • 13 • • • CI • • 1 ■. ■■ ■■ INTERIOR WALLS DEMISING WALL STUDS • INTERIOR PLAQUES EXTERIOR PLAQUES • VINYL GRAPHICS r ► r BLADE SIGN V I GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING ►. ` ` DEMISING WALL FINISH • CABLES t CONNECTIONS _ . UNISTRUT t THREADED ROD i • ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE REFER TO SHEET A -G01 i i iT DEMISING WALL INSULATION • • • • PARTITON FRAMING CASHWRAP • • • • • PARTITION FINISH BENCH • • • • DOORS, FRAMES 4 HARDWARE CUSHION • • • • VENEER PANELS .— • • • LOGO WALL FIBER REINFORCED PANELS (FRP) CLOTHES HOOK at 3 -WAY MIRROR • • • • REFER TO INSTALLATION GUIDELINES ON A -602 CORNER GUARDS REFRIGERATOR • • • • MICROWAVE • • REEVE WALL MEDIUM - DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF) • • • • STANDARDS • • • BRACKETS • 0 G.C. TO PROVIDE LABOR AND UNLOAD TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • TENANT TO SUPPLY SOAP, PAPER TOWEL, TOILET DISPENSER AND AIR FRESHNER WOOD / CARPENTRY BLOCKING I 0 • GRAB BARS ROUGH CARPENTRY LUMBER • • • CLOTHES HOOK 1 PLYWOOD • • • RESTROOM MIRRORS • CROWN MOULDING • • • EXCALIBUR SHELVING REFER TO G -001 FOR MANUFACTURER CONTACT BASE SHOE (QUARTER - ROUND) • 0 0 WALL SHELVING TRIM BETWEEN WOOD FLOOR $ WALL BASE WOOD TRIM . • • • • STANDARDS CUSTOM -CUT FOR LOGO WALL FITTING ROOM BENCH SUPPORT • 0 • TELEPHONE BACK BOARD 1 • ■ El _II REFER TO KEYNOTE 17, SHEET IF -1 10 WOOD SHELF REFER TO KEYNOTE I G, SHEET A -40 i FRAMED MIRRORS PAINTING EXTERIOR • • • REFER TO SHEET If-110 COLUMN $ 3 -WAY MIRRORS REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR SCOPE STORE INTERIOR • • • • REFER TO SHEET A -1 10 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS PERMIT • TO BE REIMBURSED BY TENANT -DO NOT INCLUDE IN BID DEMOLITION CEILING / ROOF ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE • • • DUMPSTER GYPSUM BOARD CEILING / SOFFITS • • • • COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD SECURITY SYSTEM ROOF/ DECK INSULATION • • • ROOF WORK • • CLOSE -OUT LANDLORD REQUIRED SUB - CONTRACTOR • • CLEANING at OPENING STOREFRONT STOREFRONT SYSTEM $ GLAZING • • • • DAY BEFORE STORE OPENING AS- GUILTS ENTRY DOORS t HARDWARE • • • • LOCK CORE - DURING CONSTRUCTION • • CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION JOS. A. BANK HAS A DIRECT PURCHASE NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH CARRIER CORPORATION FOR CERTAIN HVAC PRODUCTS. ALL HVAC BIDDERS NEED TO CONTACT THE CARRIER PROJECT MANAGER FOR A COPY OF THE BILL OF MATERIALS. THE HVAC BIDDER 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PURCHASE OF ALL ITEMS NOT INCLUDED ON THE DILL OF MATERIALS THAT ARE REQUIRED AS PER THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE HVAC BIDDER I5 RESPONSIBLE FOR DELIVERY SCHEDULE, CRANE SERVICE AND ALL INSTALLATION LABOR, FIRST YEAR WARRANTY LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. REFER TO '"TENANT VENDORS" ON SHEET G -00 I FOR CARRIER PROJECT MANAGER CONTACT INFO. LOCK CORE - FINAL • • SOLAR GLAZING FILM • • SPANDREL FILM • • TEMPORARY BARRICADE MECHANICAL (HVAC) ROOF TOP UNIT I • • REFER TO "CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION" ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION. EXISTING RTU • • EXISTING RTU • • EXHAUST FAN 1 • • EXHAUST FAN 2 • • DUCTWORK* DAMPERS • • GRILLES, REGISTERS t DIFFUSERS • • THERMOSTATS, SENSORS $ WIRING • • ROOF TOP UNIT CONNECTIONS • • GAS AND CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM PLUMBING WATER - SEWER ROUGH -IN • FIXTURES • • WATER HEATER • • DRINKING FOUNTAINS • • PRESS CONNECTIONS • • STEAM / WATER ROOF TOP UNIT CONNECTIONS • • RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 4 5 REVIEW/ APPROVAL DATE APPROVED DATE CONTACT RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER CCa PROJECT MANAGER • 1 2/13/10 ALLISON WALKER JAB PROJECT MANAGER CHUCK KENNEDY TENANT COORDINATOR MITCH BOLEN 6 E Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BAND ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: G -002. DWG DATE: 1 2/1 0/20 I 0 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & PRE - CONSTRUCTION NOTES G -002 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 z N '� LANDLORD TENANT G.C. 1— Q z z I-- > TENANT I r DESCRIPTION U] 2 1_ INSTALL j LC) 2 J z ub = Q in 2 J z U) D 1 INSTALL REMARKS ELECTRICAL MAIN SERVICE CONNECTION • REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -501 FOR ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION. SUB PANELS • • • • TRANSFORMER • • WIRING • • INCLUDING PRESS CONNECTIONS OUTLETS • • LIGHT FIXTURES • • EMERGENCY. LIGHT FIXTURES • • EXIT SIGNS • • SIGN OUTLET WIRING • • SPEAKERS / AUDIO • • GC TO PROVIDE POWER TO EQUIPMENT P.O.S. CABLE $ CONNECTIONS • • GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE TELEPHONE t DATA CONNECTIONS • • GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE ROOF TOP UNIT CONNECTIONS • • TAILOR SHOP TAILOR EQUIPMENT ■ ■ • • • • • ■■ IR PRESS EQUIPMENT FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER MAIN • GC TO MODIFY AS REQUIRED SPRINKLER SYSTEM • • COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AS REQUIRED !-IRE EXTINGUISHERS • • AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM • • • COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD t LOCAL JURISDICTION SIGNAGE PRIMARY SIGN • 1 R■■■ •U�RNRDDUU III III X • • ■ EMI ■1111■E1E■■ n■■■D ■ • II IMO • ■■I ■El • D■■■■. ■■■■.0 • • IIDCIIM 111 • • • 13 • • • CI • • 1 ■. ■■ ■■ • IN GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AWNINGS INTERIOR PLAQUES EXTERIOR PLAQUES 3 VINYL GRAPHICS r ► r BLADE SIGN V I GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING ►. ` ` GRAPHIC PANELS ` `•' on CABLES t CONNECTIONS _ . UNISTRUT t THREADED ROD i GROMMET ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE REFER TO SHEET A -G01 i i iT FURNISHINGS FURNITURE 1 FIXTURES • • CASHWRAP • • • G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BENCH • • CUSHION • • MULTIPLE CLOTHING HOOK • • CLOTHES HOOK at 3 -WAY MIRROR • • REFRIGERATOR • • MICROWAVE • • STORAGE CABINET • • I ST FIXTURE TRUCK • 2ND FIXTURE TRUCK • • G.C. TO PROVIDE LABOR AND UNLOAD TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • TENANT TO SUPPLY SOAP, PAPER TOWEL, TOILET DISPENSER AND AIR FRESHNER GRAB BARS • • CLOTHES HOOK 1 • • RESTROOM MIRRORS • • • EXCALIBUR SHELVING • • WALL SHELVING • • STANDARDS • • NAI LERS • • FRAMED MIRRORS • • REFER TO SHEET If-110 COLUMN $ 3 -WAY MIRRORS • • REFER TO SHEET A -1 10 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS PERMIT • TO BE REIMBURSED BY TENANT -DO NOT INCLUDE IN BID DEMOLITION • • DUMPSTER • • COORDINATE LOCATION WITH LANDLORD SECURITY SYSTEM • • CLOSE -OUT CLEANING at TURNOVER • • CLEANING at OPENING • • DAY BEFORE STORE OPENING AS- GUILTS • • CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION JOS. A. BANK HAS A DIRECT PURCHASE NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH CARRIER CORPORATION FOR CERTAIN HVAC PRODUCTS. ALL HVAC BIDDERS NEED TO CONTACT THE CARRIER PROJECT MANAGER FOR A COPY OF THE BILL OF MATERIALS. THE HVAC BIDDER 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PURCHASE OF ALL ITEMS NOT INCLUDED ON THE DILL OF MATERIALS THAT ARE REQUIRED AS PER THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE HVAC BIDDER I5 RESPONSIBLE FOR DELIVERY SCHEDULE, CRANE SERVICE AND ALL INSTALLATION LABOR, FIRST YEAR WARRANTY LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. REFER TO '"TENANT VENDORS" ON SHEET G -00 I FOR CARRIER PROJECT MANAGER CONTACT INFO. REVIEW/ APPROVAL DATE APPROVED DATE CONTACT RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER CCa PROJECT MANAGER • 1 2/13/10 ALLISON WALKER JAB PROJECT MANAGER CHUCK KENNEDY TENANT COORDINATOR MITCH BOLEN 6 E Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BAND ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: G -002. DWG DATE: 1 2/1 0/20 I 0 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE & PRE - CONSTRUCTION NOTES G -002 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 5/2010 2:35 PM PLOT DATE: p:\2010\10191\Sheets\ 3 1 DIVISION 02000 - SITE WORK 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I . THIS SECTION 15 INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE OF WORK TO BE REMOVED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. CONSULT DEMOLITION PLANS INCLUDED WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS. 3. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING INTERIORS, IF REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLOOR FINISH, INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CABINETS, SUSPENDED CEILING TILE, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., AS REQUIRED, AS SHOWN, OR AS DIRECTED TO FACILITATE THE NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.. 4. ALL ITEMS INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REMOVED TO BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF IN COORDINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LANDLORD PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED TO BE RELOCATED OR REINSTALLED TO BE CLEANED, SERVICED AND PREPARED FOR PROPER RE -USE. ANY ITEMS STORED DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE PROTECTED TO AVOID DAMAGE OR THEFT. G. COOPERATE AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, THE TENANTS OF THE ADJACENT SPACES AND THE TENANT, IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. 7. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DEMOLITION ITEMS UNDER THOSE TRADES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS. INCLUDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. B. THE CONTRACTOR. SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE WHERE ANY SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS, AND PATCH /REPAIR/SEAL SAME TO DEGREE NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL REQUIREMENTS. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR INJURED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, D REPLACED, RESTORED OR REPAIRED. LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT, AND TENANTS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL OR SAFETY DEFECTS, AND ONLY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF THE DEFECT(5) ARE LIMITED TO COSMETIC FINISHES. C. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ANY UTILITY OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR TENANTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE. D. ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS SHALL BE CAPPED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED IN A MANNER TO MEET ALL LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES I . GENERAL CONTRACTOR I5 TO NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SEVERE DISCREPANCIES OR IRREGULARITIES DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION WHICH MIGHT AFFECT THE CURRENT STORE DESIGN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR I5 TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO AVAILABLE HEIGHT FOR INTENDED CEILING ELEVATION, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND RECESSED LIGHTING. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ERECT CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AND DEBRIS/ DUST SCREENS PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING, REPAIRING AND LEVELING OF THE EXISTING FLOOR 5LAB, REPAIR OF DEMISING WALLS AND ROOF DECK AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD RESPONSIBILITY PERFORMING ANY AND ALL ROOF WORK. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 03000 - CONCRL-TE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART I - GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONCRETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF "AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE" CODES AND STANDARDS INCLUDING ACI 301, ACI 3 15, AND C. CONCRETE STRENGTHS ARE AS FOLLOWS: CLASS 1 3000 PSI INTERIOR SLABS (OR MIN. REQUIRED PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS.) ACI 318 D. REINFORCEMENT (PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS) E. BONDING AGENT OF REQUIRED) . "SONOBOND" EPDXY CONCRETE BONDING AGENT OR EQUAL a. MANUFACTURER: CHEMTREX, INC. 889 VALLEY PARK DRIVE SHAKOPEE, MINNESOTA 55379 - 1 854 2. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR. APPLICATION PROCEDURE. 3. ASTM C881 F. VAPOR BARRIER I . SLAB ON GRADES TO RECEIVE 6 MIL. CLEAR OR BLACK POLYETHYLENE FILM WITH MINIMUM OF 12" OVERLAP. TAPE ALL SEAMS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR STRENGTH, CONSISTENCY PROPORTIONS AND HANDLING OF CONCRETE. 5. VERIFY THAT COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 15 IN PLACE AND READY TO SUPPORT SLAB AND IMPOSED LOADS. C. VERIFY GRADIENT AND ELEVATIONS OF BASE ARE CORRECT. THICKNESS AND REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. D. IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT, PROTECT AS REQUIRED. E. DEPOSIT CONCRETE WITHIN ANY ONE SECTION CONTINUOUSLY 50 THAT NO CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON OLDER CONCRETE WHICH HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RESULT IN SEAMS AND PLANES OF WEAKNESS WITHIN SECTION. INJURY F. PLACE SLABS FOR FULL THICKNESS IN ONE OPERATION, WITHOUT CHANGES IN PROPERTIES; SCREED TO PROPER ELEVATION; FLOAT AND LIGHTLY TROWEL. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, WHEN CONCRETE HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY TO RING UNDER TROWEL, GIVE SLAB SECOND TROWELING TO PRODUCE SMOOTH, DENSE SURFACE. DUSTING OF SURFACES WITH CEMENT IS PROHIBITED. G. COMPACT SUB GRADE FOR SLABS ON GRADE TO 95% OPTIMUM DENSITY. PROVIDE MIN. G" COMPACTED CRUSHED GRAVEL SUB -BASE AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE NEW CONCRETE. H. GIVE TYPICAL INTERIOR FLOOR SLABS A STEEL TROWEL FINISH WITH CLASS A TOLERANCE (TRUE PLANES WITHIN 1/8 IN 10 FT. AS DETERMINED BYA I0 FOOT STRAIGHTEDGE PLACED ANYWHERE ON SLAB IN ANY DIRECTION). I. PROVIDE SAW CUT CONTROL JOINTS 1/8" WIDTH x I" DEEP AT MAXIMUM 400 SQUARE FOOT AREA. J. APPLY BONDING AGENT (A5 SPECIFIED) TO ADJACENT CONCRETE SURFACES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. K. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL: 1/2" PRE MOLDED ASPHALT IMPREGNATED FIBERBOARD, SAME DEPTH P5 CONCRETE. 03732 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL A. THE EXTENT OF CONCRETE REPAIR WORK INCLUDES REMAINING FLOOR AREAS AFTER DEMOLITION PROVIDING A LEVEL FLOOR THROUGHOUT TO RECEIVE FUTURE FINISHES. z 0 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS LL 1 2 B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS AND FINISHES BY OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING THOSE ITEMS AND FINISHES PROVIDED AND /OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. C. FLOOR LEVELER CONCRETE TO BE INSTALLED AT LOW AREAS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH CRACKS AND BROKEN CONCRETE WITH FLOOR PATCH TROWELED SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND TO BE FREE FLOWING, SELF - LEVELING, PUMPABLE, AND CEMENT -BASED FOR APPLICATIONS FROM ONE INCH THICK TO FEATHERED EDGES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE REPAIR I DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL VISITING THE SITE AND DETERMINING CONDITIONS TO DECIDE METHODS OF REPAIR. COORDINATE WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. 3. THOROUGHLY CLEAN FLOOR SLAB REMOVING CONDITIONS THAT WILL AFFECT BOND INCLUDING RESIDUE FROM REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, UNDERLAYMENTS, STAINS, OILS, ETC. 4. REMOVE HIGH FLOOR LEVELS AND LOOSE CONCRETE. 5. ROUGH IN CONCRETE IN AREAS WHERE PATCHING 15 REQUIRED, SUCH AS CRACKED, SPALLED, OR HOLES DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. G. GRIND HIGH SPOTS.. 7. AT LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN EXISTING SLAB, CONTINUE JOINTS THROUGH NEW FLOOR IN LEVELING AREA. SAW CUT JOINT OR PLACE 1/1 G" WIDE METAL BAR IN THE JOINT LOCATION COINCIDENT WITH EXISTING. 8. TRENCH ONLY AT SLAB ON GRADE. VERIFY AND GET APPROVAL OF TRENCH OR CORE LOCATIONS WITH THE LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE AND MALL STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETING ANY WORK. CORES TO BE SEALED WATERPROOF. SEE SECT. 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING INFORMATION. 9. CLEAN AREAS REMOVING ALL WASTE MATERIAL, BROOM CLEAN. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 04000 - MASONRY NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. DIVISION 05000 - METALS 05 120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING AND SUPPORT MEMBERS, ANGLES, PLATES, ANCHOR BOLTS REQUIRED FOR THE CONNECTION, SETTING AND BEARING OF COMPLETE STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. SEE STRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS / STANDARDS. C. THE STRUCTURE I5 DESIGNED TO BE SELF- SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE PROJECT IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT I5 THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE STABILITY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS AND ADEQUACY OF TEMPORARY SUPPORT DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING, GUY OR TIE DOWNS MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL 15 NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF APPLIED, THEY SHALL BE REMOVED AS CONDITIONS PERMIT AND SHALL REMAIN CONTRACTORS PROPERTY. D. PROVIDE OPENINGS AND SPECIAL FRAMING REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES. MECHANICAL FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS, AND STRUCTURE RELATED TO MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN SIGN -OFF FROM MECHANICAL AND OTHER TRADES FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH WORK. ARCHITECT'S OR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF ERECTION AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM THIS RESPONSIBILITY. E. VERIFY THE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. F. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT INDICATING SHOP AND ERECTION DETAILS, INCLUDING CUTS, CONNECTIONS, HOLES, THREADED FASTENERS AND WELDS. G. WELDING PROCEDURES, WELDERS, WELDING OPERATIONS AND TACKERS SHALL BE QUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS -D I . I - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE ". 11. FABRICATOR SHALL BE A MEMBER OF AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. FABRICATE STRUCTURAL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC "SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS" AND "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE ". UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, FABRICATOR SHALL DESIGN / DETAIL CONNECTIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH AISC STANDARD FOR FORCES AND MOMENTS SHOWN. 2. WHERE FASTENING SPACINGS OR SIZES ARE NOT SHOWN, CONTRACTOR SHALL USE SPACINGS AND SIZES OF BOLTS, SCREWS, WELDS, ETC., WHICH WILL DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE MEMBERS BEING FASTENED. THUS FAILURE DUE TO OVER-STRESSING MUST OCCUR IN THE MEMBERS BEFORE OCCURRING IN THE FASTENINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. PRE - ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN SHOP TO GREATEST POSSIBLE EXTENT TO MINIMIZE FIELD SPLICING AND ASSEMBLY. DISASSEMBLE UNITS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPPING AND HANDLING LIMITATIONS. CLEARLY MARK UNITS FOR RE- ASSEMBLY AND COORDINATE INSTALLATION. B. SHOP CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED. C. FIELD CONNECTIONS: HIGH STRENGTH FASTENERS SHALL BE USED FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS. STRUCTURAL STEEL FY 36 KSI STEEL, ASTM A36. 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBING: FY 46 K51 COLD - FORMED TUBING EXCEPT ROUND, ASTM A500 -68, GRADE B. 3. STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, GRADE B. 4. ANCHOR BOLT: CONFORM TO ASTM A307. 5. WELDING ELECTRODES: ASTM A233, E -70 OR 5L11 ER. G. HIGH STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS: ASTM A325 OR A -490. SHOP PAINT PRIMER: STANDARD PRIMER: a. SSPC PAINT 15 b. TNEMEC 1009 GRAY METAL PRIMER G. MARTIN- SENOUR CO. #664 RED OXIDE ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER d. PRATT AND LAMBERT NOXIDE 107, ONE DAY PRIMER-GRAY. E. STEEL SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE FROM OIL, DIRT, LOOSE MILL SCALE AND ANY OTHER SUBSTANCE THAT WOULD IMPAIR WELDING, OR PERFORMANCE OF FRICTION -TYPE BOLTED CONNECTION. 05400 METAL FRAMING LIGHT GAUGE (COLD - FORMED) METAL FRAMING PART I - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING MEMBERS FOR INTERIOR WALL PARTITIONS AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS. 1. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ALL TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS, BRACES, CLIP ANGLES, ACCESSORIES, FASTENERS, ETC. FOR EACH TYPE OF FRAMING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. a. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE - DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL COMPLY WITH A151 "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS ". 2 4 C. MATERIALS: I . 18 GAUGE AND LIGHTER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446, FOR GALVANIZED FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33,000 P5I. 2. 16 GAUGE AND HEAVIER COMPONENTS: FABRICATE COMPONENTS OF STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, ASTM A446 FOR GALVANIZED FINISH WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 50,000 P51. 3. METAL STUDS: AISI "C" TYPE STRUCTURAL STUDS; SIZES, GAUGES AND SPACINGS SHOWN OR REQUIRED IF NOT SHOWN; WITH 1 -5/8" (41 MM) MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH, 1/2" (13MM) MINIMUM RETURNS AND PRE- PUNCHED HOLES FOR UTILITY INSTALLATION. a. 18 -22 GAUGE (0.05" / 1 .2MM - 0.03" / 0.8MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 K51(228 MPA). b. 12- I G GAUGE (0.1 I " /2.7MM 0.06 " / 1 .5MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 40 K51(276 MPA). TRACK: ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KS! (228 MPA); FORMED STEEL: CHANNEL SHAPED; SAME WIDTH AND GAUGE AS ADJACENT STUDS. EXCEPTION: TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK (RUNNERS) REQUIRING ATTACHMENT OF METAL PANELS SHALL BE MINIMUM 14 GAUGE (0.08 " / I .9MM). 5. FASTENINGS: MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SELF - DRILLING, SELF- TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. NON - CORROSIVE. b. ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS, DRILLED EXPANSION BOLTS, OR SCREWS WITH SLEEVES. c. WELDING: COMPLY WITH AWS D 1 .1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE ". D. MANUFACTURERS: I . NUCONSTEEL, MILCOR / DIVISION OF INRYCO, INC. BY BOSTWICK STEEL FRAMING, THE CECO CORP.; ALLIED STRUCTURAL INDUSTRIES; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. ATTACH AND JOIN INDICATED COMPONENTS BY WELDING. ATTACH AND JOIN OTHER COMPONENTS BY WELDING, BOLTING, OR SCREW FASTENERS, AS STANDARD WITH THE MANUFACTURER. WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS I5 NOT PERMITTED. B. CUT FRAMING TO FIT SQUARELY AGAINST ABUTTING MEMBERS. HOLD MEMBERS SECURELY IN POSITION UNTIL PROPERLY FASTENED. C. SAW CUT FIELD FRAMING. IF REQUIRED. D. COORDINATE METAL FRAMING POSITIONING WITH TRADES FURNISHING ITEMS WHICH ATTACH TO BUILT -IN MEMBERS. E. INSTALL CONTINUOUS RUNNER TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. ALIGN TRACKS ACCURATELY TO THE LAYOUT AT BASE AND TOPS OF STUDS. SECURE TRACKS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE STUD MANUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. DO NOT EXCEED 24" O.C. SPACING FOR POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS, NOR I G" ON CENTER FOR OTHER TYPES OF ANCHORAGE. PROVIDE FASTENERS AT CORNERS AND ENDS OF RUNNER TRACK. F. SET STUDS PLUMB, SPACED AS INDICATED, WHEN NOT INDICATED, AT MAXIMUM 24" ON CENTER. ALIGN AND SECURE STUDS TO TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNER TRACKS BY EITHER WELDING OR SCREW FASTENING AT BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE FLANGES. I. CONSTRUCT CORNERS USING MINIMUM THREE STUDS. DOUBLE STUDS AT WALL OPENINGS. INSTALL JACK STUDS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENINGS, SPACED TO MATCH WALL STUD SPACING. 2. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND BRACING IN METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS TO SUPPORT GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM, AND SIMILAR WORK REQUIRING ATTACHMENT TO WALL FRAMING. 3. PROVIDE ONE PIECE FULL LENGTH STUDS. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 06000 - WOODS AND PLASTICS 06 100 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART 1- GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, SHELVING HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. I . BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING , LOCATIONS AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. 2. USE NON - COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM AND GROUNDS. NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE AND TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. a. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT FOR WOOD SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 1) PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1) MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: 1. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. 11. PLYWOOD: 15 PERCENT, 2) FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 10 1/2 FEET BEYOND CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. 3) SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84. b. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE TREATMENT.c. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED MARKED TO IDENTIFY TREATMENT. d. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. e. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO MATERIAL USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL MATERIALS FOR FIELD TREATMENT OF CUTS. f. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD -TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA M -4. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. SET MEMBERS LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN CORRECT POSITION. 5. COORDINATE PARAPET AND FLASHING NAILER INSTALLATION WITH INSTALLATION OF ROOFING. SEE SECTION 01005, E, "ROOF CUTTING AND PATCHING" INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD SHEATHING MATERIAL WHERE REQUIRED. SIZE THE BACK BOARD BY 12 INCHES BEYOND SIZE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 062 I 0 MILLWORK AND FINISH CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISHED TRIM, CABINETRY, COUNTERS, DOORS, AND ALL FINISH ITEMS SUCH AS LAMINATES AND FINISH DOOR HARDWARE, AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON PLANS. B. SEE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS, SIZES, DIMENSIONS. C. FOLLOW AWI (ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE) ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL BUILDING AND ROOMS RECEIVING SUCH ARE COMPLETED AND THOROUGHLY DRY AND FREE OF EXCESSIVE MOISTURE. B. MILLWORK AND CABINETRY MAY BE SHOP OR FIELD ASSEMBLED AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. C. INSTALL ITEMS IN A RIGID, STRAIGHT, PLUMB, LEVEL MANNER ACCURATELY FITTED AND SCRIBED TO ABUTTING SURFACES. 4 D. COUNTERSINK NAILS AND SCREW HEADS AND PATCH AND SAND SMOOTH. E. CUTTING AND REPAIRING OF THIS WORK FOR ACCOMMODATION OF WORK BY OTHERS SHALL SE DONE A5 PART OF MILLWORK RESPONSIBILITY. F. FINISH WOODWORK SHALL BE DRESSED AND SANDED, FREE FROM MACHINE AND TOOL MARKS, ABRASIONS, RAISED GRAIN OR OTHER DEFECTS. G. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT. 06424 LAMINATES PART I - GENERAL A. INSTALL HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ADHESIVE AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION. B. SEE MILLWORK SECTION FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND REFERENCES. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 07000 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07200 INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL A. FOR INSULATION REQUIRED AT DUCTWORK, PLUMBING LINES, ETC. SEE MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. B. BATT INSULATION I . FURNISH AND INSTALL 3 1 /2" MIN. BATT TYPE INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WAI LS OR AS SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET WHERE SHOWN AND AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2. EXTEND FROM FLOOR TIGHT TO ROOF DECK ABOVE. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL .004 MIL. VISQUEEN VAPOR BARRIER AT EXTERIOR WALLS ON WARM SIDE OF STUDS. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE OVER ENTIRE FLOOR OF REST ROOMS BELOW FINISH FLOORING AND UP WALL A MIN. 4 ". (ONLY WHERE REST ROOMS ARE LOCATED ABOVE ANOTHER FLOOR.) APPLY PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND CAULK AS REQ'D. TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. D. G.C. SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS 50 THAT ODORS OR LIQUIDS WILL NOT PENETRATE THE SLAB AT THESE OPENINGS. SUCH SLEEVES SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE LANDLORD STANDARD DETAILS 07900 JOINT SEALERS / CAULKING PART I - GENERAL A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING FOR JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. I . SILICONE SEALANTS (TYPE 5): ASTM C920, SINGLE COMPONENT, NON - SAGGING, NON - STAINING, NON - BLEEDING; FOR USE A5 GENERAL CAULKING. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. MANUFACTURER BY GE SILICONES OR EQUAL. 2. JOINT BACKING: ROUND, OPEN CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM ROD. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. B. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. PROTECT ELEMENTS SURROUNDING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DISFIGURATION. D. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. E. INSTALL JOINT BACKING. F. APPLY SEALANT WITHIN RECOMMENDED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE RANGES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN SEALANT CANNOT BE APPLIED WITHIN THESE TEMPERATURE RANGES. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 08000 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08 100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL A. INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE AND RELATED PARTS AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. LABELED DOORS: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. SUCH TO RECEIVE LABELS ATTACHED STATING RATINGS. C. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE A5 SPECIFIED AND AS DETAILED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES FOR INSTALLATION AT DRYWALL AND METAL STUD PARTITIONS. I . DOORS - 13/4" THICK FLUSH MOUNTED AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. b. PROVIDE 20 GA. SHEET METAL PANEL FACES WITH 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES, AND 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. 2. FRAMES - 2" FRONT FACE - 16 GA. HOLLOW METAL WITH CONTINUOUSLY WELDED CORNERS. SURFACES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES AND 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. INSTALL ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 4" DOWN FROM HEAD AND WELDED IN BASE ANCHOR AT EACH JAMB. PART 2 - PREPARATION /EXECUTION A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI -100. B. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE AND ON DRAWINGS. 1. FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 08 I I 0 INSULATED STEEL DOORS PART I - GENERAL A. NON -RATED THERMALLY INSULATED STEEL DOORS AT EXTERIOR OPENINGS. DOORS THERMALLY INSULATED L- I G WITH POLYSTYRENE CORE (R =7.7): SDI- 100 GRADE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT, CINCINNATI, 01110, OR EQUAL. FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED HARDWARE. b. PROVIDE 18 GA. SHEET METAL PANEL PACES WITH 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. 2. FRAME - 12 GA. COLD ROLLED STEEL, ARC WELDED AT CORNERS AND GROUND SMOOTH AS MANUFACTURED BY STEELCRAFT OR EQUAL. FRAMES TO BE PHOSPHATIZED AND RECEIVE ONE COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. PROVIDE 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT CLOSER AND LOCKS AND 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES. b. INSTALL MINIMUM THREE (3) JAMB ANCHORS AND BASE ANCHORS EACH SIDE. 5 PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI- 100. COORDINATE WITH MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. I . FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 08400 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL ALUMINUM/GLASS DOORS, DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICALLY SUPPLIED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER, EXTRUDED ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAMES COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES AND GLASS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 1. ALUMINUM/TEMPERED GLASS ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE KAWNEER TRIFAB VG 451 (SIZES OF VERTICAL STILE AND TOP RAIL AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) SINGLE ACTING WITH 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS INFILL SET WITH ELASTOMERIC GASKETS. a. HARDWARE - TO INSURE SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY, THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE DOOR SUPPLIER/INSTALLER. HINGING - TOP PATCH AND BOTTOM PIVOTS CLOSERS NORTON SERIES 1600 - ONE PER DOOR LEAF PUSH /PULL - KAWNEER "F -2" LOCKS - U CHANGE # 5 THRESHOLD - MILL FINISH ALUMINUM MAXIMUM 1/2" HIGH MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC. , NORCROSS, GA, UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL SC FINAL FINISHES MUST MATCH EXACTLY. COLORS TO BE AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. B. ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAME. 1. KAWNEER TRIFAB II 45 I SERIES, (MULLION, RAIL, POST AND BASE SIZES AS PER PLANS AND DETAILS) FOR INFILL WITH 1" CLEAR INSULATED UNITS - TEMPERED GLASS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL INTERNAL SUPPORT FRAMING, RELATED FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. MANUFACTURERS: KAWNEER COMPANY, INC., NORCROSS, GA UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP., ROCK HILL, SC 4. FINAL FINISH MUST MATCH EXACTLY COLORS AS SPECIFIED ON FINISH SCHEDULE, IF EXACT COLOR I5 NOT AVAILABLE THROUGH MANUFACTURER, PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD PAINT. C. GLAZING 1 • EXTERIOR - 1" CLEAR INSULATED UNITS - TEMPERED GLASS FOR INFILL INTO GLAZING FRAME. 2. INTERIOR - 1 /4" THICK CLEAR - TEMPERED GLASS FOR INFILL INTO GLAZING FRAME. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. B. VERIFY DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES AND ATTACHMENTS AND SHIMS TO PERMIT SUFFICIENT ADJUSTMENTS TO ACCOMMODATE IRREGULARITIES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROCEDURES. C. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN FRAMING AND BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL BE SEALED TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION. D. INSTALL SEALANT AND BACKING MATERIALS AT PERIMETER OF FRAME. 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS, ROLLING GRILLES AND WINDOWS. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS, MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS C. FOLLOW DHI (DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE) STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES AND AWI (AMERICAN WOODWORKING INSTITUTE) STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON WOOD DOORS. FIRE RATED HARDWARE SHALL FOLLOW GUIDELINES AS ESTABLISHED BY: s 1. NFPA 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS. 2. NFPA 10I - LIFE SAFETY CODE. 3. NFPA 252 - FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. 4. UL I OB SAFETY FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES. 5. - UL 305 - SAFETY PANIC HARDWARE. E REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE c APP!flVED ArK 1 1 2u11 City of Tukwila E. FURNISH OWNER WITH MAINTENANCE DATA, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, BUILDING 111m1n MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS. F. FINISHES: ALL HARDWARE SHALL 5E SATIN FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. KEYING 1 . GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE KEYING AND MASTER KEYING WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CONSTRUCTION CORES DURING CONSTRUCTION, JAB TO PROVIDE PERMANENT CORE AT END OF JOB PRIOR TO TURN -OVER. h. SEE SECTION ON ALUMINUM ENTRANCES FOR HARDWARE SPECIFIC TO THOSE DOORS MANUFACTURERS: I . HINGES: STANLEY F55 179 AVERAGE FREQUENCY, OR EQUAL. EXTERIOR DOORS TO RECEIVE TAMPERPROOF BUTTS AND /OR LATCH GUARDS. LOCKSETS /LATCHES: SOILAGE D- SERIES, SPARTA DESIGN w /ROSE, OR EQUAL. LOCKSETS TO RECEIVE U- CHANGE CYLINDERS, KEYWAY #5. SEE KEYING NOTES THIS SECTION. 3. CLOSERS: NORTON - POWER ADJUSTABLE CLOSER FOR BARRIER FREE OPERATION. SERIES 8301 DE OF EQUAL. 4. THRESHOLDS, SWEEPS AND WEATHER STRIPPING: THERMAL BARRIERS SADDLE THRESHOLD - PEMKO #252X2AFG, MAXIMUM HEIGHT 1/2 ", OR EQUAL. DOOR BOTTOM SWEEP - PEMKO #315CN, OR EQUAL. RIGID JAMB WEATHER-STRIP - PEMKO #303AV, OR EQUAL. 5. STOPS, KICKPLATES AND SILENCER; WALL STOP - IVES #407 CVX, ALUMINUM OR EQUAL FLOOR STOP - IVES #436, OR EQUAL DOOR SILENCER - IVES #5864, OR EQUAL KICKPLATE - IVES #8400, 12" HIGH X FULL WIDTH OF DOOR, OR EQUAL SCREEN TO MATCH KICKPLATE ONE -WAY VIEWER (PEEP) - IVES #696, OR EQUAL. G. U- CHANGE #5 CYLINDERS: SECURITY SOLUTIONS CONTACT: JONIE TURNER AT I - 888 -541- 1 300 x1006 PART 2 PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERN AL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE AND RECESSED ITEMS. 5. VERIFY THAT DOORS AND FRAMES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED. C. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. USE TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER. vvc RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 P._ ' TCENTER B 411I■ Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 jr°s. A. BAND ESTAnLIS,HED .1905. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 1 A 1 REVISIONS: 13 DECE1v1BER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 1019I G -003. DWG 12/10/2010 AW AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS G -003 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E., 1 n08800 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF GLASS, GLAZING CHANNELS, SEALANT, SETTING BLOCKS AND ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN AND DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR SIZE AND NUMBER OF PANES. C. FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION CONTAINED IN THE FGMA (FLOAT GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) GLAZING AND SEALANT MANUALS AS WELL AS SIGMA (SEALED INSULATED GLASS MANUFACT. ASSOCIATION) FOR INSULATED GLASS. IT 15 THE GLAZING CONTRACTORS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THAT THE GLASS I5 SIZED TO WITHSTAND DEAD LOADS, POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE LIVE LOADS, ACTING NORMAL TO PLANE OF GLASS AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. E. MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR STOREFRONT GLASS: I.. CLEAR GLASS - ASTM C 1 048, FT -FULLY TEMP., QUALITY-c13 GLAZING SELECT. 2. THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 3. EACH INDIVIDUAL PANE TO RECEIVE TEMPERED STAMP INDICATING SUCH. F. MATERIAL FOR EXTERIOR STOREFRONT IN METAL GLAZING SYSTEM. I . I" THICK INSULATED GLASS UNITS - LOW E - TYPE 5G -13 - ASTM E774 AND E773 DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL; OUTER PANE OF CLEAR GLASS, INNER PANE OF LOW E CLEAR GLASS ON CLEAR COLOR GLASS. G. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS UNITS WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN OR A5 REQUIRED BY JURISDICTIONAL CODES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY THAT OPENINGS FOR GLAZING ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND WITHIN TOLERANCE. B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES OF GLAZING CHANNELS OR RECESSES ARE CLEAN, FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS THAT MAY IMPEDE MOISTURE MOVEMENT, WEEPS ARE CLEAR, AND READY TO RECEIVE GLAZING. C. CUT GLASS PANES TO ACCURATE SIZES ALLOWING FOR EDGE CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES. D. INSTALL SEALANTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER WHICH ARE COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS THEY WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH. D F. G. B 5/2010 2:35 PM PLOT DATE: FILE LOCATION: p:\2010\101911Sheets1G-004.dwg REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. CLEAN GLASS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. 08835 MIRROR PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL CUSTOM FITTED MIRRORS INCLUDING MASTIC AND ATTACHMENT CLIPS AS SIZED AND DETAILED IN DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES FOR TENANT-PROVIDED MIRRORS IN LAVATORY. CONSULT NAMM (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MIRROR MANUFACTURING) FOR TIPS FOR CARE AND HANDLING OF MIRRORS. C. PRODUCT: 1. CLEAR FLOAT TYPE WITH COPPER/SILVER COATING. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EDGES SHALL BE POLISHED. D. MIRROR ADHESIVE: CHEMICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH MIRROR COATING AND WALL SUBSTRATE. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY AREAS RECEIVING MIRRORS ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE MATERIAL. B. PLACE PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. C. STORE, PROTECT, AND INSTALL MIRRORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAMM. D. SET MIRRORS WITH EDGE CLEARANCE FREE OF SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING COUNTERTOPS OR BACKSPLASHES. E. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK I5 COMPLETE. F. CLEAN MIRRORS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 09000 - FINISHES 09120 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS PART I - GENERAL A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS WITH EXPOSED SUSPENSION GRID, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND ACOUSTIC PANELS AS LISTED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. C. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES, CEILING ASSEMBLIES ARE TO CONFORM WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES DESIGN FOR ONE HOUR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. PART 2 - PREPARATION 1 EXECUTION A. AT TIME OF COMPLETION, DELIVER TWO PACKAGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO THE TENANT OF EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL USED, FOR FUTURE REPLACEMENT USE. B. COMPLY WITH ASTM C G35 FOR INTERMEDIATE - DUTY CLASS SYSTEM. SIZE ATTACHMENT DEVICES FOR FIVE (5) TIMES DESIGN LOAD. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL, ASTM AG41 , SOFT TEMPER, PRE - STRETCHED, 12 GA MINIMUM. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, FIRE - RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENT AND WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636, WITH HANGERS SUPPORTED ONLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LOCATE HANGERS WITHIN 6" FROM EACH END AND SPACE 4' -0" ALONG EACH CARRYING CHANNEL OR DIRECT -HUNG RUNNER. SECURE WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE- SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES WHICH ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. E. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND AT LOCATIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL UNITS. F INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM, WITH EDGES CONCEALED BY SUPPORT OF SUSPENSION, MEMBERS, SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS TO MT ACCURATELY AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS. G. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS IF REQUIRED BY CODE. H. GYP. BD. CEILINGS AND SOFFITS TO BE GIVEN A FLAT AND SMOOTH FINISH TO ACCEPT PAINT FINISH. REFER TO SECTION 09250 "GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS ". 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART I - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL AND SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. A5 SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. GYPSUM DRYWALL: ALL GYPSUM BOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE "X" A5 NOTED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN. REST ROOMS TO RECEIVE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. C. FASTENERS FOR ALL GYP. BD. SHEATHING TO BE 1" TYPE 'S' BUGLEHEAD SCREWS AT 12" O.C. MAX AND 2" FROM ALL EDGES AT EACH FRAMING MEMBER, PER USG SPECIFICATIONS. D. PROVIDE MATERIALS, JOINT COMPOUNDS, TRIM, EDGES, BEADS, ETC. FROM A SINGLE SOURCE SUPPLIER. ALL TRIM SHALL CONSIST OF A TAPERED, GROOVED, AND PRE PUNCHED FIN FOR SCREW ATTACHMENT AND TO ACCEPT BONDING AGENT. ALL BUTT JOINTS ARE TO BE NEAT WITH TIGHT JOINTS. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS ARE TO HAVE METAL SCREED, CASING BEADS OR CORNER BEADS A5 REQUIRED. ALL EXPOSED EDGES, BEADS AND TRIM TO BE PRE- FINISH ALUMINUM. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTINUED 1 2 E. E. JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPOUNDS AND PERFORATED TAPE. 1. ERECT GYP. BD. IN A SINGLE LAYER IN THE MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. 2. WALLS, CEILINGS AND SOFFITS, AND ALL TRANSITIONS IN SAME, SHALL BE GIVEN A SMOOTH FINISH. 3. CORNER BEADS SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL EXTERNAL ANGLES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. INSTALL CASING BEADS AT ALL EDGES OF DRYWALL WORK EXCEPT WHERE TERMINATION 15 COVERED BY OTHER FINISH. CASING BEADS SHALL BE MITERED AT CORNERS AND INSTALLED NEATLY, FINISHED WITH COMPOUND. 4. JOINTS BETWEEN BOARDS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH TAPE EXCEPT WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. TAPE FIELD JOINTS, INTERIOR CORNER JOINTS AND WALL TO CEILING JOINTS. FILL JOINTS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND EMBED TAPE THEREIN. COVER TAPE WITH BEDDING COMPOUND AND TAPER TO FEATHER EDGES. FILL SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND FEATHER THE EDGES. ALLOW TO DRY. 5. COVER TAPED AND FILLED JOINTS AND FILLED SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH TOPPING COMPOUND APPLIED IN THREE COATS. PERMITTING THE PREVIOUS COAT TO DRY PRIOR TO INSTALUNG THE SUBSEQUENT COAT. G. SAND JOINT AND SCREW HEAD AREAS LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS AND AFTER THE FINAL COAT SO THAT A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE I5 PRODUCED WITH THE PAPER SURFACE OF THE WALLBOARD FREE OF SCUFFING. F. PATCH AND /OR REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL TO REMAIN TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. LEVEL ANY UNEVEN OR ROUGH SPOTS AND FINISH SMOOTH. BULGES AND VISUAL DEPRESSIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. G. INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD AT ALL AREAS TO RECEIVE TILE OR MARBLE, OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. H. ACCESS PANELS: 1 . G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS A5 REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SITE CONDITIONS (COORDINATE SIZE REQUIREMENTS, NUMBER OF PANELS REQUIRED AND LOCATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND ALL MECHANICAL TRADES). ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FLUSH TYPE (NO EXPOSED FLANGES) STYLE "DW' AS MANUFACTURED BY: MILCOR, 1 101 EAST KIBBY, LIMA, OHIO, 45804. PHONE NUMBER: 419- 227 -6899 (SIZE AS REQUIRED) 3. PANELS TO BE FACTORY PRIMED (WHITE) READY TO RECEIVE FINAL FINISH (PAINT) BY G.C. 09300 TILE AND MARBLE B. INSTALL GROUT A5 RECOMMENDED BY THE TILE MANUFACTURER. COLOR OF WALL GROUT TO BE INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. IF NO COLOR I5 INDICATED, A GROUT TO MATCH TILE I5 TO BE USED. PART 1 - GENERAL A. MARBLE/CERAMIC /QUARRY TILE: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY B. ALL CERAMIC TILE BASES INSTALLED SHALL BE SANITARY COVE TYPE. REFER SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPARATION ". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. BEFORE St I I ING ANY TILE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE HIMSELF THAT NO TILES WILL HAVE TO BE REMOVED AFTER INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING, FITTING, DRILLING AND GRINDING OF THE WORK WHERE NECESSARY IN RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, SHALL 5E PERFORMED SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE NEATLY AND ACCURATELY DONE AND CUT EDGES SHALL BE UNIFORM. B. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS UNDER AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI A- 1 37.1 FOR CERAMIC TILE MATERIAL AND ANSI A- 108 FOR INSTALLATION. C. INSTALL PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. D. LAY OUT TILE PATTERN SYMMETRICALLY WITH EVEN JOINT ON ALL FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES. ALIGN JOINTS WITH MALL PATTERN, WHERE APPLICABLE. E. CUT AND DRILL TILE AS REQUIRED WITHOUT MARRING TILE, GRIND AND MT AROUND FIXTURES, ETC.. LEAVE COMPLETED WORK FREE FROM CRACKED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED TILE. F. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING OR UNLIKE FINISHES SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH. NO REDUCER STRIPS PERMITTED IN STOREFRONT AREA. H. PROTECT HEAVILY TRAVELED, NEWLY TILED AREAS AS REQUIRED. I. INSTALL TILES USING THIN SET METHOD WITH I /1G" JOINTS AT WALLS AND FLOORS. J. SEAL/WAX ALL TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 09650 VINYL RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART I - GENERAL A. G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 1/8" X 1 2 X 1 2" VINYL RESILIENT TILES, AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. INSTALL 4" HIGH X I /8" THICK, TOP SET, COVED VINYL BASE, AT ALL WALLS IN AREAS TO RECEIVE VINYL TILE FLOORING, A5 SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS AND MANUFACTURER. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR / PREPA.RATION ". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. PREP SLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW VINYL TILE. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WATERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACES INVOLVED. C. SLOPE FLOOR TILE TO DRAINS.. SUBSTRATE MUST ALSO BE SLOPED TO DRAIN. D. ALL VCT SHALL BE CLEANED SEALED, AND WAXED BY G.C. PRIOR TO TURNOVER. 09680 CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL A. CONDITION CARPET AND ADHESIVES FOR. AT LEAST 48 HOURS AT A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 65 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. THE FLOOR SHOULD ALSO BE CONDITIONED AT A TEMPERATURE ABOVE 65 DEGREES F FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE FLOOR MUST BE SWEPT FREE OF DUST AND DEBRIS. B. NEW CONCRETE MUST BE CURED PREFERABLY FOR 30 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLING CARPET. CHECK THE SLAB FOR ALKALINITY, WHICH SHOULD BE LESS THAN 9.0 pH IF NECESSARY, NEUTRALIZE THE FLOOR WITH AN ACID WASH OF 10 PARTS WATER TO ONE PART MURIATIC ACID AND RINSE THOROUGHLY. A SEALER SHOULD BE USED TO INSURE A GOOD BONDING SURFACE. EXISTING CONCRETE MAY REQUIRE RESEALING TO ASSURE A PROPER SURFACE. C. REMOVE, REPLACE OR PATCH OLD VINYL TILE OR LINOLEUM, STRIP OLD WAX BY MOPPING WITH AMMONIA AND WATER, AND FILL IN GROUT LINES ON CERAMIC FLOORS WITH A LATEX FLASHING COMPOUND, P5 APPLICABLE. D. REMOVE ANY FINISHES, WAXES, PAINT, ETC. FROM WOOD FLOORS. THE SURFACE MUST BE LEVEL AND CRACKS MAY REQUIRE A FLASHING COMPOUND. PLYWOOD OR PARTICLE BOARD MAY BE NECESSARY TO OFFSET UNEVEN FLOORS, BUT MUST BE PRIMED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. E. CUTBACK ADHESIVE MUST BE FLASHED OVER. USING A NOTCHED TROWEL, PATCH AND LET CURE. SMOOTH OVER WITH A SECOND COAT OF PATCH, USING THE FLAT SIDE OF THE TROWEL TO FILL IN THE RIDGES. ALLOW THE NEWLY FLASHED FLOOR TO CURE. F. CARPET CONTRACTOR TO ESTABLISH HIS OWN TAKEOFFS AND COORDINATE 1115 TAKEOFFS WITH THE AMOUNT SHIPPED BY TENANT AND CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. G. INSTALL PER FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN AND PROVIDE TENANT WITH SEAM LAYOUT PRIOR TO CUTTING / INSTALLATION. 11. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE DIRECT GLUE DOWN INSTALLATION USING MATERIAL AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. SEAL ALL SEAMS WITH SEAM ADHESIVE. 2 3 09700 LAMINATED WOOD FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL A. WOOD LAMINATE FLOORING: REFER TO FINISH AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. SLAB / SUBSTRATE TO BE TESTED FOR MOISTURE CONTENT PER FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C. PREP FLOOR A5 RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. D. MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES A5 TO FIRE AND SLIP RESISTANCE. E. INSTALL COMPLETE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ALL TRANSITION STRIPS AND EXPANSION JOINTS A5 REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION REFER TO SECTION 03732 "CONCRETE REPAIR/ PREPARATION ". AND TO SECTION 07200 "INSULATION AND WATERPROOFING" A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE AND STORE MATERIAL. G.C. MUST OPEN BOXES A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF INSTALLATION TO ACCLIMATE PRODUCT TO TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY OF AREA TO RECEIVE INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SUB FLOOR OR EXISTING FLOOR SYSTEM A5 RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. PROVIDE ADEQUATE EXPANSION SPACE AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL SPECIFIED BASE OR TRIM AT PERIMETER, COLUMNS, AND AT ALL OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. E. NO FLOORING TO BE EXPOSED UNTIL LAST DAY OF FIX TURING AND MERCHANDISE INSTALLATION. F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BROOM CLEAN FLOORING AS IT I5 INSTALLED. PROTECT FLOORING IMMEDIATELY WITH BROWN KRAFT.PAPER AND INSTALL MASONITE, ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OR OTHER PROTECTIVE FLOOR PANELS OVER ENTIRE WOOD FLOOR. G. LAMINATE FLOORING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED OVER SUBSTRATE WITH MOISTURE CONTENT IN EXCESS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. H. FLOOR CLEANUP: FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF WORK BY OTHER TRADES, THE PROTECTIVE COVERING PLACED AFTER INSTALLATION SHOULD BE REMOVED; FOLLOWED BY SWEEPING, VACUUMING AND /OR DRY MOPPING TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE DEBRIS. 09910 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART I - GENERAL A. THE INTENT IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THIS PROJECT. FINISH APPEARANCE MUST BE UNIFORM, SMOOTH, AND FREE OF ANY RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY IF THE NUMBER OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL COVERAGE IS SATISFACTORY. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PAINT COLORS, MANUFACTURER, ETC. B. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS. ALTERNATES ARE NOT PERMITTED. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED 50 THAT THEY ARE FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. WASH ALL METAL SURFACES WITH MINERAL SPIRITS BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES. WHERE RUST OR SCALE 15 PRESENT, WIRE BRUSH OR SAND CLEAN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. D. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCHUP ALL SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER APPLICATION OF FIRST COAT AND BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AND EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. DRY ALL COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR. RECOAT TIME. SEAL ALL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS. C. PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTERSUNK SCREWS, DOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. D. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. E. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. F. PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. G. SAND ENAMELED FINISHES APPLIED TO WOOD OR METAL BETWEEN COATS WITH FINE SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE EVEN SMOOTH FINISH. H. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. MAKE EDGES ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. SEAL TOPS, BOTTOMS AND EDGES OF ALL DOORS. J. CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE ONE QUART EACH COLOR OF PAINT FOR FUTURE TOUCH -UP. K. PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR LEAVING SITE AND AFTER ALL FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED AND STORE 15 CLEANED, CONTRACTOR TO WALK SITE AND TOUCHUP PAINT DAMAGED DURING FINAL DAYS OF PROJECT. END OF DIVISION DIVISION 1 0000 - SPECIALTIES 10520 FIRE PROTECTION PART I - GENERAL A. PROVIDE MULTIPURPOSE CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CAPABLE OF EXTINGUISHING CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES, IN QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL (COORDINATE IN FIELD.) MANUFACTURER: J.L. INDUSTRIES; COSMIC SERIES OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. D. SECURE MOUNTING BRACKETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB, TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 10670 STORAGE SHELVING AND WORK COUNTERS PART I - GENERAL A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL TENANT SUPPLIED, PRE-MANUFACTURED FREESTANDING WIDE SPAN, OPEN STYLE WOOD /STEEL SHELVING UNITS AND /OR SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS, WITH BRACKETS AND SHELVES. 5. TENANT TO PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM, FURRING STRIPS EXCLUDED, WITH BRACKETS, CLIPS, SHELVES, RELATED SCREWS AND ANCHORS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. G.C. TO ASSEMBLE AND SECURE OWNER SUPPLIED SHELVING UNITS TO FLOOR AND WALLS WITH FASTENERS A5 RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN AND DETAILED IN PLANS. B. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL REQUIRED FURRING STRIPS AND BRACING. C. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WORK COUNTERS AS DESCRIBED IN PLANS AND DETAILS. 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL A. TENANT TO SUPPLY A.D.A. APPROVED TOILET ACCESSORIES (INSTALLED BY G.C.) AND GRAB BARS (PROVIDED INSTALLED BY G.C.) INCLUDING ALL SET SCREWS AND ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. G.C. SHALL INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS AND IN WALL BLOCKING P5 RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED, IN A TAMPERPROOF MANNER. WITH SPECIAL HANGERS, TOGGLE BOLTS, OR SCREWS. END OF DIVISION 3 5 DIVISION 1 1000 EQUIPMENT 11001 EQUIPMENT PART I - GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT WORK AND PLACEMENT WITH THE WORK OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT. B. ALL EQUIPMENT WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING BUILDING CODES AND LOCAL CODES. C. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED, UNLOADED, UNPACKED OR UNCRATED AND PLACED ACCORDING TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION OF TENANT SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE INCLUDED IN GENERAL BID. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOKUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. D. ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, INSTRUCTION BOOKLETS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND AND TURNED OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER. END OF DIVISION 6 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANC E APPRMED AVK 11 2611 5 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION •---0--1•3 LANDLORD GENERAL NOTES 6 RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 P . T CENTER C B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ESTABLISHED' 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 10191 G -004. DWG 12/10/2010 AW AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS & LANDLORD GENERAL NOTES G -004 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 11 E D A3 LEGEND 1 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED •'l +71?""14V4tt(*Lr"..?,'rF,t'-'4,6nlet THE G.C. SHALL NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY IF SPACEI5 NOT ASBESTOS FREE. 2. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY SHORING, SCAFFOLDING, BARRICADES, ETC., AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE DEMOLITION Of PREMISES. 3. PRIOR TO BEGINNING DEMOLITION, THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD AND THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES, THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES WHICH MAY RUN THROUGH, ABOVE OR. BELOW THE PREMISES. 4. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE COMPLETED IN COMFORMITY TO LANDLORD'S RULES, INCLUDINGI3UT NOT LIMITED TO : DEMOLITION INVOLVING EXCESSIVE NOISE, WELDING, UTILITY SHUT-DOWNS, AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. B 5. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL NOT ACCUMULATE ON-SITE. AT THE END OF EACH DAY THE FLOOR AREA SHALL BE CLEARED OF ALL DEBRIS. PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:35 PM A FILE LOCATION: p:\2010\10191\Sheets\AD- 110.dwg L 6. THE G.C. SHALL I3E RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION AND SAFE KEEPING OF ALL ITEMS DENOTED ON PLANS AS "E_XISTING TO BE REUSED." 7. THE DEMOLITION SHALL INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ALL NON-STRUCTURAL ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED BUT THAT WILL INTERFERE WITH TENANT'S BUILD-OUT. 8. THE REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. WHICH PENETRATES THROUGH THE ROOF SHALL BE DONE IN COORDINATION WITH THE LANDLORD. ALL REPAIRS TO THE ROOF SHALL BE MADE F3Y THE LANDLORD'S APPROVED ROOFER. 9. ALL CUTTING OF SERVICES OR. UTILITIES AFFECTING THE MALL OR ADJACENT TENANTS INCLUDING SPRINKLER OPERATION TO BE COMPLETED ON "OFF HOUR". 10. ALL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION TO BE COMPLETED BY A BONDABLE LICENSED ELECTRICIAN. I 1. DEMOLITION WORK TO BE PHASED TO ALLOW PROPER. EGRESS FOR WORKMEN IN CASE OF FIRE OR HAZARD AND NO DEMOLITION WORK CAN OCCUR IF THE WORK JEOPARDIZES A MEANS OF EGRESS FOR THE PUBLIC OR PROJECT EMPLOYEES. 12. ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND THOSE INDICATED ON THESE DOCUMENTS REGARDING ITEMS NOTED TO REMAIN, MUST BE IDENTIFIED AND REPORTED TO THE TENANT BY THE G.C. IMMEDIATELY. 13. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING FOR. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON ITEMS TO BE REMOVED, REVISED, ETC. 14. ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PATCI-ISLAB AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 15. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FINISHES FROM DEMISING PARTITIONS. PATCH GYP. D. AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW WALL FINISHES AND MAINTAIN A ONE HOUR SEPARATION BETWEEN TENANTS. 16. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT TENANTS OR SPACES IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ACTUAL DEMOLITION 17. ALL PARTITIONING, FINISHES, FLOORING AND CEILING MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED, EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN. I 8. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDING J BOXES, CONDUIT AND Al DEMOLITION NOTES 1 2 A2 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" 2 3 4 84'-'3 1/2" 5 80'-7 1/2" 431-0 1/2" 371-7" 4'-2" EXISTING WALL PAPER FINISH TO BE REMOVED, typical. CMU WALL WITH GYP. BD. FURRING AT INTERIOR, typical. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH AS NECESSARY, typical EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM, typical. ALL EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, WALL FINISHES, CEILINGS, SOFFITS, AND LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED, typical **D<ISTING VAULT,VAULT DOOR, AND VAULT CEILINGS AND LIGHTING TO BE REMOVED, typical **EXISTING CA13INETS, FIXTURES, AND SUSPENDED SIGNS TO BE REMOVED, typical. EXISTING INTERIOR GLAZING TO BE REMOVED, typical F===_ EXISTING DOOR TO BE REMOVED, typical EXISTING COLUMN ENCLOSURE TO DE REMOVED, typical 1 11 11 L -J- **EXISTING KITCHENt I 1E, CABINETS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PLUMBING AND HVAC TO BE REMOVED. CAP ALL PLUMBING LINES AT POINT OF ORIGIN FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. typical. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH AS NECESSARY, typical. 701-5 1/2" 11 < .J) L A 1 EXISTING SINKS, CABINETS, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PLUMBING TO BE REMOVED. typical. F====-] -7E1 EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH TO MAINTAIN I HOUR RATING, typical I- I I 6 = = 6 ELECT. ROOM EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE. typical. EXISTING WALL PAPER FINISH TO BE REMOVED, typical. 1.29MOSEMIZIOSIIMESIMMIZI.MarMlittaliZiMM2 ...."'/AMMEMISEWISMICED9RMA.762■Piailealt.0111MMUCIerCAIOWSIOT REA:W:26:0R CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 141-4" EXISTING RESTROOM TO BE REMOVED. • 3 4 5 6 54'- I 0 I/2" RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 P TCENTER E D B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 J°S. A. BANK ESTA 131_151-1E1:1 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAE3/ LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: I0191 AD-110.DWG 12/10/2010 AW GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AD-11O UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E PLOT DATE: A 0 J J LL MN 11111•1•1•11■1 I= - - 1 = MI MI MN A2 LEGEND ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL (EXTERIOR) DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL (INTERIOR) 44" MIN. CLEAR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO LOWER THAN 48" A.F.F TO THE TOP OF HANDLE AND WILL NOT EXCEED 75' TRAVEL DISTANCE. EXTINGUISHERS TO MEET MINUM OF CODE 2A:20B AND SHALL BE TAGGED BY A LICENSED FIRE EQUIPMENT COMPANY. 2. ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY LIGHTS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE FIELD FIRE INSPECTOR AT THE TIME OF FIRE FINAL. 3. ALL DOORS IN THE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION RELEASE AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE FROM EGRESS SIDE. SEPARATE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS AND PREMIT WILL BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. Al GENERAL NOTES 1 • • • • ENTRY 002 PI 0 84' -9 1/2 43' -0 1/2" SALES AREA 003 FITTING AREA 1 004 WOMEN'S TOILET 1 I005I MEN'S TOILET 1 L 006 1 37' -7" TAILORING AREA 1 10071 ELECT. ROOM F -25.0 0'9-d F -20.0 48x 18 48x 18 PATH OF TRAVEL = 53' -8" TAILOR CREASE 1 . 1 11 1 111111 1111 11 111 111111111111111111111 IIIIIuuIII 11111 IIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�1111111111 b0' 6-d IMMO F -1.0A I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APP nVED Arr■ 11 to li PATH OF TRAVEL = 80'- I " r-Th F -10.0 F -1.0 iF -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC F -12.0 HC : = =__: = = = = =c F -1.0A F-4.0A F -1.0A F-4 OA F -14.0 F -14.0 F -11.O NC F -11.O HC F 12.O HC ADJACENT TENANT F -10.0 NEW FIRE EXTINGUISHER , MOUNTED 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR • • A2 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 = =___ =_ F -14.0 F -14.0 taWN sZaa C k -26.0 F -26.0 F -26.4 1 I 1 70' -5 1/2" • • 3 • • • • • 4 • ENTRY 001 • • • 5 14' -4" 6 N PRESS AREA 008 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 OS 6 E D C B 4., Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ES:TA BLI SHED 190.5 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 • REVISIONS: 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A- 109 . DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED SHEET TITLE: FIRE LIFE SAFETY 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E D B PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:06 PM A FILE LOCATION: p:\2010\10191\Sheets\A- 110.dwg EXTERIOR TENANT SIDE EXTERIOR CEILING AS SCHEDULED GYP. BD. BULKHEAD WHERE OCCURS REEVE WALL SIM COND: EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING GYP. BD. AS NECESSARY (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR WALL El PARTITION TYPES SCALE: 3/4" = M MIRROR E TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE, REFER TO 11 ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, REFER TO c1 SYMBOLS LEGEND TENANT SIDE CEILING AS SCHEDULED EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING GYP. BD. AS NECESSARY WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE PARTITION WONtt0', I..R.M:W0P.A.0.0 1. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING FIRE PROTECTION SHALL BE MAINTAINED. G.C. TO REPORT EXISTING DAMAGE TO TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 2. ALL EXISTING LANDLORD UTILITIES SHALL BE PROTECTED. PROJECT SHALL BE SURVEYED PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND ANY EXISTING DAMAGE SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE TENANT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. ANY REPAIR AND / OR REPLACEMENT OF ACTIVE UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION, OR CONSTRUCTION, WILL BE AT G.C.'S EXPENSE. 3. FIELD LOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WITHIN 8 INCHES Of PROPOSED CEILING AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS Of EXISTING AND / OR. PROPOSED UTILITIES AS NECESSARY FOR TENANT BUILD-OUT. 4. SAWCUT AND / OR CORE AND REMOVE CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR PROPOSED PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DESIGN - REFER TO PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COMPACT SUB-GRADE AND FILL FOR SMOOTH, LEVEL, STEEL TROWELED SURFACE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR SLAB CORING AND ACCESS TO TENANT SPACE BELOW. 5. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR PROPOSED FINISHES. NOTIFY TENANT DURING BID IF SLAE3SURFACE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO ACCEPT PROPOSED FINISH. 6. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL PREFABRICATED ITEMS WITH TENANT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 7. ALL WOOD BLOCKING / PLYWOOD TO BE FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD. 8. REFER TO A-111 FOR LOCATIONS OF CORNER GUARDS AND FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS. 9. WHEN REQUIRED, REPLACE EXISTING HARDWARE, INCLUDING LOCKSETS AND CLOSERS AS REQUIRED TO MEET APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. 10. ALL DOORS TO BE LOCATED 4" MIN. FROM WALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. PROVIDE TENANT IDENTIFICATION ON REAR SERVICE DOOR, PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS 12. ENTRANCE, ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM AND TOILET ROOMS TO BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL Of ACCESSIBILITY. REFER TO DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 13. ALL REEVE STANDARDS SHALL BE 2'-0" O.C. AND THE ORIGINAL NUMBER OF STANDARDS SHALL 5E CENTERED ON THE LENGTH OF REEVE WALL DIMENSIONED ON THE PLAN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 14. MR ALTERNATE ATTACHMENT AT DECK FOR PARTITION TYPES 2, 2A, AND 3, REFER TO AND 15. AUDIO EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED ON WOOD SHELF AT TELEPHONE BACK BOARD PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. PREFERRED SPEAKER LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED ON SHEET E-120. 16. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO LOWER THAN 48" A.F.F TO THE TOP Of HANDLE AND WILL NOT EXCEED 75 TRAVEL DISTANCE. EXTINGUISHERS TO MEET MINUM OF CODE 2A:20E3 AND SHALL BE TAGGED BY A LICENSED MRE EQUIPMENT COMPANY. Al GENERAL NOTES A2 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PARTITION FITTING ROOMS 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES AND AT TOP 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE D6A A-501 E6A A-501 PARTITION CEILING AS SCHEDULED TOP OF STUD I5 TO REMAIN OPEN FOR VENTING, typical STOREFRONT REEVE WALL 5/8" 'TYPE "X" GYP. D. MOISTURE RESISTANT @ TOILET 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS 3' ■ SALES SIDE typical CEILING AS SCHEDULED CROWN MOULDING WHERE OCCURS 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. D. BOTH SIDES. MOISTURE RESISTANT @ TOILET SIM. CONDITION 5/8" GYP. D. ON 2 1/2" X 25 GA. METAL STUDS typical WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE PARTITION STING STRUCTURE typical CEILING AS SCHEDULED 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. D. BOTH SIDES. MOISTURE RESISTANT @ TOILET 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE 9 PARTITION NOTE: I . PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT TOILET ROOM PLUMBING WALL 84'-9 1/2" D6A A-501 E6A A-501 FIUING3' AKA SALES SIDE typical EXISTING STRUCTURE CROWN MOLDING GYP. BD. BULKHEAD WHERE OCCURS REEVE WALL SYSTEM, REFER TO 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES OVER 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR PARTITION W/ REEVE WALL 1A PARTITION ADJ. I TENANT TENANT SIDE CEILING AS SCHEDULED 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS RI3 BATT INSULATION (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD., MOISTURE RESISTANT AT TOILET ROOMS EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL 1 A-601 A-501 typical l CAULK CAULK WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE EXTERIOR WALL PARTITION TENANT SIDE EXISTING STRUCTURE FIRE CAULK CEILING TILE AND GRID TO TERMINATE AT G" SOFFIT. CROWN MOULDING WHERE OCCURS GYP. D. BULKHEAD WHERE OCCURS REEVE WALL FINISH BY ADJ. TENANT EXISTING DEMISING WALL. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING GYP. 5D. FINISH TO MAINTAIN 1 HOUR RATING WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE 80'-7 1/2" 43'-0 1/2" 37'-7" 4'-2" SALES AREA 003 I---- FITTING AREA 1 004 WOMEN'S TOILET 005 j MEN'S TOILET —1 006 23-2 /2" TAILORING NI AREA 007 I DEMISING WALL 1-HR. RATED ASSEMBLY PER U.L. #U465 11•10 INNS MIN 11•11 IA .:11,ifI111.11,faif.M.airI5,-.M.11:3F.MfM,k1f,gre.ffI3M41.:1=AF.104113.1.1371frfg...i."31-.:FfIffi05511f1a1.1iZ<-S.1,2151814-ffMf111,1??.fffiMV:-WgErIff56I11,FII,,f1.Ifffr ,111.F.VIRMEMMETOI§i3...M4.711MMERIlt- Ifff.EfIf,sIf.',V.P.17111K1g,11:3%t !ZdIftf.1.11=11Ite,T2tr.,e;.1.=:--Itt ELECT. ROOM r - - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, F_ — REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L 2A e1511M011.115!! fAlpfmmillifligg,*4§ft,ffmgERrAff-mamoymii,00mmw,,frommonligk G._ 1 .IfZIEWN1feIXVIIIi1f1gfl ENTRY 002 2 ...1111111111MINIMMINIIMINIIIIMr15•111M. PRESS AREA 6I-1 I" (4 STANDARDS) I2'-6" CUT THROUGH SLAB AS REQUIRED. TO INSTALL NEW CONDUITS. (SEE ELECTRICAL) PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISH. 12"X12" ACCESS PANEL IN CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP TARGET AREA. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. - typical IA SIM SIM N 1 CLEAR ALIGN K11 I 0' 24'-2" typica \ 23'-8" 954gmf.f.K.,m4.- ACCESSORIES WALL (PROVIDE BLOCKING) :f4V.311131101...3.141MIEMWMI11111M111.04, `Iffi5EMIC" 2 2A SIM (SHIRTS WALL) .11,1131IMITOW14113,:WK33110M12211111gMWM:11011011113101WORWRIE1gtanIa1iff-MarMAMW,L4M3MM,11f,f1fI111111,MAIMI1fIlt-415,_ 70'-5 1/2" 2 STANDARDS) 5'-5 1/2" (3 STANDARDS) 7 SIM 2'-6" • REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED A 1 1 2uti Cityof Tukwila BUILDING DIViSinm 14'-4" 3 4 "Irirer 001 5 6 0 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMIT E D 4„.• Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA Irvine, Phone: Fax: 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor California 92612 949. 833. 1930 949. 833. 1140 PS. A. BANK ESTA EilLiSHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: 10191 A-110.DWG 12/10/2010 MV SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: FLOOR PLAN AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf 162 sf A-.1 1O UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:06 PM FILE LOCATION: p:12010 \10191\Sheets\A- 111.dwg , D B 71.411 EQUAL EQUAL A typical Al WALK OFF MAT PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1 9 WALK OFF MAT, CUT TO FIT IN FIELD. DO NOT GLUE DOWN. ENTRY 1 002 I A2 FLOOR FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2 43-0 1/2" 371-7" 41-2" ■••••■••••■ am•■••ameorirallownwamerma SALES AREA 1 003 I-- FITTING AREA 1 004 CP 1 WOMEN'S TOILET -1 005 j MEN'S TOILET 006 TAILORING AREA -1 007 CP 2 1-1=1I v 1 v 1 er, 9 (9 CP >< CP 2 WF 1 JL WF 1 CP 2 CP 2 PLUMB DOWN FROM CURVED BULKHEAD (CAREER RADIUS) TO LOCATE LINE OF WOOD FLOORING TRANSITION. REFER TO twomg...moologego-nagme‘goolonsmag _IgEggialgat- 1101;, 9 '3 CP 2 :42=v4V11-501.0=40,4. -4-31MOSEOlgazingstaggsgignmagamwagfoggsmengoompag-ma ... WF 1 70'-5 /2" 1 typical CP 1 CG 1 typical ELECT. ROOM • t-NRIe?,,,If1P414-11III0,I401IiI,,.56,04:0I 0 REVIEWED F�13-- CODE COMPLIANCE _ APPPMED Arr< 11 211 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 41-4" 3 4 ENTRY 001 5 6 co RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 p t T E D B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BANK ESTABLISHED, -1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 4•1 ..;'; REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A-11 I .DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: FLOOR FINISH PLAN 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf IG2 sf UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:07 PM FILE LOCATION: p:12010 \101911Sheets\A- 120.DWG 1 El PARTIAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: N.T.S. 1 2 -1: -•-•• DESCRIPTION 1 I- Oil 1 '-O" 1 l -0" / / / 4' -0" FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SURFACE MOUNTED X ARCHITECTURAL EMERGENCY LIGHT CY (E) - � SAME AS "B "/ CONNECTED TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT - o RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT 2' -0" / I ' -0" 1 ' -0" ALTERNATE LOCATION LOCATION SPRINKLER HEAD OR LIGHT LOCATED IN CENTER OF CEILING TILE - typical E2 LIGHT /SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" ENTRY 3 4 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 4' -0" FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SURFACE MOUNTED X ARCHITECTURAL EMERGENCY LIGHT CY (E) EXISTING WALL - MOUNTED COMPACT FLOURESCENT ■ B /NL SAME AS "B "/ CONNECTED TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT Q B RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT -- " k- KN -db\- K C>1�T7'N / UNDER SHELVING <-0 RECESSED ADJUSTABLE COMPACT RECESSED INCANDESCENT DOWNLIGHT Op RECESSED DOWNLIGHT W/ DECORATIVE TRIM = _ __ __ _ = GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPORT - SEE D3 /A -502 DE INCANDESCENT PENDANT MOUNTED AT 8' -O" A.F.F. ®F RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT CM C4 ..................... 1 SEE A-602 WHITE UNIVERSAL WALL MOUNT EXIT LIGHT W/ SELF CONTAINED BATTERY PACK — CEILING MOUNT DUAL VOLTAGE EXIT LIGHT W/ SELF CONTAINED BATTERY PACK * DIRECTION ARROWS ® SPEAKER GYP. BD. CEILING A I O "x48" RECESSED FLUORESCENT WALLWASH W/ FLANGE KIT Al I O "x24" RECESSED FLUORESCENT WALLWASH W/ FLANGE KIT 24" X 36" NON RATED FLUSH ACCESS PANEL BY NYSTROM, K BABCOC DAVIS OR EQUAL - typical G 2' -0" X 4' -0" RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT W/ ELECTRONIC BALLAST G/NL SAME P5 G / CONNECTED ' TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT — j ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE Q DEEPCEL 24" X 24" RECESSED FLUORESCENT WITH PARABOLIC LENS Q/NL SAME AS "Q'Y CONNECTED TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT j % Mil A MI ••• RETURN AIR EXHAUST FAN GRILLE rDIFFUSER , E3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN LEGEND NOTES: 1 . REFER TO ELECTRICAL / MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS. 5 SET ALL TRIM RINGS OF RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS TIGHT TO SURFACE IN GYP. D. 1 I . SOFFIT AND ACT CEILING SYSTEM. 2. ALL 2X2 LAY -IN FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED WITH HANGAR WIRE FROM OPPOSITE CORNERS (FROM ALL FOUR CORNERS FOR 2X4 FIXTURES). 3 ALL RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED WITH HANGAR WIRE. TRACK FIXTURES SHALL HAVE A HANGAR WIRE EVERY 4' -0" MAXIMUM. 4. SPRINKLER HEADS IN GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS MUST BE CONCEALED /FLUSH TYPE, FACTORY PAINTED TO MATCH THE CEILING COLOR. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS IN SALES CEILINGS MUST BE CONCEALED /FLUSH, RECESSED OR SEMI- RECESSED TYPE (NO PENDANT MOUNTED HEADS ARE PERMITTED). G. CEILING GRID TO BE CENTERED WITHIN SPACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. COORDINATE CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKERS WITH OWNER'S EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 8, PENDANT LIGHTS AT CASHWRAP/ BACKWRAP ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT 8' -O" A.F.F. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE FIXTURE AND COORDINATED WITH INSTALLED CASHWRAP. 9. G.C. TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF GRAPHIC PANELS WITH CEILING GRID SYSTEM ABOVE. NOTIFY TENANT OF ANY CONFLICTS AND DIRECTION ON THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM FOR CABLE SUPPORTS. SEE DETAIL I O. SPLICES AND INTERSECTION OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. DESIGN CONNECTORS FOR 2X DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL TENSION OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUM GO POUNDS). CROSS - FURRING SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITH NOT LESS THAN ONE STRAND OF NO. 1G OR TWO STRANDS OF 18 U.S. GAUGE TIE WIRE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ATTACHMENTS. E5 CEILING GENERAL NOTES Rio 6 RUNNERS AND FURRING: THE MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS- FURRING SHALL BE NOT 7 LESS THAN THE SIZES SET FORTH IN TABLE NO. 25 -A EXCEPT THAT OTHER STEEL SECTIONS OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS TABLE. 12. A HEAVY DUTYT -BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED. 13. IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A 0.75 IN, CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON A CLOSURE ANGLE. 14. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE AN OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST I " IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE CEILING MOVEMENT IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS IS PERMITTED TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION. 15. PROVIDE AND INSTALL, OR MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION, IF REQUIRED. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE TENANTS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND FLOOR PLAN. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS TO BE USED FOR ALL APPROVAL SUBMISSIONS REQUIRED. I G. LIGHT FIXTURE "C" WITHIN DISPLAY ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED AS CLOSE TO STOREFRONT AS POSSIBLE WHILE MAINTAINING ALIGNMENT. WHEN GRAPHIC PANELS ARE EXPOSED TO SALES AREA, LIGHTS ARE TO BE MOUNTED ON BOTH SIDES EQUALLY SPACED FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE PANEL. 17. REFER TO SHEET A -502 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING DETAILS / INFORMATION. 18. G.C. TO LEAVE 2 CASES OF 2X2 AND ONE CASE OF 2X4 TILE FOR FUTURE USE. 84' -9 1/ SALES AREA SOFFIT, typical FITTING AREA WOMEN'S TOILET MEN'S TOILET 37' -7" Y Y E) TAILORING AREA / 2' -1" 3'- I I " 2' -0' 0 __ = == 3,21 C C C C • . —C •7 -0 C: .1/2" aiaaaaataMaaRa ELECT. ROOM isuririmmEramirammums1/42 • • • • rpm 1 INN 111 psumummi MEMEMM OFFIT SOFFIT typical FOR SOFFIT LAYOUT, REFER TO REFER TO NOTE I G OF GENERAL NOTES ABOVE M II A MEM= ... • III: II M • MI • • MEM 2 EUmmEmmillim-mmuTm ILTE ■:•._ ................... ........ fWS err e... _.. }. -.. 4 i" .yr } y_.rr .' tw Ytr jkjR. �.. - -+;r.. rn,ao-}.�STC� ^,^ �, t r - =f � .M�,.f; ..r•.. ;_ rr,� r -{F�,x £�I„ra.. ^.�' k'f�.��� �' aa�4u'�,�m�'w�.a�. M}}�.S�x'�'yink�k di�.: -. - -... MEM INN ADJACENT TENANT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APP EL AYK 11 , A2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0 2 3 ENTRY 10' -0" FOR SOFFIT LAYOUT, REFER TO 5 14' -4" RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMiTITER D B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 )�$'TABLISHEE ,.1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A -1 20.DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 4I■ A -120 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E D B PLOT DATE: 3/16/2011 2:53 PM D1 ENLARGED PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" hl ECEIVED s MAR i '7 20111 o9AUtliTils U W Al EXTERIOR ELEVATION LL L SCALE: 114 " =l' -0" r LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE GRAPHIC PANEL, typical TRIPTYCH z �z EQ 1 Q. 1 EQ. EQ. I, EQ. L EQ. MULLION $ GRAPHIC PANEL MULLION LOGO 17' -10 1 l2" AWNING MULLION GRAPHIC PA EL -26.0 F -2 6.0 F -26.0 EQ. EQ. L EQ. I EQ. , EQ. ! EQ. EQ. MULLION MULLION $ GRAPHIC PANEL TRIPTYCH JOS A. BANK STANDARD AWNING WITH Lt f rERING, REFER TO 17' -10 1 /2" AWNING MULLION $ GRAPHIC PA ■EL LINE OF AWNING ABOVE - typical JOS A. BANK 15 "X 18" STANDARD IDENTIFICATION PLAQUE - typical BLADE SIGN LEASE LINE ILI z _i EXISTING METAL SIGN BAND TO BE REMAIN. REFINISH METAL TO LIKE NEW CONDITION JOS A. BANK WHITE FACED LETTERS. REFER TO A -204 KOMI 0 mom milw MEM M UM= ME= ME ®1 __- �_ el ter'_' 'ii , e" MANN r���i . a 1.°11 u al ll bilal MOMMOI MIMI 1111111111.11 IIIIIIII11171111 WM iffil WHIMI BL1 on .1 El 11118111160.1 _ ..�a11I1 ���1w ®e■r ►r®! I�soalv..� ��.- .�L1n:I1 _III MIMMEMII®MEM ®iM 2 GRAPHIC PANEL, typical 40X48 JAB LOGO WINDOW TRIM, typical. 3 4 MI ,111-_,MIMIIMINIMIN1 1 ME= LIIIIIMMN mum W pia§ �tL �.. ��o i,�'�s ®�I I_�i 1i 1 111 I Ill lrc IiIII RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINIIIIIUIOOIIIIIM 'IIO z . ��_M III► 111111, n IMIN `� _ I w1 'ma m Immiman NMI 2111WMWEIIIRMIMMOMMIWIS liZrdli IIIMIMMUMMINUMEMINIIR NM= MEM NIIIMMIENOM IIMINIMEMI MUN1 MIN 1 1U WIIIIMMIER iEMIl ®MIIIM_I__MIMM EXTERIOR CMU WALL. PRESSURE WASH FACADE AND PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY FOR LIKE NEW CONDITION COLOR: RED AND BROWN JOS A. BANK STANDARD BLADE SIGN, REFER TO EXISTING LIGHT, typical. WHITE STORE HOURS GRAPHIC EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH TO LIKE NEW CONDITIONS JOS A. BANK 15 "X 18" STANDARD IDENTIFICATION PLAQUE - typical WINDOW DECAL, typical TRIPTYCH 5 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE t APPROVED MAY 0 2 2011 � otruktvila BUILDI G D ISM ON SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM: TENANT TO PROVIDE SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM N -1050 SRCDF BY CPFILMS (OR EQUAL) FOR ALL EXISTING EAST, SOUTH, OR WEST FACING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEMS. FILM MUST BE APPLIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF VINYL LL1 i ERS AND STORE HOUR GRAPHIC. SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM TO BE APPLIED TO NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING AT TIME OF FABRICATION ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING. SIGNAGE IS NOT A PART OF PLAN REVIEW. SIGNAGE IS TO BE REVIEWED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. 3. T = TEMPERED GLASS 4. LOGO DECAL - 3" WHITE FROSTED VINYL Lt 1ERS TO BE CENTERED IN STOREFRONT WINDOW. FIELD MODIFY AS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH GLAZING JOINTS OR MULLIONS SO Lt fERS REMAIN WHOLE. E D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 08 FEBRUARY 201 I ISSUED FOR BID I G MARCH, 201 1 PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: 10191 A-20 1 . DWG 03/1G/2011 MV AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM RECEIVED A6 ELEVATION NOTES MAR is 2011 E�T�R 6 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 1 62 sf SHEET TITLE: EXTERIOR ELEVATION & ENLARGED PLAN A -201 ILOCfDt. nollunu• CVCTL• _ 11 a MAT /NUM n An<MAUnII en\/Cneln.l e. E D B PLOT DATE: 3/16/2011 A FILE LOCATION: p:\2010\1019116heets\A -2c 2.dwg r 1 D'I ENLARGED PLAN 5' -10 1/2" AWNING LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE -1 JOS A. BANK 15 "X 15" STANDARD IDENTIFICATION PLAQUE - typical LEASE LINE E D SCALE: 1/2 " =1' -0" EIVED h1AR 17 20111 Al EXTERIOR ELEVATION L SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" 1 4_ SIGN $ DOOR EXISTING METAL SIGN BAND TO BE REMAIN. REFINISH METAL TO LIKE NEW CONDITION JOS A. BANK WHITE FACED Lt 1 ERS. REFER TO A -204 'mil lin MIN MM IMENIMM 1M in IIIMM114, IMMIIMMIMMUMMINIMINLIMM MN .111110"___ . 1 • "I �z M � w IMMINMEMEMMIllial IMINIMINIMMUMM [, J° IMI IMIIMMIMMIMMIMMIMMIN -- ■ M MI _ ____' II /, , NINIMIMMEMINIIHMEM IMMEMINIMININ M 11 WWI 1 M in MIMMIMMIMMI IMMOMMINMSIIMIMMMIM I� .M 1 IIMMWA n___ fir = ..a MOM IMMIMMIIMIM MU IMMIMMINIMMOMMUMMUMMINIMMIU ■L1 EXTERIOR CMU WALL. PRESSURE WASH FACADE AND PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY FOR LIKE NEW CONDITION COLOR: RED AND BROWN JOS A. BANK STANDARD AWNING WITH Lt11ERING, REFER TO yamSA.B A -204 MIIMMINIMM MINNIMMINIMMEMMIM 2 3 STORE HOURS EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH TO LIKE NEW CONDITIONS JOS A. BANK 15 "X 18" STANDARD IDENTIFICATION PLAQUE - typical WINDOW TRIM, typical. WINDOW DECAL, typical EXISTING LIGHT, typical. 4 C B I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED i MAY 0 2 2011 CkyofT BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED MAR 182011 PERMIT CENTER I . SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM: TENANT TO PROVIDE SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM N -1050 SRCDF BY CPFILMS (OR EQUAL) FOR ALL EXISTING EAST, SOUTH, OR WEST FACING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEMS. FILM MUST BE APPLIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF VINYL Lt I I EKS AND STORE HOUR GRAPHIC. SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM TO BE APPLIED TO NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING AT TIME OF FABRICATION ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING. 2. SIGNAGE 15 NOT A PART OF PLAN REVIEW. SIGNAGE IS TO BE REVIEWED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. 3. T = TEMPERED GLASS 4. LOGO DECAL - 3" WHITE FROSTED VINYL Lt 1 1 ERS TO BE CENTERED IN STOREFRONT WINDOW. FIELD MODIFY AS NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH GLAZING JOINTS OR MULLIONS SO Ltl I ERS REMAIN WHOLE. A6 ELEVATION NOTES 6 J • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ES;TA'B,LI$HEU .1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 08 FEBRUARY 201 I ISSUED FOR BID I G MARCH, 20I 1 PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: 10191 A -202. DWG 03/ 1 6/20 I 1 AW GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: EXTERIOR ELEVATION & ENLARGED PLAN A -202 1I Jl flQI noeunur- 4VRTCY _ 11 S uATIfNAI CAII STAUfAOf VCDCInu R 1 PLOT DATE: 3/16/2011 2:54 PM FILE LOCATION: p:\2010 \101911Sheets\A- 203.dwg D D'I ENLARGED PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" C B RECEIVED MAR 17 2011 LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE 40 X 48 JAB LOGO FINAL PAINT COLOR SELECTOOI TO BE CONFIRMED WITH CITY. ELECT. ROOM S SaiNgliArvailliMEMMAIRMSEINE EQ. EQ. Q. Q. EQ. Q. WINDOW FILM, typical COLOR: FINAL COLOR SELECTION TO BE CONFIRMED WITH CITY. if- MULLION — ; MULLION GRAPHIC PANEL GRAPHIC PA Q. , EQ. L 1 EQ. 17'- I O 1/2" AWNING w z LEASE LINE .ill s l'ibAge.., ti-o be reve 1 Am4 aPprove4 4s4rooc,f a sPpa.ieFe, "14m 'erwt i{- EXISTING METAL SIGN BAND TO BE REMAIN. REFINISH METAL TO LIKE NEW CONDITION EXTERIOR CMU WALL. PRESSURE WASH FACADE AND PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY FOR LIKE NEW CONDITION COLOR: RED AND BROWN A A JOS A. BANK WHITE FACED LEI I ERS. REFER TO /^1 IL! z l A -204 I i__ 1 I I_ ' i.. ,_. .. 1 3 fJ1 1 i . , I 1 .- : i 1 ,I, - -I - COMMUNfry Al EXTERIOR ELEVATION L_ SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 1 EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM DOOR WINDOW DECAL, typical EXISTJhIG LI�L1,T,;ty 2 EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH TO LIKE NEW CONDITIONS 3 F 1 WINDOW FILM, typical COLOR: FINAL COLOR SELECTION TO BE CONFIRMED WITH CITY. 4 5 JOS A. BANK STANDARD AWNING (NO LETTERING), REFER TO 77\ GRAPHIC PANEL, typical 40X48 JAB LOGO WINDOW TRIM, typical. fEEWEDFoR CODE COMPLIANCE 1 APPROVED MAY 02 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SIGNAGE CALCULATION (INCENTIVE SIGNAGE) JOS. A. BANK EXPOSED BUILDING FACE (EBF) (STRANDER BLVD.) 1,560 SQ.FT. PERMITED SIGN AREA CALCULATION PER TABLE 2 PERMITTED SIGN AREA AREA (LXH) OF EXPOSED BUILDING FACE (EBF) IN SQUARE FEET 1,501 - 3,000 (EBF - I ,500) X .03 + 65 SQ.FT. X .5 = PERMITTED SIGN AREA JOS A BANK PERMITTED SIGN AREA (1,560 - 1,500) X .03 + 65 SQ.FT. X .5 =33.4 SQ FT JOS A BANK PROPOSED SIGN AREA 29 SQ.FT. (24" Lt I1 ERS) B6 ALLOWABLE SIGNAGE CALCULATION RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 PERMIT CENTER 1 . SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM: TENANT TO PROVIDE SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM N -1050 SRCDF BY CPFILMS (OR EQUAL) FOR ALL EXISTING EAST, SOUTH, OR WEST FACING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEMS. FILM MUST BE APPLIED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF VINYL Lt1 1 ERS AND STORE HOUR GRAPHIC. SOLAR CONTROL GLAZING FILM TO BE APPLIED TO NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING AT TIME OF FABRICATION ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING. 2. SIGNAGE IS NOT A PART OF PLAN REVIEW. SIGNAGE IS TO BE REVIEWED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. 3. T = TEMPERED GLASS 4. LOGO DECAL - 3" WHITE FROSTED VINYL LL1 I ERS TO BE CENTERED IN STOREFRONT WINDOW. FIELD MODIFY A5 NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH GLAZING JOINTS OR MULLIONS SO LEI I ERS REMAIN WHOLE. A6 ELEVATION NOTES E C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ESTABLISHED : .1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A !z\ 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB 1 LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 1 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS 08 FEBRUARY 201 1 ISSUED FOR BID 1G MARCH, 2011 PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A- 203.DWG DATE: 03/16/2011 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: EXTERIOR ELEVATION & ENLARGED PLAN A -203 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 .10•11111P Consulting Engineers 18500 Von Karman Ave,, 10th Floor Irvine, CA 92612 (949) 252-1022 Fax (949) 252-8082 project' location 7- I fr 4 • = by e, client date job no. iteet no. vty< 42" 1" x 2" ALUMINUM SQUARE TUBE ATTACH TO FASCIA WITH "Z CLIP" , STAINLESS MOUNTING HARDWARE/ SPACER/ SILICONE TO SUIT (VERIFY) 1" x 1" ALUMINUM SQUARE TUBE" RIBS @ MAX 42" O.C. (FINISH TBD) SUNBRELLA MATERIAL (g) 7__)(6 (.) 4.‘ fira_rt 4e0 (irrz:D SECTION a AWNING SCALE: N.T.S. fii‘a:Mgo /3rticlio 21071;q1 17-, 8 /9) Lo AIL[_ ft-Alcwi?....i To Aim earipkt AtAiming-- w rill 11 t1- 1'f70 AD V fv, 4"-, 571CI 14 Tir 6-6 CV tfr-/ATh en ki 4(20,1 CORRECTION LTR# RECEIVED APR 29 2011 PERMITCENTER REVISION No. 1 b 10 393 PLOT DATE: 3/16/2011 2:54 PM D A m 9 0 REC !VED U O MAR �7 20111 C©MMUNiTY DEVELOPMENT 1- 1 dik 10' -6" A.F.F. SUSPENDED CLG. Ailk I O' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT SUSPENDED CEILING 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD., PAINTED - typical 8' -0" A.F.F. C111, B.O. SOFFIT 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT I G" O.C. - typical DOWNLIGHT AS SCHEDULED FLOORING AS SCHEDULED EXISTING SLAB F.F. l` Al SECTION THROUGH STOREFRONT GLAZING SCALE: 1/2" =11-0" 1 Al 01-0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT AWNING WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR LOCATION. DISPLAY AREA EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH AS NECESSARY TO LIKE NEW CONDITION STEEL TUBE FRAME ATTACHMENT FA EXISTING STRUCTU STEEL TUBE FRAME C3 AWNING SECTION SCALE: 1" = LEASE LINE PLYWOOD BACKING FOR TENANT SIGNAGE AIo4e S/x4:( 1' Inc adMCb +wt CMI) 4ndi +r^S pe. 4 Sk-1 utlu�l+s✓ to fib+; s pu1t_ 4 3' -5" A �A REFER TO ELEVATION BLACK WROUGHT IRON BRACKET HANGING BLADE SIGN. SANDBLASTED WOOD WITH 3 13 DARK BRONZE BACKGROUND AND 'SATIN BRONZE' BORDER AND LEI I ERI NG. 32" 3' -0" C4 BLADE SIGN SCALE: N.T.S. ACCESS DOOR REMOTE G.F.I. TRANSFORMER METAL ENCLOSURE, LOCATE IN FIELD ATTACH TO EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEM G ALUMINUM RETURNS ‹—EDGE TRIM E— PLEXIGLAS FACE B4 SIGN SECTION NEON TUBING BENDBACKS ELECTROBITS W/ U.L. COMPONENTS SIGNBAND TUBE SUPPORT CONCEALED FASTENINGS WEEP HOLE W/ COVER SCALE: N.T.S. 1 REFER TO QLEVATIONS A3 AWNING FRAMING SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 3 AWNING AND STOREFRONT OPENING FA 4 2 5" HIGH TENANT LOGO CENTERED ON AWNING. LETTERS TO BE WHITE COPY, SILK SCREENED ONTO CANVAS VALANCE. (WHERE OCCURS) REFER TO ELEVATIONS. 9 N 0 C5 SIGN ELEVATION 1 . ALL TENANT SIGNAGE INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES AND ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 2. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR TO VERIFY ZONING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. 3. SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO JOS A BANK AND THE LANDLORD FOR REVIEW. WRITTEN APPROVAL MUST BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4. ALL TENANT SIGNAGE TO BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. 5. FOR ALL FINISH TAGS, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -602. D6 SIGNAGE NOTES DAY /NIGHT JoS. A. BANK WHITE FACED LETTERS FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION, REFER TO 14' -5" �l ® J3ANK A DAY /NIGHT JoS. A. BANK WHITE FACED LEI I ERS FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION, REFER TO 18' -0" B PlItt SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL, \ STUDS DIAGONAL \ BRACE AT 48" O.C. \> \ \ \ \ 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL \ \ STUDS AT I6 "O.C.TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE SEE 1 WIRE HANGERS AS REQUIRED SUSPENDED CEILING dipp 10' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. 5D., PAINTED - typical 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT I G" O.C. - typical DOWNLIGHT AS SCHEDULED WF 1 EXISTING SLAB i A5 SECTION THROUGH STOREFRONT GLAZING SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 5 6 AWNING WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR. LOCATION. I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED i MAY o z zon CilyOfTukNA'la BUILDING DIVISION EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH AS NECESSARY TO LIKE NEW CONDITION RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 PERMIT CENTER J C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BAND ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS 08 FEBRUARY 201 I ISSUED FOR BID 16 MARCH, 201 1 PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A- 204.DWG DATE: 03/16/2011 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA 4, 102 sf SALES AREA 3,005 sf A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: STOREFRONT DETAILS A -204 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 EQUAL EQUAL 11 11 —1- -- I 11 11 1 1 11 i1 < 1 11 1( [ 1 11 11 1 I 1 I1 1 1 11 1i 1 1 11 11 1 I !I ii i A3 AWNING FRAMING SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 3 AWNING AND STOREFRONT OPENING FA 4 2 5" HIGH TENANT LOGO CENTERED ON AWNING. LETTERS TO BE WHITE COPY, SILK SCREENED ONTO CANVAS VALANCE. (WHERE OCCURS) REFER TO ELEVATIONS. 9 N 0 C5 SIGN ELEVATION 1 . ALL TENANT SIGNAGE INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES AND ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 2. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR TO VERIFY ZONING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. 3. SIGNAGE SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO JOS A BANK AND THE LANDLORD FOR REVIEW. WRITTEN APPROVAL MUST BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 4. ALL TENANT SIGNAGE TO BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. 5. FOR ALL FINISH TAGS, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A -602. D6 SIGNAGE NOTES DAY /NIGHT JoS. A. BANK WHITE FACED LETTERS FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION, REFER TO 14' -5" �l ® J3ANK A DAY /NIGHT JoS. A. BANK WHITE FACED LEI I ERS FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION, REFER TO 18' -0" B PlItt SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL, \ STUDS DIAGONAL \ BRACE AT 48" O.C. \> \ \ \ \ 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL \ \ STUDS AT I6 "O.C.TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE SEE 1 WIRE HANGERS AS REQUIRED SUSPENDED CEILING dipp 10' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. 5D., PAINTED - typical 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT I G" O.C. - typical DOWNLIGHT AS SCHEDULED WF 1 EXISTING SLAB i A5 SECTION THROUGH STOREFRONT GLAZING SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 5 6 AWNING WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR. LOCATION. I REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED i MAY o z zon CilyOfTukNA'la BUILDING DIVISION EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR FINISH AS NECESSARY TO LIKE NEW CONDITION RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 PERMIT CENTER J C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BAND ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS 08 FEBRUARY 201 I ISSUED FOR BID 16 MARCH, 201 1 PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A- 204.DWG DATE: 03/16/2011 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA 4, 102 sf SALES AREA 3,005 sf A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: STOREFRONT DETAILS A -204 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:07 PM E NOTE: REFER TO D I -D AND E I -A, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS El FITTING AREA SCALE: 1/4" B A NOTE: REFER TO D I -D, THIS SHEET FOR TYF'ICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS DI TAILORING / PRESS AREA SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: REFER TO C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. FRP 1 typical L _L . ,„. . . . - -- ..„ . _ . . . . . . . . . . - . .., • „ , , . . ...- . . . . . '... .,...., . . ,.. . .. . OPEN --> - -2 ) ,,_ ' [-typical . . .. . . . . . .- .. _I _ /.._.....\ / . .... ... ... ....._ / \ . . / / \ .- , L _...1 . . .. ... ... .::, -_- '"\ • . . - ' //\-- [1 \ „ .... . ...... . . . ...... ...... . .... IT- -1 -1- -7 -■ -ir -i- -T -T -ir -17 -T -T -ir -11- -T -1 .. . _ .. , .. _ .. ...... , . „ .... ....... .... „ ...... , „ .. ..... „ ..... ... .. _ ... ...... „ ..... ..... , . . _ ... , „ ... ....... , ...... .. ... • .. ... .. , .. .... ... ... , ... ... • - - - .. , ..... ...... ". :- 1 ill ,, 1 1 I 1 I W- — -1- — -I- — --5: = --10- — -1- -- -!-• -- -A — :-A- -- -11- = 4- -_,...71, — 1.- ,-L. -3: = 11.-. = 4-- r-- + = 4 = 4= 4 i _ ; : -,,,----,-,-, 1--, —T -, -1r -, 7 --I, 4 r- '1 1 • 11`' ""4 -4---v--4.--------4-i- 41 I 1 I — -1 , ..11„.1_..L..,_iiL_ _ _ . , ... OPEN ..... .... ..... NOTE: REFER TO D I -D, THIS SHEET FOR TYF'ICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS DI TAILORING / PRESS AREA SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" NOTE: REFER TO C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. FRP 1 typical B B OPEN OPEN OPEN ... 11111042111111•1111 11.411111.1111.1111. OPEN / 21-0" Tyr. 8 0 1 1 . . . . . . . „ . . _ . . . . ■ m ...................... y C1 REAR SALES SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 1 — 12 typical FRP 1 typical D E5 TAILORING / PRESS AREA SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" E • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 F L _L 1 . . . . .. . B B OPEN OPEN OPEN ... 11111042111111•1111 11.411111.1111.1111. OPEN / 21-0" Tyr. 8 0 1 1 . . . . . . . „ . . _ . . . . ■ m ...................... y C1 REAR SALES SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 1 — 12 typical FRP 1 typical D E5 TAILORING / PRESS AREA SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" E • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 F C4 STOREFRONT 4 NOTE: typical REFER TO C I AND C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. 10 N ..............\._ CD 4 — . . . . . .. . // / ... . . . . , . _ • ' . , - . : . . ._ . .. , . , • ' _ . ' . . . . . . . . . • _ . . „ . . ". ■ , - ,. - . . . . - ," ..... - . . . , . . .. . . \ -.:,-_,,-i,.,,,,H 1 .:..,1:21F; 1 \.. \ \ • . . - ' //\-- [1 \ / t „ ...-; A, 1 , IT- -1 -1- -7 -■ -ir -i- -T -T -ir -17 -T -T -ir -11- -T -1 . - -pr ' - -- t 1 t,r, -4:-1-1-1„tt-i -1 +-4-16-i--+-4-4--i--+-4- ". :- 1 ill ,, 1 1 I 1 I W- — -1- — -I- — --5: = --10- — -1- -- -!-• -- -A — :-A- -- -11- = 4- -_,...71, — 1.- ,-L. -3: = 11.-. = 4-- r-- + = 4 = 4= 4 i _ ; : -,,,----,-,-, 1--, —T -, -1r -, 7 --I, 4 r- '1 1 • 11`' ""4 -4---v--4.--------4-i- 41 I 1 I — -1 , ..11„.1_..L..,_iiL_ 9 ( > 1 ,....z ,,,El r-r-T-. -r-r'"?="'IAL=T'''T'"'"f"' '1119' -rr — 7 — '41''• -r-i- ''''"7 -4--r-ir -9. -A. — . i I 1 1 1 0 i I'll 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01 1 0 0 il. '''' 4. '''' 'll''''' i'''' + `""+ ''''''4' "''' fs'" + -"' 4- -+.-+ -I- -+-4-ji- -4.-4-4 - . I 1 I 41 - 4 4 1 1;! 1 4 4 ri"4. 1 1 4 )1 4 I I 1 4 . I r_Ti -T- 0 ____, ::..Ti i i 1 i_ • . . . C4 STOREFRONT 4 NOTE: typical REFER TO C I AND C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. 10 N ..............\._ CD 4 — . . , . . . . . . . - .. . • . , . . , . . . ..„ . . ■ . . .. . , . . . . . , . . .. . . . , . , . . — . • - - ' . - . . . . , .. „ . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . - \ \.. \ \ A B 1 NOTE: TYP. REFER TO C 1 AND C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR. FINISH LEGEND. TYF ." ' ' , • -f " • • . , • SCALE: 1/4" ■1111.). NOTE: REFER TO CJ AND C4, TI-115 SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. \ \ OPEN typical typical • B 1 NOTE: REFER TO C 1 AND C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. r NOTE: REFER TO C I AND C4, THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL NOTES AND DIMENSIONS AND SHEET A-602 FOR FINISH LEGEND. A5 SALES SCALE: 1/4" = 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Zj CORNER GUARDS, PER SCHEDULE 'FLYWALL GRAPHIC PANEL PER FIXTURE PLAN TRIPTYCH GRAPHIC PANEL PER FIXTURE PLAN REEVE WALL SYSTEM - REFER TO FLOOR PLAN DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN CENTERED ABOVE POOR/ OPENING STOREFRONT SYSTEM PER SCHEDULE 3-WAY MIRROR, REFER TO FRAMED MIRROR, REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR. LOCATIONS AND SIZES ACCESSORY WALL PER FIXTURE PLAN. PAINT WALL BEHIND FIXTURE. SINGLE COAT HOOK ON WOOD BASE, MOUNTED AT 61-6" A.F.F. WITH 1X4 WOOD BLOCKING SURFACE MOUNTED SHELVING STANDARD NAILERS TO SECURE SHELVING STANDARDS CROWN MOULDING - REFER TO CM- I ON FINISH LEGEND, SHEET A-602 WINDOW DECAL - REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHIRT WALL FIXTURES PER FIXTURE PLAN. PAINT WALL BEHIND FIXTURES I 8"x28" WOOD SHELF MOUNTED ON 41X8" PAINTED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BACK BOARD FOR AUDIO EQUIPMENT. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE - REFER TO AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ALARM PAD THERMOSTAT FIRE EXTINGUISHER PER PLANS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 11 2uil City of Tukwila BUILDINA NvIRInm A6 ELEVATION KEY NOTES 6 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 CENTER r • D B PS. BANK ESTABLISHED SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEME3ER, 2010 ISSUED OR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS MIIMMENIMMIMMON PROJECT: 1 0 1 9 1 FILE: A-40 1 .DWG DATE: 1 2/ 1 0/201 0 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4, 1 02 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf 1 62 sf SHEET TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-401 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL. CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 D B PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:07 PM A FILE LOCATION: p:\2010 \10191\Sheets\A- 402.dwg L_ ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN 4 OF BUBBLER Cl HI -LOW ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN AT ALCOVE SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" A DOOR PER SCHED. PLAN NOTE: I . PROVIDE BACKING IN WALL BEHIND ALL COAT HOOKS B'I PLAN AND ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" OYPtt04. 31)1.5.41, 30x48 CLR._j Al PLAN AND ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 1 typical w U \ OVER BENCH typical MULTIPLE CLOTHING HOOK REEVE WALL, REFER TO 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR OVER 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. OVER 2-1/2" METAL STUDS LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE PROVIDE FINISHED EDGE ON MIRROR WITH J- MOULDING FLUSH TO EDGE OF WALL, BOTH SIDES. LINE OF CORNICE ABOVE. LINE OF GYP. BD. BULKHEAD ABOVE, TYP. - REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" THICK MIRROR APPLIED W/ MASTIC FROM TOP OF BASE TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT SINGLE CLOTHING HOOK WITH "PUCK" FACE -OUT @ 78" A.F.F. TO CENTER - typical NOTE: PROVIDE CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT AT JOINTS BETWEEN MIRRORS D3 3 -WAY MIRROR DETAIL SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" EQ. EQ. O w \ w 3' -2" 0 N C3 FREE STANDING LOGO WALL AT SALES CUSTOM CUT WALL TRIM, REFER TO PRE FINISHED WALL PANELS CA511WRAP WALL GRAPHICS 2'-II" 1► SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" PLAN NOTE: 1 PROVIDE BACKING IN WALL BEHIND ALL COAT HOOKS B3 PLAN AND ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 8" MIN. z 2 17" MIN. EQ. 2' -G" EQ. i MULTIPLE CLOTHING HOOK 4 74" A.F.F. MAX. T.O. MIRROR co o B 1 B 1 3G" MIN G" M 28" FRP 1 18" INSULATE ALL HOT WATER AND DRAIN LINES 4 TYP. 2 m WATER CLOSETS AND FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS, SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. 3. SELF CLOSING FAUCET CONTROL VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 4. FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE MOUNTED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA. 5. WHERE TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKINS, WASTE RECEPTACLES AND OTHER SIMILIAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE SHALL BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING COIN SLOTS_ WITHIN 40" FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR. G. LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29" FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30" IN WIDTH AND 8" MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9" HIGH FROM THE FLOOR AND A MINIMUM OF 17" DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. 7. TOILET ROOM 51GNAGE PER SHEET A -G01. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE TISSUE DISPENSER ON NEAR SIDE WALL 12" IN FRONT OF TOILET SEAT AT MIN. 9. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAULK SINKS AND WATER COOLER TO THE FINAL FINISHES D5 TOILET ROOM NOTES l� REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 11 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIViSIC11v 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 3' -G " LONG BY 1 1/2" O.D. STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR. GRAB BAR SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN FITTING SUPPORT. REFER TO 3' -0" LONG BY I 1/2" O.D. STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR. GRAB BAR SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN FITTING SUPPORT. REFER TO SURFACE MOUNTED TWIN JUMBO TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, FORT JAMES, "ROLLSAVR VISTA JUNIOR ", MODEL NO. 58250 SURFACE MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, GEORGIA - PACIFIC, MODEL NO. 11V200K, KEY LOCK SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER, GEORGIA - PACIFIC, NO. SM8008, CORMATIC 18" X 34" MIRROR - REFER TO SINGLE CLOTHES HOOK AT 4' -O" A.F.F. SURFACE MOUNTED AIR FRESHENER, GEORGIA - PACIFIC, NO. 5M0720 CORMATIC 18" MIN. LONG BY 1 I /2" 0.D. STAINLESS STEEL VERTICAL GRAB BAR. GRAB BAR SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN FITTING SUPPORT. REFER TO D6 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A5 SOFFIT LAYOUT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 6 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMITCENTER 1► C B • 4E. Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 EST I3LISHED SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 I PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: 10191 A -402. DWG 1 2/10/2010 AM GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED SHEET TITLE: PARTIAL PLANS & ELEVATIONS 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf INTERIOR A -402 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E D PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:36 PM FILE LOCATION: p:12010 \10191\Sheets A- 501.dwg di VERIFY W/ CLG. PLAN KING STUDS SPAN MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. HEADER SIZE E VTO MATCH WALL 4, -0 3625 162 -33 INT. 3625162 -43 DEMISING I 1 r--1 SIZE OF WALL AND 33 MILS E 1/ INT. PARTITION E 2/ DEMISING WALL 6' -0" 6' -071 3625 162 -33 INT. 6005 162 -43 DEMISING u f-1 SIZE OF WALL AND 33 MILS 13' -11" SIZE OF WALL AND 33 MILS ][ 2 /DEMISING WALL 12/ INT. PARTITION 8_0 6005 162 -33 INT. 6005162 -43 DEMISINGSIZE 20' -8" 60051 25 -43 I OF WALL AND 33 MILS - 22' -9" 3 12,_0„ 8005 162 -43 INT. 8005162-54 (50 K51) 24" 24' -5" SIZE OF WALL AND 45 MILS DEMISING 3 16' -0" 8005 162 -54 INT. 8005162 -68 (50 K51) DEMISING SIZE OF WALL AND 54 MILS 1 L Bi HEADER SCHEDULE NOTE: INSTALL WALL PANELS PRIOR TO BLOCKING AT CROWN MOULDING TO MATCH THICKNESS OF PANEL. REEVE 500LX CHANNELS typical CUSTOM CUT WALL TRIM PRE - FINISHED WALL PANELS E— LINE OF CROWN MOLDING ABOVE, PAINTED PER SCHEDULE. WRAP FULL PERIMETER, MITER CORNERS TIGHT - typical LINE OF BLOCKING ABOVE AT CROWN MOLDING AT BOTH SIDES OF WALL, PAINTED TO MATCH CROWN Al FREE STANDING WALL TRIM SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 1 7' -0" A.F.F. 8.0. SOFFIT METAL STUDS CONTINUE TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE VERIFY W/ CLG. PLAN AC SUSPENDED 2 CEILING SUSPENDED CEILING PAINTED 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS BUILT -UP METAL STUD BEAM PER D2 SOFFIT DETAIL AT PRESS AREA SCALE: 3" 1' -0" 3" WIDE X 12 GA. CONCEALED BACKING PLATE FOR GRAB BARS - typical (2) 4" 0 x 3" EXPANSION ANCHORS AT MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALL. (2) #10 X 2" SCREWS AT WOOD OR STEEL STUD WALL FINISHED FACE OF WALL 1 1/4" MIN. TO 1 I/2" MAX. DIAMETER NOTE. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACE OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE I 1/4" TO 1 I/2" OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. IF GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED ADJACENT TO A WALL, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BARS SHALL BE 1 1/2 ". C2 GRAB BAR DETAIL SCALE: NONE PAINTED 5/8" TYPE "X' GYP. BD. 0/ 6" METAL STUDS TO 6" ABOVE CEILING BLOCKING AS REQUIRED G" METAL STUDS 8' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT PAINTED 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. SEAL/CAULK TO MATCH PANEL PAINTED 3/4" THICK MDF PANELS TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH W/ REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical. 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS VERTICALLY - typical 3/4" X 6" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS HORIZONTALLY IN 5 LOCATIONS BASE PER SCHEDULE APPLIED AFTER PANEL INSTALLATION REFER TO WALL TYPES FLOOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE NOTE: LASER LEVEL STANDARDS TO ASSURE LEVEL / HORIZONTAL SHELF BRACKET INSTALLATION. D3 REEVE WALL AT NEW PARTITION SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" CORNER GUARD FROM TOP OF BASE TO 48" A.F.F. FILUSAND AND FINISH FOR INVISIBLE SEAM, VOID OF DEFECTS TIGHT MITER CORNER W/ BISCUIT AND GLUE �— PAINTED 5/8" GYP. BD. 6 "X20 GAUGE METAL STUDS @ 16" 0.C. 8' -O" A.F.F. B.O. SOFFIT PAINTED 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. SEAL/CAULK TO MATCH PANEL PAINTED 3/4" THICK MDF PANELS TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH W/ REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical. 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS VERTICALLY - typical. 3/4" X 6" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS HORIZONTALLY IN 5 LOCATIONS BASE PER SCHEDULE APPLIED AFTER PANEL INSTALLATION DEMISING WALL PER WALL TYPES FLOOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE NOTE: LASER LEVEL STANDARDS TO ASSURE LEVEL / HORIZONTAL SHELF BRACKET INSTALLATION. D4 REEVE WALL AT DEMISING WALL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" PAINT OVER 3/4" THICK MDF PANELS TO 5E INSTALLED FLUSH W/ REEVE 500LX CHANNELS VARIES - SEE PLAN 1, 3" C3 REEVE WALL SECTION PAINTED 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" METAL STUDS. PAINT COLOR PER SCHEDULE. 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS VERTICALLY - typical REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" , r c, ,. rI I r A2 WATER HEATER SHELF SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" WATER HEATER - SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 5/8" PLYWOOD SECURED W/ 3/8" 0 FLAT HEAD SCREWS TO STEEL ANGLES 2 "X2 "X I /4" FRAME WELDED - SECURE WITH 3/8" 0 LAG BOLTS @ 1 2" 0.C. MIN. 2 "X2 "X I /4" BRACE - WELD TO FRAME 1 /4" TAB WELDED TO BRACE. SECURE WITH 3/8" 0 LAG BOLTS 8" HIGH X36 "X 18 GAUGE BACKING - ATTACH TO 3 STUDS WITH # 12 FASTENERS (3 PER STUD) NOTE: COORDINATE SIZE OF FRAME W/ WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER. 3 B4 NOT USED SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" 8' -0" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR CROME J MOLD WITH CLEAR SILICONE SEALENT TOP OF MIRROR 1 /4" PLATE GLASS MIRROR 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR BOTTOM OF MIRROR FACE OF GYP. BD. - SEE WALL TYPE A4 MIRROR DETAIL SCALE: 1" =11-0" 4 NOTE: 3/4" PAINTED MDF PANELS NOT SHOWN FOR VISUAL PURPOSES. 8' -0" REEVE 500LX CHANNEL STANDARDS @ 24" 0.C. - typical 3/4" X 6" PLYWOOD STRIPS @ 5 LOCATIONS @ 2' -O" 0.C. HORIZONTALLY AS BASE LAYER 0/ GYP. BD. (2) 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS VERTICALLY NEXT TO REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical D5 REEVE WALL ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" INTERIOR PARTITIONS (NON -LOAD BEARING) 1. ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "5125" TYPE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. THE BRIDGING, BLOCKING OR END BEARING STIFFENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL THE STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ICC ESR #2281, AS MANUFACTURED BY TELLING INDUSTRIES, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. TOP TRACK SIZE WILL BE MIN. 33 MIL.FOR PARTITION U.N.O. 5. STUD TRACKS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED STUDS OF SAME GAUGE AS STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, USE THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE FOR STUD SIZE * SPACING FOR INTERIOR PARTITION5- typical. METAL STUD SIZE /GAUGE ' MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. SPACING HEIGHT I HEIGHT 3625125-18 16" 1 2' -G" 24" 10' -2" 3625125 -33 1G" -- 24" 13' -11" ( IIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIIII 23' -8" -- 20' -8" 60051 25 -43 I 20-1" - 22' -9" 6005125 -54 16" 28' -0" 24" 24' -5" 1 r L. 2' -0" ! NOTE: 3/4" PAINTED MDF PANELS NOT SHOWN FOR VISUAL PURPOSES. 8' -0" REEVE 500LX CHANNEL STANDARDS @ 24" 0.C. - typical 3/4" X 6" PLYWOOD STRIPS @ 5 LOCATIONS @ 2' -O" 0.C. HORIZONTALLY AS BASE LAYER 0/ GYP. BD. (2) 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS VERTICALLY NEXT TO REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical D5 REEVE WALL ELEVATION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" INTERIOR PARTITIONS (NON -LOAD BEARING) 1. ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "5125" TYPE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. THE BRIDGING, BLOCKING OR END BEARING STIFFENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL THE STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ICC ESR #2281, AS MANUFACTURED BY TELLING INDUSTRIES, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. TOP TRACK SIZE WILL BE MIN. 33 MIL.FOR PARTITION U.N.O. 5. STUD TRACKS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED STUDS OF SAME GAUGE AS STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, USE THE FOLLOWING SCHEDULE FOR STUD SIZE * SPACING FOR INTERIOR PARTITION5- typical. METAL STUD SIZE /GAUGE MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. SPACING HEIGHT SPACING HEIGHT 3625125-18 16" 1 2' -G" 24" 10' -2" 3625125 -33 1G" 15' -11" 24" 13' -11" 6005125 -33 16" 23' -8" 24" 20' -8" 60051 25 -43 1 6" 20-1" 24" 22' -9" 6005125 -54 16" 28' -0" 24" 24' -5" CEILING JOISTS USE "5125" TYPE METAL STUDS (ICC ESR #228 I ) OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. WHERE CEILING SUPPORTED TOILET PARTITIONS OCCUR, USE 60051 25 -43 @ 1 6" 0.C. UP TO 16' -0" MAXIMUM SPAN. 3. STUD TRACKS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED STUDS OF SAME GAUGE AS STUD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. CEILING TIES (SEE SCHEDULE) -USE 3625125-43 WITH ( I ) #8 SCREW AT EACH JOIST. CEILING TIES (BRACING) SPACING 5 I Z E MAXIMUM SPAN MAXIMUM SPAN SPACING SPAN SPACING SPAN 4' -0" 3625125-18 16" 8-6" 24" 7' -7" 3' -6" 3625125 -33 I6" 10' -6" 24" 9' -5" 3' -6" 6005 125 -33 16" 121-2" 24" 1 0'- I I" EXAMPLE: MEMBER DEPTH: (EXAMPLE: 6"= GOO X 1/ 100 INCHES) ALL MEMBER DEPTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1 /100 INCHES. FOR ALL 'T' SECTIONS MEMBER DEPTH 15 THE INSIDE TO INSIDE DIMENSION. FLANGE WIDTH: (EXAMPLE: 1 5/8" = 1.625"=1 62 X 600 X 1 /100 INCHES) ALL FLANGE WIDTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100 INCHES STYLE: (EXAMPLE: STUD OR JOIST SECTION = 5) THE FOUR ALPHA CHARACTERS UTILIZED BY THE DESIGNATOR SYSTEM ARE: 5 = STUD OR JOIST SECTIONS T = TRACK SECTIONS U = CHANNEL SECTIONS F = FURRING CHANNEL SECTIONS NOTE: MATERIAL THICKNESS: (EXAMPLE: 0.054 IN. = 54 MILS: 1 MIL = 1 /1000 IN) DESIGNATOR SYSTEM ARE: MATERIAL THICKNESS IS THE MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS IN MILS. MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF THE DESIGN THICKNESS. FOR THOSE SECTIONS WHERE TWO DIFFERENT YIELD STRENGTHS (33 K5I AND 50 KSI) ARE SHOWN, THE YIELD STRENGTH USE IN THE DESIGN, IF GREATER THAN 33 K51, NEEDS TO BE IDENTIFIED ON THE DESIGN AND ORDERING OF STEEL (I.E., 6005162 -54 (50K51)) 2. STEEL CONVERSION FROM MILS TO GAUGE (GA): 18 MILS = 25 GAUGE 27 MILS = 22 GAUGE 33 MILS = 20 GAUGE 43 MILS = 18 GAUGE 54 MILS = 16 GAUGE 68 MILS = 14 GAUGE 97 MILS = 12 GAUGE A5 SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE 5 OIMMOOMEMIMOIMMIAMMOMMIMMWMOMWIMIlliWIMRM SEE WALL TYPE ROOF STRUCTURE. REFER 7 TO SHELL STRUCTURAL DRAWI NGS. WOOD BLOCKING AT 24" 0.0 MAX. ATTACH TO ROOF FRAMING WITH 3 16d NAILS - typical. GYP. BD. ATTACH TO WOOD BLOCKING ONLY. NOTCH AT FRAMING MEMBERS AS REQUIRED. WOOD BLOCKING ATTACH TO ROOF FRAMING / WOOD BLOCKING WITH 3 1 6d NAILS - typical. GYP. BD. SCREWS. ATTACH TO STUDS ONLY. DO NOT SCREW WITHIN 2" OF BOTTOM OF DEEP STUD TRACK - typical 3" LONG CONTINUOUS 18 GA MIN. (OR SAME GAUGE AS WALL STUD) ATTACH WITH TWO 1 /4" X 1- I /4" WOOD SCREWS NOTE: ELIMINATE GYP. BD. AT E6 -A PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF FRAMING E6 PARTITION AT STRUCTURE SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 3" LONG CONTINUOUS 18 GAUGE MIN. (OR. SAME GAUGE AS WALL STUD) DEEP LEG TRACK SCREWED TO UNDERSIDE OF BLOCKING WITH TWO (2) 1 /4" X 1 I /4" WOOD SCREWS PER BLOCKING M460rii 21,2 P2FA firw«rrirw�si SEE WALL TYPE NOTE: ELIMINATE GYP. BD. AT DG -A ROOF FRAMING - REFER TO SHELL DRAWINGS WOOD BLOCKING ATTACHED TO ROOF FRAMING WITH 3 1 6d NAILS - typical. GYP. BD. ATTACH TO WOOD BLOCKING ONLY. NOTCH GYP. BD. AT FRAMING MEMBERS AS REQUIRED. GYP. BD. SCREWS. ATTACH TO STUDS ONLY. DO NOT SCREW WITHIN 2" OF BOTTOM OF DEEP STUD TRACK - typical PARALLEL TO ROOF FRAMING D6 PARTITION AT STRUCTURE SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE 16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE ATTACH TO BRACE WITH (3) #I0 SHEET METAL SCREWS. ATTACH TO ROOF STRUCTURE WITH • 4 #14 SHEET METAL SCREWS OR • (4).180 DIA (HILTI OR EQUAL POWER SHOT DRIVEN PINS WHERE METAL DECK WITH CONCRETE FILL OCCURS). / + \ + 3" MIN. typical SEE WALL TYPE METAL STUD BRACE (ALTERNATING) AT 4' -0" O.C. - BRACE TO BE SAME SIZE i GAUGE AS WALL 1 6 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE. ATTACH TO BRACE AND TOP STUD TRACK WITH (3) #10 SHEET METAL SCREWS. 18 GAUGE STUD TRACK SUSPENDED A.C.T., SEE REFLECTED CLG PLANS B6 WALL THROUGH CEILING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 112L1 City of Tukwila BUILDINS nnnclnm SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" SEE WALL TYPE RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 P _ T CENTER METAL CHANNEL RUNNER @ METAL STUD WALL W/ 1.38" ANCHORS @ 16" 0.C. (HILTI, ESR-1752 OR APPROVED EQUAL) BASE PER SCHEDULE - typical FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH PLAN CAULK, typical A6 TYPICAL PARTITION AT FLOOR SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" D C B 44: a Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 jr°s. A. BAND ESTA BLISHED 1905 .. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A -50 I .DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: ARCHITECTURAL AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf DETAILS A -501 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION a1 PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 3:07 PM D 11-6" PIANO HINGE 18 "W X 8'11 WOOD DOOR ,l �N 2' -0" El DISPLAY ACCESS ROOM DOOR SCALE: 1" = 1' -0" 3/4" X 3" PLYWOOD STRIPS CONTINUOUS VERTICALLY - typical . I . SPLICES AND INTERSECTION OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. DESIGN CONNECTORS FOR 2X DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL TENSION OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUM 6O POUNDS). CROSS - FURRING SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITH NOT LESS THAN ONE STRAND OF NO. 1 OR TWO STRANDS OF 18 U.S. GAUGE TIE WIRE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ATTACHMENTS. 2. RUNNERS AND FURRING: THE MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS - FURRING SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 803.9 AND SEISMIC DESIGN PER ASCE 7 -05, 13.5.G. 3. A HEAVY DUTY T -BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. 4. IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION SHALL HAVE A 0.75 IN, CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON A CLOSURE ANGLE. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL A 2' OVERSIZE RING, SLEEVE, OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST I " IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 OF CEILING MOVEMENT IN AL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS IS PERMITTED TO BE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENSION. 6. HANGER FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 803.9, ASTM CG35, ASTM C636 AND ASCE 7 -05. HANGERS SHALL BE SADDLE TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE HANGERS. 7. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED HANGER WIRES 4' -0" O.C. MAXIMUM ALONG MAIN RUNNERS. MAIN RUNNERS WIRE SPLICES ARE PROHIBITED. PROVIDED COUNTER SLOPEING WIRES WHERE ANY HANGER WIRES ARE MORE THAN I IN 6 OUT OF PLUM. 8. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO MAIN HANGERS. 9. FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH MINIMUM OF 3 FULL TURNS, 1 1/2" FROM BOTH ENDS OF WIRE. LATERAL BRACING WIRES TO BE FASTENED WITH A MINIMUM OF 4 FULL TURNS 1 1/2" FROM ENDS. 10. ALL 24 "X24" CEILING LIGHT FIXTURES AND HVAC REGISTERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY WITH A MINIMUM OF (2) #12 GAUGE WIRES AT OPPOSITE CORNERS. THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL NOT SUPPORT OTHER ITEMS C I 1. PROVIDE SEISMIC SJCG CLIPS AS MANUFACTURED 5Y ARMSTRONG OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE A SCREW ATTACHMENT FOR CLIP TO SUSPENSION GRID FOR ATTACHED WALL CONDITION AND CLIP ONLY AT UNATTACHED WALL CONDITION \ ICC -E5K -1308- typical. B 12. SPREADER BARS OR OTHER APPROVED SYSTEM IS REQUIRED TO PREVENT THE PERIMETER GRID FROM SPREADING APART AT THE UNATTACHED WALLS. 13. FOR THE ATTACHED WALLS, THE CEILING GRID TO BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING, THE GRID 15 NOT TO BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING FOR THE UNATTACHED WALLS. C l T -BAR NOTES SCALE:NONE SCHEDULE CONDUIT SIZE METAL STUD SIZE GAUGE MAX HT. OF COMPRESSION STRUT SINGLE STUD C DOUBLE STUD Cn 250S 125 -33 20 GA. 12' -0" 20' -0" 3623 1 25 -33 20 GA" 13' -0" 27' -0" 3625 125 -43 18 GA. 13' -0" 27' -0" 6005 125 -33 20 GA" 14' -0" 41' -0" 10005 1 25 -43 18 GA. 14' -0" 42' -0" NOTE COMPRESSION STRUTS ARE REQUIRED AT 12' -0" 0.C. EACH DIRECTION AND MAXIMUM OF G' -O" FROM EACH WALL. #12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" ALONG EA. MAIN RUNNER MAIN RUNNER PAINTED 3/4" THICK MDF PANELS TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH W/ REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical. REEVE 500LX CHANNELS - typical. TIGHT MITER CORNER W/ BISCUIT AND GLUE 45° D2 SPLAY BRACING SCALE: 3/4" =1' -0" SPLAY BRACE WIRE SPLICE HANGER WIRE LATERAL FORCE BRACING NOT TO EXCEED 12'-0" O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' FROM EACH WALL 45 DEG. SPLAY WIRE BRACING IN PLANE OF MAIN RUNNER. ALL WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER (4) DIRECTIONS - typical 8 "MAX CROSS RUNNER MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER ATTACKED C2 SUSPENDED CEILING AT WALL SCALE:NONE B1 COMPRESSION STRUT AND SCHEDULE - OPTIONAL NOT TO SCALE SCHEDULE CONDUIT SIZE MAXIMUM HEIGHT 1/2" DIA 8' -0" 3/4" DIA 12'-0" I" DIA 18' -0" 1 1/4" DIA 27' -0" 1 1/2" DIA 34' -0" 2" DIA 50' -0" NOTE COMPRESSION STRUTS ARE REQUIRED AT A 12' -0" 0.C. EACH DIRECTION AND MAXIMUM OF 6' -O" FROM EACH WALL. L 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" O.0 EACH DIRECTION AND 8" MAXIMUM FROM PERIMETER WALL - typical (4) SEISMIC 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE @ 90° APART ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER @ 12'-0" O.0 * 2" MAXIMUM FROM CROSS RUNNER-typical Al COMPRESSION STRUT AND SCHEDULE NOT TO SCALE 1 2 ATTACHMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE STUD PER SCHEDULE THREADED DOWEL AS REQUIRED EXISTING STURCTURE (TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOIST) NUT AND WASHER, INSTALL PRIOR TO CABLE TIGHTENING 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" METAL CHANNEL, INSTALLED W/ CHANNEL SIDE DOWN THREADED SWAGE FITTING INSTALL 2 WIRE SPLAY @ 4 CORNERS OF SUPPORT/ GRID INTERSECTIONS NOTE: DO NOT OVER TIGHTEN CABLE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO GRID SYSTEM. VARIES - MIN. 3" INSTALL TILE PRIOR TO CABLE INSTALLATION 1/2" PVC GROMMET THROUGH CEILING TILE. COLOR TO MATCH TILE. CABLE SYSTEM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR BALL -END SWAGE FITTING W/ BRACKET GRAPHIC PANEL D3 GRAPHIC PANEL CABLE ELEVATION SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" SPLAY BRACE WIRE HANGER WIRE LATERAL FORCE BRACING NOT TO EXCEED 121-0" O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' FROM EACH WALL I I uuiuur - ar miuuuuinuuiuuiiuuiiuuiiiiuuiiuiuuumni 8 "MAX x-3/4" MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER HANGER WIRE #12 II I0 SECONDARY STUD WHERE REQUIRED PER SCHEDULE - ATTACH TO MAIN STUD WITH #6 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. 4- SEISMIC WIRES AT 90 DEGREES APART ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER AT 12'-0" O.C. EACH WIRE SHALL BE 45 DEGREES MAX FROM HORIZONTAL PLAN - typical. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED HANGER WIRE AT 4' -0" O.C.- BOTH DIRECTIONS AND AT 8" MAX FROM PERIMETER WALL - typical MAIN RUNNER - typical SCREW STUD TO MAIN RUNNER WITH 2 #12 SCREWS - typical NO. 12 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT - REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR SIZE, EXTEND TIGHT TO ROOF / FLOOR STRUCTURE AND GRID UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR OR ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK NUT AFTER CEILING IS LEVELED LARGER CONDUIT/ NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER MAIN RUNNER ALLOW. TENSION 170 # 225 # 300 # AS SCHEDULED B.O. SUSP. CEILING UNATTAChED 2" WIDE WALL CLOSURE ANGLE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE i :�.. _ }E,,YJi:.�,.�; ,; g, �, h: r..:�`fs'ki•.'.i3T�'.��,�i"�. e..�J��,k, s7'�,n"i; �' ."r. ?'t:',L„v!>i..`. 4' -0" TO FACE OF WALL w VERIFY n u fi 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" METAL CHANNEL, INSTALLED W/ CHANNEL SIDE DOWN SPLAY WIRES @ 4 CORNERS GRAPHIC PANEL BELOW SUBPURLIN T -BAR GRID PER SCHEDULE PURLIN THREADED DOWEL AS REQUIRED - \r NOTE: PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPLAY WIRES AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT WEIGHT OF GRAPHIC PANELS D4 GRAPHIC PANEL CABLE PLAN SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" O EXISTING STRUCTURE (TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOIST) 1 1/2" x 20 GA. BENT METAL CLIP W/ 1" #8 THREADED PANHEAD FRAMING SCREW 20 GA. TOP TRACK 1 1/2" x 20 GA. METAL STUD @ 1 6" O.C. - ATTACH TO TOP TRACK W/ I " #8 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SOFFIT SECTION C4 (CHORD CONNECTION DETAIL) I 4:9;q µ`.via'- .•=s}��e t. ,�•-«� <rrar , ^- � __ W++'u %s.�ta. ^y i+! .•++ .}4 �' r -9 n 'k3L�1.$SS. ?h�ilF �� ..,.+ _. <: �s1 . r..:r- :i�.✓�1:1,5 SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" A3 CURVED SOFFIT SECTION SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" EXISTING STRUCTURE (TOP CHORD OF ROOF JOIST) 1 1/2" x 20 GA. BENT METAL CLIP W/ 1" #8 THREADED PANHEAD FRAMING SCREW. 20 GA. TOP TRACK W/ I" #8 THREADED PANHEAD SCREWS. EACH STUD 3 5/8 x 20 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING @48" O.C. ALTERNATING W/ 1" #8 THREADED PANHEAD FRAMING SCREWS. WIRE HANGERS AS REQUIRED AC SUSPENDED 1 CEILING PER PLAN AS SCHEDULED B.0. SUSP. CEILING CAULK AT CEILING GRID BOTH SIDES 2 LAYERS OF 1/4" GYP. BD. 2 1/2" x 20 GA. METAL STUD @ 12" O.C. 2 1/2" x 20 GA. METAL BRACE © 32" O.C. AS SCHEDULED B.O. SOFFIT 20 GA. BOTTOM TRACK W/ 1" #8 THREADED PANHEAD SCREWS - typical AC 4 SUSPENDED CEILING PER PLAN i. . WALK OFF MAT. DO NOT GLUE DOWN. SCHLUTER, RENO -T, ALUMINUM TRANSITION STRIP WOOD STRIP PLANK FLOORING SHIM STRIP WOOD WITH FLOORSTONE AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION CAULKING PATCH TO CREATE FLUSH TRANSITION CONCRETE SLAB SEE WALL TYPE 1/2" E6 DOORJAMB /HEADSIM SCALE: 3" =11-0" DOOR OPENING SEE WALL TYPE D5 WALK OFF MAT / WOOD PLANK TRANS. D6 DOOR JAMB / HEAD SIM SCALE: NONE CARPET OR WALK OFF MAT. DO NOT GLUE DOWN. PATCH TO CREATE FLUSH TRANSITION MILL FINISH ALUMINUM THRESHOLD CONCRETE SLAB CAULKING 5 WALK OFF MAT / SLAB TRANSITION 4 r SCALE: NONE CARPET TRANSITION STRIP: VINYL, #CTA -XX -C BY JOHNSONITE, BLACK VCT OR SHEET VINYL FLOORING INSTALLATION FLANGE TO BE UNDER TILE CONCRETE SLAB B5 CARPET / VCT TRANSITION SCALE: NONE CARPET VCT SCRAP VINYL TRANSITION STRIP, CD -XX -A BY JOHNSONITE WOOD STRIP PLANK FLOORING CONCRETE SLAB CDB -00 -A VINYL TRACK BASE W/ #945 CONTACT BOND ADHESIVE AS MANUFACTURED BY JOHNSONITE 1/2" SPACE PER MFG DIRECTIONS MIN. PATCH FLOOR UP GRADUALLY TO TRANSITION ON CARPET SIDE ONLY TO FLUSH WITH WOOD FLOOR A5 CARPET / WOOD PLANK TRANSITION SCALE: NONE 5 SCALE: 3" =11-0" OOR FRAME - BEYON . 4 C6 THRESHOLD SCALE: 3" =11-0" 11 2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE - APPROVED APR 11 l� i•i City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVIsIniv B6 NOT USED SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 10 A6 NOT USED SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 6 SOLID WOOD TRIM DOOR - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE SOLID WOOD FRAME AND STOP -SHIM AS REQUIRED SECURE (2) 16 GA METAL STUDS W/ (2) 20 GA STRAPS @24" O.C.W/ (2) #I0 SHEET METAL SCREWS - TYP. 16 GA. HOLLOW METAL FRAME - MITRE CORNER JOINTS, GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH, SHOP PRIME AND FIELD FINISH PAINT DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE ANCHOR CLIP -BY FRAME MANUFACTURE (SHOWN DOTTED) DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE FLOOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE UNDERCUT DOORS 3/4" EXCEPT AT FIRE RATED DOORS AND UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FLOOR TRANSITION WHERE OCCURS REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE CHANGE OF FLOORING MATERIAL AT CENTERLINE OF DOOR -SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 3 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER E D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 11905 .. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 iSVIO REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 1 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A- 502.DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: ARCHITECTURAL AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf IG2 sf DETAILS A -502 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM FILE LOCATION: p:\2010 \10191\Sheets1N-601.dwg B L 1. DOORWAYS INTO UNISEX SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 1 2" IN DIAMETER, WITH A 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 1 2" DIAMETER. THE GEOMETRIC SYMBOL SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF GO" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AND SHALL BE OF A COLOR AND CONTRAST DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE DOOR. 2. A PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN, INCLUDING RAISED LETTERS ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE, SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE I5 NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, THE SIGN SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE GO" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED 50 THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SINAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 3. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON THE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. B. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8" HIGH. C. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF G" IN HEIGHT. D. CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3/8" AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2" DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE CHARACTERS; FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. WHEN TACTILE TEXT IS MULTILINED, ALL BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED TOGETHER BELOW ALL LINES OF TACTILE TEXT. 4. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED ON THE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN. DOTS SHALL BE 1/10" ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL WITH 2/ 10" SOACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACK- GROUND. 5. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON THE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN SHALL HAVE A WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND I : I AND A STROKE WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN I:5 AND I:10. G. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON THE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER CASE X. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED. 7. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. 8. MOUNT SIGNS WITH ANSI APPROVED NEMA RATED SELF EXTINGUSHING ADHESIVE. Al ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE & NOTES SCALE: N.T.S. MEN y 8" typical 0 WOMEN • f • UNISEX WALL MOUNTED ACCESSIBILTY SIGNAGE 2 1 2" DOOR MOUNTED ACCESSIBILTY SIGNAGE WHITE INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL LEVER HANDLE @42" A.F.F. ACCESSIBILITY SIGN RESTROOM ENTRY DOORS 3 .5' -O" A.F.F. 6" 6" EXIT .....:::....• Tr) EXIT ROUTE • Cn 9 Cn EXIT DOOR 1 6.. EXIT STAIR En TACTILE EXIT SIGN - typical NOTES: 1. EACH EXIT DOOR SHALL HAVE A TACTILE SIGN,INCLUDING RAISED LETTERS AND BRAILLE, STATING 'EXIT' AND SHALL COMPLY WITH CABO /ANSIA 117. I ALL SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES, AND THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 GUIDELINES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROPORTION, COLOR CONTRAST AND RELIEF AND GRADE 2 BRAILLE REQUIREMENTS. 2. WHEN PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION 15 PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTIONS 1 1 178.5.6 THROUGH I 1 1 78.5.6.3. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE I5 NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE GO" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED 50 THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. ALL SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM WITH ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES: 1. LETTERS * NUMERALS MUST BE RAISED 1/32" FROM SIGN SURFACE. 2. CHARACTER HEIGHT MUST BE AT LEAST 5/8" BUT NOT EXCEED 2 ". 3. TYPE STYLE FOR LtI I ER5 AND NUMBERS SHALL BE SANS SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF. 4. PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW PICTOGRAM. 5. MUST BE MADE WITH NON -GLARE FINISH WITH A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. CHARACTER WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO. 6. BETWEEN 3:5 AND I :1 AND A STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1 :5 AND 1:10. 7. RAISED SANS SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/32 ". 8. HEIGHT OF RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8 ", MAX OF 2 ". 9. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE WITH DOTS 1/10" ON CENTERS WITH 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS AND RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40". MOUNTED ON WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR OR NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. 10. MOUNTING HEIGHT 15 GO" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF SIGN 50 IT CAN BE APPROACHED WITHIN 3" WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 1 1 . TACTILE EXIT SIGN TO BE PLACED NEXT TO EVERY EXIT OR EXIT PATH DOOR. C4 TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE 4'R si . %, ?.•' ,tito, +agrir't ,40x,i r'.�•if' i% r !St ?Y'.01, tt1l,'? tr iKtt SCALE: N.T.S. 74- TYPE A FLUSH TYPE B - PAINTED WOOD SLATS B4 DOOR TYPES AND DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. TYPE C 11W -2 FITTING ROOM 1 1/2 PAIR HINGES, STANLEY 3 1/2" X 3 1/2" SATIN CHROME FINISH WALL STOP, FINISH TO MATCH LEVER LATCH, SCHLAGE "D" SERIES "SPARTA" 626 FINISH, PRIVACY LOCK D405 11W -3 TOILET ROOM I 1/2 PAIR HINGES, STANLEY 3 1/2" X 3 1/2" SATIN CHROME FINISH 1 LEVER LATCH, 5CHLAGE "D" SERIES "SPARTA" 626 FINISH, PRIVACY LOCK D405 1 WALL STOP, FINISH TO MATCH 3 SILENCERS 1 KICK PLATE, 1/4" CLEAR PLEXI ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR 1 HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SIGN DOOR* WALL MOUNTED 1 CLOSER I COAT HOOK 1-1W -4 TAILORING AREA I 1/2 PAIR HINGES, STANLEY 3 1/2" X 3 1/2" SATIN CHROME FINISH I LEVER LATCH, SCHLAGE "D" SERIES "SPARTA" 626 FINISH, PASSAGE LATCH D I OS 1 FLOOR STOP, FINISH TO MATCH 3 SILENCERS I KICK PLATE, 1 /4" CLEAR PLEXI ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR 1 CLOSER 11W -5 SERVICE DOOR I 1/2 PAIR HINGES, STANLEY 3 1/2" X 3 1/2" SATIN CHROME FINISH I CLOSER, LCN 4040 1/2 PANIC BAR, DETEX, ECL -230D 3 SILENCERS 1 PEEP HOLE I KICK PLATE, 1/4" CLEAR PLEXI ON PUSH SIDE OF DOOR (36" HIGH) H W -G ENTRY DOOR - EXISTING HINGING, TOP AND BOTTOM PIVOTS LOCKS, ADAMS -RITE MS -4043 - CYLINDER GUARD M5- 1 8505 - DEADBOLT 40 I 5 - THRESHOLD BOLT (ACTIVE LEAF) 40 I 6 - HEADER BOLT (ACTIVE LEAF) 4085 - HEADER BOLT (INACTIVE LEAF) KAWNEER THUMB TURN CYLINDER LOCK CLOSER, NORTON SERIES 1 600 - ONE PER LEAF C5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE FLUSH t.r�c, .P�. . '� ?` {,,.yiiu.:i ' Ya1.e '�ci�.s..�u aim •i o TYPE D EXISTING DOOR I . ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL EXISTING HARDWARE FROM REAR SERVICE AND FIRE CORRIDOR DOORS AND INSTALL NEW ITEMS AS SPECIFIED. 3. ALL HARDWARE SHALL HAVE SATIN CHROME FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. OPENING SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 32" WIDE WHEN DOOR I5 AT A RIGHT ANGLE TO THE CLOSED POSITION. 5. BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE FOR OPENING BY WHEEL CHAIR FOOTRESTS. 6. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS WITH A PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATIONS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOORWAY MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 14 POUNDS WITH CLOSER. 7. ALL LEVER TYPE HARDWARE TO BE CENTER MOUNTED AT 40" A.F.F., UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. NO DEAD BOLTS ARE TO BE USED ON EXIT DOORS. 9. NO THRESHOLDS ARE TO BE GREATER THAN 1 /2" IN HEIGHT. ALL THRESHOLDS IN EXCESS OF 1/4" IN HEIGHT TO HAVE BEVELED EDGES WITH A RATIO OF 1:2. 10. ALL DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE. 1 1 • ALL DOOR AND DOOR FUNCTIONS SHALL MEET FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND I.B.C. CHAPTER I 0 EXITING REQUIREMENTS. C6 DOOR & WINDOW NOTES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE M VED APR 11'Liii City of Tukwila BUILDINGDIviSinro P1D DOOR # DOOR TYPE DOOR FRAME HDWR. SET RATING SIGNAGE REMARKS MAT'L. FINISH MAT'L. FINISH IL WIDTH HEIGHT THICK. HEAD JAMB SILL 1 D (2) 3' -0" 7' -0" - EXISTING C.A.A. ALUM. - - - - G - * * ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, EXISTING DOOR 2 D (2) 3' -0" 7' -O" - EXISTING C.A.A. ALUM. - - - - G - * * ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, EXISTING DOOR 3 A 3' -0" 7' -0" 13/4" S.C.W. PT -2 H.M. PT -2 D6 -502 DG -502 C6 -502 3 * *ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE / UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4" 4 A 3' -0" 7-0" 3/4" S.C.W. PT -2 H.M. PT -2 D6 A -502 D6 A -502 C6 A -502 3 * *ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE / UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4" 5 B 3' -0" 5' -8" 1 3/8" WOOD PT -2 WOOD PT -2 E6 A -502 E6 A -502 A -502 C6 - A -502 2 4 * *ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE; HINGE STOP 6 A 3' -O" 7-0" 1 3/4" S.C.W. PT -2 H.M. PT -2 D6 A -502 D6 SEMI GLOSS. 7 B 3' -0" 5' -8" 1 3/8" WOOD PT -2 WOOD FT -2 E6 A -502 E6 A -502 - 2 'MEWED ; 8 B 3' -0" 5' -8" 1 3/8" WOOD PT -2 WOOD PT -2 E6 A -502 E6 A -502 - 2 9 B 3' -0" 5' -8" 1 3/8" WOOD PT -2 WOOD FT -2 E6 A- •2 E6 A -502 - 2 DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER NOTE: REFER TO SHEET A -602 FOR ADDITIONAL FINISH INFORMATION A4 DOOR SCHEDULE 4 F.F. = FACTORY FINISHED H.M. = HOLLOW METAL S.C.W. = SOLID CORE WOOD C.A.A. = CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM 5 6 E D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 E'STA la.L.i'SiHED '1.905. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 F �y. M6 t✓ .,� �: s..'7f '6 REVISIONS: I3 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB/ LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: I0191 FILE: A -60 I .DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: IK SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 60O sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A -601 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 PLOT DATE: 3/16/2011 2:54 PM E D C B A RECEIVED MAR 17 20111 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT L- 1 2 BEFORE STARTING, MAKE SURE THE WALL IS A SMOOTH AND LEVEL SURFACE WITH NO VISIBLE HOLES, GOUGES, OR BLEMISHES. THE WALL PROTECTION IS A THIN MATERIAL AND WILL TRANSMIT THESE BLEMISHES TO THE FRONT. WALL PROTECTION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES - IN AN EXISTING LOCATION I . INSTALL THE METAL CORNER GUARD BACKING 50 THE BOTTOM OF THE FINISHED CORNER GUARD WILL REST ON THE EXISTING 4" WALL BASE. DO NOT INSTALL THE PLASTIC BUMPER YET. 2. INSTALL THE SHEETS OF WALL PROTECTION AND RUN TO THE SIDE OF THE CORNER METAL GUARD BACKER. THE HEIGHT OF THE VINYL SHOULD COME JUST BENEATH THE TOP CAP OF THE CORNER GUARD. MAKE SURE TO INSTALL SEAMS VERTICALLY IN THE WALL PROTECTION AS THE SHEETS ARE BEING INSTALLED. 3. INSTALL THE PLASTIC CORNER GUARD. 4. INSTALL THE TOP CAP FOR THE WALL PROTECTION AND TRIM IT TO THE CORNER GUARDS AND /OR FITTING ROOM DOOR FRAMES. 5. CAULK THE TOP EDGE OF THE WALL PROTECTION AND THE SIDES TO THE WALL AND ANY DOOR FRAMES WITH AN ALMOND COLOR TO MATCH THE WALL PROTECTION. WIPE ANY EXCESS OFF OF THE WALL AND DOOR FRAMES. WALL PROTECTION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES - IN A NEW STORE LOCATION I INSTALL THE METAL CORNER GUARD BACKING 50 THE BOTTOM OF THE FINISHED CORNER GUARD WILL START 1/4" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR HEIGHT (INCLUDING FLOOR MATERIALS). DO NOT INSTALL THE PLASTIC BUMPER YET. 2. INSTALL THE SHEETS OF WALL PROTECTION AND RUN TO THE SIDE OF THE CORNER METAL GUARD BACKER. THE HEIGHT OF THE VINYL SHOULD COME JUST BENEATH THE TOP CAP OF THE CORNER GUARD. MAKE SURE TO INSTALL SEAMS VERTICALLY IN THE WALL PROTECTION AS THE SHEETS ARE BEING I NSTALLED. 3. INSTALL THE CORNER GUARD PLASTIC COVER. 4. INSTALL THE TOP CAP FOR THE WALL PROTECTION AND TRIM IT TO THE CORNER GUARDS AND /OR FITTING ROOM DOOR FRAMES. 5. INSTALL THE WALL BASE MATERIAL OVER THE WALL PROTECTION AND BETWEEN THE CORNER GUARDS. G. CAULK THE TOP EDGE OF THE WALL PROTECTION, THE WALL BASE TO THE WALL PROTECTION AND THE SIDES OF THE WALL PROTECTION TO THE WALL AND ANY DOOR FRAMES WITH AN ALMOND COLOR TO MATCH THE WALL PROTECTION. WIPE ANY EXCESS OFF THE WALL, BASE AND DOOR FRAMES. THE CAULKING SHOULD NOT BE VISIBLE, BUT ONLY COVER ANY CRACKS THAT ARE VISIBLE. WALL PROTECTION INSTALLATION C3 GUIDELINES MATERIAL FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS FLOOR I.B.C. C.B.C. MILLWORK CLASS C CLASS C STOCK SHELVING CLASS C CLASS C SALES AREA SHELVING CLASS C CLASS C TAI LORING/PRESS AREA CEILING CLASS C CLASS C NOTE: I . CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD 76 -200; SMOKE- DEVELOPED 0 -450 2. FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS COMPLY WITH I.B.C. / C.B.C. SECTION 803, TABLE 803.5 B3 FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS 1. ALL NEW AND /OR EXISTING SURFACES SHALL BE PREPARED AS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 2. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE CLASS "C" MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL FERROUS METALS (RAILINGS, ETC.) SHALL BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH AN ALKYD ENAMEL AND APPROPRIATE PRIMER, PER CENTER STANDARDS. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH, LEVEL TRANSITION BETWEEN ALL FLOOR FINISHES. 5. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE THE CONCRETE SLAB TO BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE NEW FLOORING FINISHES. 6. BLOCKING AND EXPOSED CONDUITS IN STOCK AREAS, ONCE INSTALLED, SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL. 7. G.C. TO CONTACT ARCHITECT IF EXISTING MALL DUCTWORK, ETC. INTERFERES WITH THESE DRAWINGS. 8. G.C. TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING ITEMS NOT BEING REUSED FROM PREVIOUS TENANT'S IE. CEILING, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ETC. ABOVE ORIGINAL CEILING SPACE. ALL ITEMS TO BE FREE OF DUST, ETC. 9. THE FINISHES FOR ANY SURFACES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED ABOVE SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT MANAGER. A3 FINISH NOTES 3 FINISH LEGEND ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER / SPECIFICATION / COLOR / FINISH REMARKS FLOOR CP- I CARPET DURKAN COMMERCIAL / PATTERN: POINTILLISM / COLOR: OLIVE #12682 ! SALES AREA CP -2 CARPET DURKAN COMMERCIAL / PATTERN: BONZAI II / COLOR: EVERSET (CUSTOM) FITTING i . SALES AREA WF -1 STRIP WOOD PLANK FLOORING ALLOC / STYLE: #614673 / COLOR: SUMMER MAPLE / SIZE: 7.5" X 47.55" DIRECTION OF WOOD PLANK AS SHOWN ON PLAN VCT -1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ARMSTRONG / STYLE: IMPERIAL TEXTURE / DESERT BEIGE #5 1 809 / SIZE: 12 X 12" X I /8" TAILORING / PRESS AREA CT- I CERAMIC TILE DALTILE / STYLE: GOLD RU511 / COLOR: GOLDEN NUGGET #52081 SIZE: 12" X 12t' BULLNOSE TILE CORNERS FACING MALL INTERIOR MALL SIDE STOREFRONT V -1 SHEET VINYL ., ARMSTRONG / STYLE: TRANSLATIONS #34835 / COLOR: DESERT SAND TOILET ROOM WF -1 SEE ELEVS. PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 10' -0" SOFFIT Iu Q to B- I WALL BASE ROPPE / STYLE: TP 7P193 1/8" TPR RUBBER / COLOR: BLACK -BROWN / SIZE: 4" HIGH (6" IN TOILET ROOM) ROLL STOCK ONLY 5 -2 WALL BASE STYLE: WOOD / COLOR: BLACK / SIZE: 4" HIGH ALTERNATE ONLY 5-3 WALL BASE EVERTRUE / STYLE: FAUX WOOD BASE #8623 / SIZE: 3 1 /4" X 8' X 7/1 6" / COLOR: STAINED TO MATCH FLOORING STOREFRONT (WHERE WOOD FLOORING BUTTS DRYWALL) \ Q PT -1 PAINT ° BENJAMIN MOORE / COLOR: VAN_ I_LLA ICE CREAM #2154 -70 / FINISH: EGGSHELL LOCATIONS: CEILING - DRYWALL, CROWN MOULDING, SALES AREA, TAILORING, PRESS AREA, FITTING AREA, TOILET ROOMS * EXTERIOR UNDERSIDE OF CURVED SOFFIT NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED PT -2 f PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE / COLOR: SENORA GRAY # 1 530 / FINISH: EGGSHELL UNDERSIDE OF 8' -O" SOFFIT - EGGSHELL DOORS FRAMES -SEMI -GLOSS (EXCEPT DISPLAY AREA) UNDERSIDE OF 3 -WAY MIRROR SOFFIT NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED PT -3 PAINT OPTION A: BENJAMIN MOORE / COLOR: WINTER GATES #AC -30 / FINISH: EGGSHELL OPTION B: BENJAMIN MOORE 1 COLOR: PLATINUM GRAY #E-71 / FINISH: EGGSHELL LOCATIONS: REFER TO SHEET A -203 FOR SCOPE OF WORK. FINAL COLOR SELECTION TO BE CONFIRMED WITH CITY. FA-2 FAB'IC GL N RAVEN MILD / STYL : SU BREL ' / COLOR: BLACK #46∎8 - AW NG PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 w ■ ■ ■ ' ' .-O . 7.....-. —A -,..r.- -ow- -�:. 'INCOi / I r."r, 7'" S EA!'1Li A- / A-'! E, N� sw Off.' O�'i / 005 FRP- I FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC SUEDE / SIZE: 4' X 8' SHEETS TOILET ROOMS WD- I WOOD VENEER VENEER SPECIALISTS / STYLE: PANELS / COLOR: SYCAMORE #SSM -086 LOGO WALL, CASHWRAP WD -2 WOOD VENEER VENEER SPECIALISTS / STYLE: PANELS / COLOR: TULIP #STP -072 LOGO WALL, CASHWRAP WD -3 WOOD VENEER VENEER SPECIALISTS / STYLE: PANELS / COLOR: TULIP #STP -060 LOGO WALL PT- I FRP- I PT-1 FRP -1 PT-1 FRP -1 AC-3 10''I O" TILE 7'-0" SOFFIT ELEVATIONS OR LOCATIONS. EE INTER r��, iLDING Dl� 007 CD z IL AC- I ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE USG INTERIORS / 2' X 2' X 5/8" ASTRO CLIMA PLUS / #8223 SLT EDGE - WHITE W/ 1 5/ 16" DONN DXL / GRID - WHITE SALES FITTING AREA (NON FIRE - RATED) AC -2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE USG INTERIORS / 2' X 4' X 5/8" RADAR CLIMA PLUS / #2410 SQUARE EDGE - WHITE W/ 15/16" DONN DX / GRID - WHITE TAILORING AREA (NON FIRE - RATED) AC -3 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE USG INTERIORS / 2' X 4' X 1 /2" SHEETROCK BRAND LAY-IN CEILING / TILE CLIMA PLUS #3270 VINYL - WHITE, SQUARE EDGE W/ 1 5/ 1 6" DONN DXLA GRID - WHITE PRESS AREA ,N OUS G- I GLA5S PF G / STYLE: SOLARBAN GO (2)1 SOLAR CONTROL LOM E GLASS, I " IJ\IIT / COLOR: CLEAR STOREFRONT CG- I CORNER GUARDS GRAND ENTRANCE / STYLE: #SSM -20 / COLOR: FRENCH CREAM / SIZE: 48" ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS (FROM TOP OF BASE) AII∎ d,J: '• (/.i�11Zr a'aL'a IMO �yL O 'Ail A JrL .+ilra:v Iib. M .saiik .iiiia..atat ' C1 IPA .,MILL.; .ilia - — F- I WINDOW FILM OPTION A: 3M / STYLE: SCOTCHCAL SHADOW GRAY/ FINISH: TRANSLUCENT OPTION 5: 3M / STYLE: SCOTCHCAL MEDIUM GRAY/ FINISH: OPAQUE STOREFRONT ) �q • V :' - ?.,�. c _ "� t t , ,^ i 1 E -,...ii L I �.i . ... k' ' l's `- r rr f' /1,1.,� 1 F /� l'. i s ^ ( i i t ° ` i ,,- .._..... \, r F — 1 t �""'/..1 �. }���., ,_. .. '1 1 ✓ -'-, , '.1 i.. ... 'Y i ._ J I t �...., ` - ����_/ t . . \lJ I ` GR- 1 GROUT DALT1LE 1 STYLE: THE NATURAL SERIES/COLOR: # 122 LINE \I/SPACING: 3/10 STOREFRONT AND SALES AREA P5- I E.I.F .S. PLASTER. ASTER SYSTEM DRYVIT 1 COLOR: VANILLA ICE CRAM #tNdA52 154 -70 / TEXTURE: SANDBLAST NTX (SbNrX) EXTERIOR FIN1511 C4 FINISH LEGEND e. FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM # ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST FINISH , HEIGHT 001 ENTRY WF -1 SEE ELEVS. PT- I PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT- I 10' -0" SOFFIT REFER TO SHEET A20 I FOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION FINISHES. PROVIDE SIGN CENTERED OVER DOOR STATING THE FOLLOWING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." 002 ENTRY WF -1 SEE ELEVS. PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 10' -0" SOFFIT REFER TO SHEET A20 I FOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION FINISHES. PROVIDE SIGN CENTERED OVER DOOR STATING THE FOLLOWING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." 003 SALES AREA CP-I CP -2 WF- I 5-1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 PT -1 AC-1 PT -1 PT -2 I O' -G" TILE - MAIN 12'-0" TILE - FEATURE 10'-0" SOFFIT - CURVED 8' -0" SOFFIT - 6" WIDE REFER TO FINISH LEGEND FOR PAINTING OF VARIOUS CEILING ELEMENTS. 004 FITTING AREA CP -2 B -1 PT -1 FRP -1 CG- I PT -1 FRP -1 CG - 1 PT -1 FRP -1 CG - 1 PT -1 FRP -1 CG- I AC -1 10' -0" VINYL BASE TO RUN ACROSS FACE OF FITTING ROOM BENCHES SUPPLIED BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GRAND ENTRANCE WAINSCOT TO 48" A.F.F., SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS. 006 MEN'S TOILET V -1 B -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 PT- I FRP -1 CG -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 AC -2 8' -0" REVIEWED CODE COMPL 005 WOMEN'S TOILET V- I B -1 FT-1 FRP -1 CG- I PT-1 FRP -1 CG- I PT- I FRP -1 CG- I PT-1 FRP -1 CG- I AC -2 8' -0" MAY 0 2 20 Math 008 PRESS AREA VCT -1 B-1 PT-1 FRP -1 PT- I FRP- I PT-1 FRP -1 PT-1 FRP -1 AC-3 10''I O" TILE 7'-0" SOFFIT ELEVATIONS OR LOCATIONS. EE INTER r��, iLDING Dl� 007 TAILORING AREA VCT -1 5 -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG- I FT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 PT-1 FRP -1 CG -1 AC -2 1 1' -0" A4 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 4 5 6 E D C B OR ANC 1la SION A RECEIVED MAR 18 2011 PERMITC NTEP J • 4.. Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 jr°s. A. BANK ESTABLISHED . -1905. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 I PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS 08 FEBRUARY 201 I ISSUED FOR BID 16 MARCH, 201 I PLANNING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: A -602. DWG DATE: 03/16/2011 DRAWN BY: IK SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED SHEET TITLE: FINISH SCHEDULE 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf A -602 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E r L_ DUCTWORK W/ LABEL 12/8 EXISTING DUCTWORK W/ LABEL {_} FD W /AD FIRE DAMPER WITH ACCESS DOOR .{_ }VD VOLUME DAMPER T THERMOSTAT W/ PLASTIC LOCKING COVER. MOUNT @ 48" AFF. O REMOTE SENSOR. MOUNT @ 48" AFF. 300 CFM -- 14/6 D -3 24/14 G -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LABEL RETURN GRILLE LABEL NEW TO EXISTING NOTE: I . THIS PROJECT MAY NOT USE EVERY SYMBOL OR DEVICE APPEARING ON THI5 LEGEND. El HVAC SYMBOL LEGEND ■ TEMPERATURE ZONES UNIT AREAS SERVED EXISTING 5 -TON ZONE 1 EXISTING 4 -TON ZONE 2 RTU- I (10 -TON) ZONE 3 ZONE 2 ZONE 1 ZONE 3 Al TEMPERATURE ZONES 1 2 A. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION BY OTHERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THE BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR 5 RESPONSIBLE TO DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION /CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK. D. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES. E. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS. F. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER TRADES 50 THAT THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT MAY BE PROPERLY COORDINATED. G. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED SHALL FIT THE SPACE AVAILABLE WITH CONNECTIONS IN THE REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND WITH ADEQUATE SPACE FOR OPERATING AND SERVICING. THE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE INTENT OF THE INSTALLATION WHILE THE SPECIFICATIONS AND EQUIPMENT LIST DENOTE THE TYPE AND QUALITY OF MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE USED. THE DRAWINGS 511ALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. WHERE A CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE HIGHER AND /OR MORE COSTLY STANDARD WILL APPLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER WHOSE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE SUBSEQUENTLY IN THIS REGARD ON BEHALF OF THE CONTRACTOR AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. E2 HVAC GENERAL NOTES ENTRY 002 3 11. COORDINATE DUCT ROUTING AND HEIGHTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. IT I5 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE STARTING WORK. I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO CONFORM THE STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVE CEILING HEIGHTS AND HEADROOM AND MAKE ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ACCESSIBLE. J. ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT MUST BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. K. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING TO DECK ABOVE. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE (I.e. BEAMS, JOISTS) ONLY. DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. ALL CONNECTIONS TO JOISTS SHALL BE MADE AT THE TOP CORD. L. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. ALL CONCEALED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH A MINIMUM OF R -7 ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER OR WRAPPED WITH FIRE RETARDANT FIBERGLASS WITH A REINFORCED ALUMINUM FOIL JACKET AND SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE BY SMACNA AND NAIMA. EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF R-3.3 WRAP OR LINER. M. AT THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT AND RUN TEST ALL EXISTING HVAC UNITS DESIGNATED FOR REUSE. CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE ENGINEER OF ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS FOR APPROVAL IN A TIMELY MANNER, AS TO NOT DELAY THE PROJECT OPENING DATE. N. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL UTILITY RUNS AND /OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS LOCATED ON THE PREMISES PRIOR TO BIDDING. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATING TO THE RELOCATION OF, DAMAGE TO, REPAIR OF ANY EXISTING UTILITY RUNS AND /OR IMPROVEMENTS WHICH ARE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF TENANT'S WORK IN OR AROUND THE PREMISES. 0. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S APPROVED SALES AREA 003 4 ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE, IF REQUIRED IN LEASE OR TENANT CRTITERIA MANUAL. P. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TENANT WITH A WRITTEN ONE ( I ) YEAR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND / OR INSTALLED. THE WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND THREE (3) ROUTINE SERVICES INCLUDING FILTER CHANGES DURING A ONE ( I ) YEAR PERIOD. Q. AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AN NEBB, AABC OR TAM CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AND LANDLORD. THE BALANCING MUST BE COMPLETED BY AN INDEPENDENT, THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR WITH NO TIE5 TO THE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS. R. COMMISSIONING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1416 OF THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE. - A COMMISSIONING PLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1416.2. I . - POST CONSTRUCTION COMMISSIONING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION I 4 I 6.2.4.2. - PRELIMINARY AND FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORTS SHALL BE PREPARED AND PROVIDED TO THE OWNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1416.2.5. MALL COORDINATION: M. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL. TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL I5 AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. AB. PARTS OF THE BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS THAT FALL INTO LEASE LINE SHALL REMAIN UNDISTURBED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AC. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, RELAYS, DETECTORS, COMPONENTS, ETC., FOR FIRE ALARM OR CONTROL SYSTEM INTERLOCK IF APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH MALI_ PERSONNEL BEFORE BID. FITTING AREA 004 C1 WOMEN'S TOILET 005 5 PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULED ON SHEET M -601. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE LOCATION SHOWN 15 A MINIMUM OF 15' -0" FROM ANY OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE. PROVIDE 8/6 EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO EF- I ON ROOF. PROVIDE 10/10 EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO EF -2 ON ROOF. CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4 ". EXISTING CARRIER MODEL 48TMD006 5 -TON ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE THE UNIT TO PROVIDE 2,000 CFM OF SUPPLY AIR AND 3 I 0 CFM OF OUTDOOR AIR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. O EXISTING CARRIER MODEL 48TFD005 4 -TON ROOFTOP UNIT TO REMAIN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE THE UNIT TO PROVIDE I ,600 CFM OF SUPPLY AIR AND 245 CFM OF OUTDOOR AIR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. O EXISTING CARRIER MODEL 48DJE004 ROOFTOP UNIT AND CURB TO BE REPLACED. REFER TO SHEET M -60 I FOR NEW ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE. O PROVIDE NEW FULLY DIGITAL 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTO CHANGE OVER AND AUTO SET BACK. MOUNT THERMOSTAT AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC LOCKING COVER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH WALL GRAPHICS LAYOUT. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL BE CARRIER SLIMLINE 450 OR APPROVED EQUAL. E5 HVAC KEYED NOTES MEN'S TOILET 00G VD IN DROP TAILORING AREA 007 6 O9 PROVIDE NEW FULLY DIGITAL 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTO CHANGE OVER AND AUTO SET BACK, AND A REMOTE SENSOR. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL BE CONFIGURED FOR AVERAGING OPERATION. MOUNT THERMOSTAT AT 48' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC LOCKING COVER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH WALL GRAPHICS LAYOUT. THE THERMOSTAT SHALL HAVE OPTIMUM START CAPABILITY AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 14 1 2.4.2 OF THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE. 1U VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. IF NOT PRESENT, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ON RETURN SIDE DUCT AND SHUTDOWN RELAY SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 11 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ON RETURN SIDE DUCT AND SHUTDOWN RELAY SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NMI OB Bfh!L Al MI III L C • ~' C `.` C Ilro 5 CFM � ��� O D_2 pow 2�rA 111111111111= II T tl 2"0 `1 I 1 535 C 12" 0 C7 N N -6 N \ e 8/4 0 LAD �I•• rii 600 F 12 QS 1 ► -2 ,� lalr8 22/22 G -1 �� 24/ 12 gpocD, r � ■■r r.. ■rrr■■■i►11 1`% 24 12 it Ill I % qi in d m24/12 U DER :/ I O ■■■■'■r ,, f dim r-,- -_,„ al ni .I� _ ;i EF ECT. ROOM • • 16/10 sob CFM I - "0 D -I WAk 0 0 U G U 0 CFM "0 D -2 0 , -(Th ), O VD (DE 0 .> 22/22 G -1 1 ■■ • 1 1 1 I .6141/1:01it KriMadigiha /NL ' 10"0 VEIN 1 IIi I0 "'i ■ I 2"0 ;� 111 ■■ ■■ ' 0 CFM ' �� "�O D_2 € 1 I•1 i N . •*' 90 111 _ UCUC C 250 CFM Q cs(s 8"0 D- B = = = B 3 oC 9" VD N 420 10 "0 M -3 "'_ 111 1 2 "QJ �`, 1 2 "PJ ■■ ■■ 1111111111.111111111 Ana bila/MMI=r/& Rom ■■■ 10" 0 II ��1 111 1111111 III #11 ESA MB ABM 10" 415 • M I 0 "0 ID -3 ENE j401 = = = = _ = C•— _ = = _ _ r C YC 1 aB BINL 0B PRESS AREA ENTRY 001 008 (31 ECEIVEr DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTEF E D C B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 Schnackel engineers„ o NewYork D Omaha a LosAngeles u 800 - 581 -0963 www.schnackel.com ESTABLISHED 7905; SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / W PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 1019I FILE: M- 110. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: SWV SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM J SHEET TITLE: HVAC PLAN AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf I G 2 sf M -110 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E E D B L 90° FIVE 45° THREE SECTION ELBOW SECTION ELBOW 90° BRANCH TAKE -OFF 45° BRANCH TAKE -OFF A2 ROUND DUCTWORK DETAILS SCALE: NONE ROOF TOP UNIT. REFER TO SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIZES AND ADDITIONAL REQUI REMENTS FACTORY ROOF CURB WITH FULL PERIMETER NEOPRENE PAD BETWEEN CURB AND UNIT. PROVIDE OPEN OR CLOSED RESTRAINED SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS WHEN INDICATED ON DRAWINGS GAS PIPING (IF APPLICABLE). PROVIDE GA5 COCK, UNION, AND DIRT LEG. PROVIDE THROUGH THE BASE PENETRATION WHEN SPECIFIED ROOFTOP UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN. PIPE SIZE SHALL BE NO LESS THAN DRAIN CONNECTION ON UNIT. REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR ROUTING, SIZE, AND DISCHARGE LOCATION OF CONDENSATE INSULATION WOOD DECK ROOF MEMBRANE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION RETURN AIR DUCT SUPPLY AIR DUCT NOTES: 1. PROVIDE THROUGH CURB ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. NO ROOF PENETRATIONS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. 2. DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE MOUNTED AND INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. C3 ROOF TOP UNIT DETAIL REINFORCE STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED lryb+5}`�s SCALE: NONE ISOMETRIC VIEW A3 45° BRANCH DUCT TAP SCALE: NONE .. • .., . • .... . • . • . • . ., ., ., . • . • . • DUCTLINER DUCTLINER LINED DUCT CONNECTION (NO EXPOSED LINER EDGES) SECTION VIEW 4 VOLUME DAMPER LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR OR CABLE OPERATOR IF NOT ACCESSIBLE. r rMAX. OF 12" TO BRANCH CONNECTION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALVINIZED SHEET METAL DUCT FIBERGLASS INSULATION PER SPECIFICATIONS OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AT DIFFUSER INSULATE DIFFUSER BACK AND SEAL WITH VAPOR BARRIER TAPE -� -p D5 TYPICAL DIFFUSER CONNECTION SCALE: NONE SECURE FAN TO CURB WITH GALV. SHT. MTL. SCREWS INSULATION CANT ROOF INSULATION METAL DECK ANGLE FRAME SE RIGID GALVINIZED 90 DEGREE ELBOW METAL STRAP CLAMP (TYPICAL) 2 PLACES INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (MIN. 2', MAX. 5'; NO MORE THAN ONE 90° BEND) TRANSITION FITTING z---TRANSITION REQUIRED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER BOTTOM END CAP SEALED WATER TIGHT • _...::�:........ _i___i_iiiii - C5 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN ROOF EXHAUST FAN 2X4 WOOD NAILER FACTORY ROOF CURB WITH FULL PERIMETER NEOPRENE PAD BETWEEN CURB AND UNIT. PROVIDE OPEN OR CLOSED RESTRAINED SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS WHEN INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION ROOF JOIST BRANCH DUCT TAP cTa:�ia*��'rs:t .�.xrA'i'3 -:t^"` 3 »y:�9 �,., •s+.ir .. t� � ..414+,�Fu Cj. J..,� • .,M1.:' ut.r{+r}t. 4'. �;}+vS- �yy1y� ,1 _.l A'` . SCALE: NONE TURNING VANE5 A TRANSFORMATION 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW SIMILAR NO THROAT RADIUS P 10 EXPANSION THREE TURNING VANES SUPPLY OR RETURN WYE (RECTANGULAR DUCT) -D--B 3/4 D 1/2 D RETURN AIR BRANCH FITTING A5 DUCTWORK DETAILS SCALE: NONE 5 TURNING VANES >< 30° CONTRACTION AIR LOW SNORT RADIUS 90° ELBOW TAKE -OFF USE ONLY IN AREAS WHERE SPACE I5 LIMITED FULL RADIUS E D C B I : ECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER FULL RADIUS ELBOW TAKE-0 ARATE MIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 6 4111■ Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 Schnackel engineers , NewYork o Omaha o Los Angeles o 800 - 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ESTABLISHEID 1905 .` SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: HVAC DETAILS 10191 M -501 .DWG 12/10/2010 SWV AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf M -501 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 11 SECTION 230000 - HVAC GENERAL CONDITIONS PART I GENERAL I .0 I APPLICABIUTY A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for Division 23 and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the Drawings. or required to provide a complete installation of approved HVAC Systems. 1 .02 DEFINITIONS A. 'Work" 5 hereby defined as, The construction and services required by the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The work may constitute the whole or a part of the project." B. "Furnish" is hereby defined as, To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect for damage." C. "Install" is hereby defined as, 'To unpack, assemble, ere,ct, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, connect, and place into operation into the work." D. "Provide" is hereby defined as, 'To furnish and install." E. "Connect" is hereby defined as, To bring service to the equipment and make final attachment including necessary ductwork, piping, wiring, etc." F. "Concealed is hereby defined as, 'Hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl spaces. Or buried.' G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as. Not installed underground nor concealed as defined by the Specifications." H. "Drawings' is hereby defined as, "NI plans, details, equipment schedules, diagrams, sketches. etc. issued for the construction of the work." 1 .03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, Electncal Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy Code, and all other applicable codes. amendments, and ordinances. Also perform all work in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (A11.1) including Fire Marshal(s). B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any Tenant Cntena Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies serving the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination of the work. D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these Specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard rules of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Arnencan National Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Electrical Code (NEC), National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHIRAE). and the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor& National Association (SMACNN. E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract Documents exceed code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards requirements. 1 .04 PERMITS AND FEES A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the work under this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at h5 expense, unless otherwise indicated. I .05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any required corrections, including all associated costs, arising from 1551.1e5 caused by the Contractor's failure to understand and/or coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents are the Contractor's sole responsibility. B. Work under these sections 5 diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise and is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general arrangement of ductwork, piping. equipment. and accessones. Follow these drawings in laying out the work and verify spaces for the installation of these materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the exact intended location of ductwork, piping, or equipment, obtain instructions from the Architect before proceeding with the work. C. Notify the Architect for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered within the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of discrepancies shall result in the resolution becoming the Contractor's responsibility and subject to the Architect's review and possible rejection. Should the Architect reject a discrepancy resolution of which they were not notified, the Contractor 15 fully responsible to correct the installation, including all associated costs, until approval of the installation is given by the Architect. 1 .06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Verify all existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Any existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based on information drawings provided 17y others and possibly limited field verification. The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions at no additional expense to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing conditions against the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself with the work prior to bidding and start of the work. By signing the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges the site visit has been completed and the existing conditions are accepted. D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in writing so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made without delay to the project. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect is not informed. 1 .07 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: I . Furnish the Architect shop drawing portfolios containing names of manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on the project. Use manufacturer's specification sheets identified by number Indicated on drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number on the cut sheets. As applicable, provide construction data, weight and dimensional data, voltage ratings. performance data, listing data, pump curves, fan curves and sound data as part of the shop drawing submittal. 2. Submittals are revewed only for general compliance with the Contract Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not checked during submittal review. Review of the submittals does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing all materials, equipment and accessories necessary for a complete and operational system meeting the requirements of the project and the intent of the Contract Documents. The responsibility for coordination of substituted matenals and eciuipment lies solely with the substituting Contractor. 3. Electrical Characteristics: Verify that proper power supply 15 available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, phase and current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any deviations prior to order, connection of equipment or start-up. Responsil7ility for venfication of proper power supply voltage and any product returns or damage resulting from incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. B. Project Record Documents: Provide as specified. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. D. Test Reports: Provide as specified. 1 .08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section, with minimum five years expenence. C. Products: I . Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. D. All equipment and components shall be free of all rust/corrosion or any visible damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced without any change in the Contract amount. E. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required for a complete, functional system, including all required components reasonably inferred to as necessary although such components may or may not be specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this section. 1 .09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Rooftop Eciuipment: Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. C. Protect dampers and accessories from damage to operating linkages, blades and finishes. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. 1 .1 0 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. B. Provide one year manufacturer warranty for pumps. C. Provide three year manufacturers warranty for solid state ignition modules. D. Provide five year manufacturers warranty for compressors, heat exchangers, condensing units, and electronic air cleaners. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The manufacturers listed are listed to set minimum standards for quality, design, and functionality. The products of other manufacturers may be submitted. at the Contractor's option, dunng shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. The products of other manufacturers shall meet or exceed all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor accepts all responsibility for costs and coordination issues arising out of the substitution of materials or equipment, and the coordination of such substitutions with all other contractors and subcontractors. D. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork, piping or insulation materials at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and any utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected material 15 the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION or WORK A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other trades. Coordinate all work accordingly. B. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties encountered in the installation of the work, which might prevent prompt and proper installation, or make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. Failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit and proper for the execution of this work. C. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in advance so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work that has not been completed and work that is in progress. Inform all trades of openings required for the work arid provide all special frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The HVAC system layout may be altered to suit the conditions with engineer approval, prior to the installation of any work and without additional cost to the Owner. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's responsibility. D. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and afford other trades reasonable opportunity for the executiomof their work. Properly connect and coordinate this work with the work of other trades at such time and in such a manner as not to delay or interfere with their work. E. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. F. All temperature control wiring, thermostat wiring, damper interlock wiring, control panel interlock wiring and miscellaneous low voltage wiring associated with the equipment furnished or installed under this contract shall be furnished and installed by the mechanical contractor or his sub-contractor. All wiring installed under this contract shall be in full compliance with the National Electrical Code, all State and local codes and requirements of the Electrical Specifications for this project. 3.02 DCAMINATION A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. B. Verify all equipment locations prior to rough-in. Maintain adequate equipment service clearance per manufacturer and code. C. Verify routing of all ductwork and piping in field prior to fabrication or installation. Verify adequate clearance with structure, light fixtures, and ceiling heights. D. Verify that proper fuel and power supply is available for connection. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install all ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified. 3.04 FIELD QUALJTY CONTROL A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, completed status, and suitable operation of each system. Tests shall be conducted under the supervision of the Architect. 3.05 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean fire suppression parts to remove harmful materials. B. Clean exposed surfaces of all ductwork pipe, equipment, and accessories of all dirt, debris, splatter, and other deleterious materials. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning as applicable. C. Repair or replace damaged ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories. as directed by and to the satisfaction of the Architect, where marring or disfigurement has occurred. All pipe, equipment, and accessories shall be new. 3.0G PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed copy and one electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. Information contained on project record drawings shall include, as a minimum: 1 . Actual locations of all equipment, ductwork, air inlets/outlets, accessones, etc. 2. Actual routing of ductwork with sizes and elevations. 3. Actual locations of control devices including valves and volume dampers. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and operation data for all hvac equipment, control systems, accessones, and materials used. Include maintenance procedures, intervals, and parts list of each item installed under this contract. Include all manufacturer's guarantees and warranties. C. Maintenance Matenals: At project closeout. furnish to the Owner the following: 1 . One set of replacement filters for all hvac equipment. 2. The maintenance contract for the hvac system, If applicable. D. Test Reports: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two copies of the following: 1 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Report END OF SECTION SECTION 230593 -TES-MG, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. I . Air handling units; Packaged heating andlor cooling equipment; Fans. (Exhaust and supply); Coils; Terminal equipment; Air inlets and outlets. (Diffusers, grilles, louvers, etc.) B. Measurement of final operating condition of 11VAC systems. C. Independent agency requirements. I .02 SUBMITIALS A. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TA I3 supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. Provide TAB Agency qualifications. D. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1 . Submit to the Construction Manager within two weeks after completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing. 2. Provide reports in bound manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating thermostat and equipment locations. 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 1 1 I . 5. Include the following on the title page of each report: a. Name, address and telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Project: Name; location; Engineer; Contractor, Report date. I .03 WARRANTY A. The Balancing Contractor shall be prepared to return to the site at no additional cost to re- adjust air quantities as required to provide uniform temperatures, eliminate drafts and objectionable noises during the first year of occupancy, including one full heating and one full cooling season, after the acceptance of the final balancing report. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 D:ECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1. AABC MN-1 , AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2. A5-IRA E Std 1 I I, Practices for Measurement, Testing. Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating. Ventilation, Air-Conditioning. and Refngeration Systems. 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4. SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the Project. C. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the authorities having jurisdiction. D. TAB Agency Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with a minimum of five years expenence. 2. Certified by one of the following: a. MSC, Associated Air Balance Council; upon completion submit AABC National Al HVAC SPECIFICATIONS Performance Guaranty. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau. c. TAB. The Testing. Adjusting. arid Balancing Bureau of National Energy Management Instrtute. 3. The TAB Agency must ke a completely independent, third party balancing contractor with no financial, common owners or other ties to the installing contractors. E. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems; Air Outlets and Inlets; Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus I 5 percent of design. 3.03 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. B. Mark on the Drawings the locations where traverse and other critical measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final report. 3.04 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by itot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. Do not use diffuser, grille or register integral dampers for balancing adjustments unless the plans do not Indicate duct mounted devices. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide cInve changes required at no additional expense to the Owner. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions in all operating modes as indicated in the sequence of control. 1. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions and at all intermediate operating conditions specified in the sequence of control. Balance vanable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. 3.05 SCOPE A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (if present on the project): 1 HVAC Pumps; Boilers; All Air Handling Equipment; All Packaged Heating ancVor Cooling Equipment; All Coil; All Heat Exchangers; Terminal Heat Transfer Units; Air Terminal Units; Air Inlets and Outlets 3.0G MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. Report (as applicable to the project): I . Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance b. Notable characteristics of system 0. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of building pressurization d. Nomenclature used throughout report and test conditions. 13. Electric Motors and drives: 1 . Manufacturer; ModeVFrame; hIP'/B11P; Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load; RPM; Service factor; Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 2. V-Belt Drives: Identification/location; R,equired driven RPM; Driven sheave, diameter and RPM; Belt, size and quantity; C. Cooling and Heating Coils: I . Identification/number; Manufacturer 2. Air flow, design and actual 3. Air pressure drop. design and actual 4. Entering and leaving air DB and WB temperature, design and actual 5. Water flow, design and actual (if applicable) 6. Water pressure drop, design and actual (if applicable) 7. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual (if applicable) D. Air Moving Equipment: 1 . Manufacturer; Model number; Serial number; Arrangement/Class/Discharge 2. Air flow, specified and actual 3. Inlet; Discharge; Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual E. Air Distribution Tests: I . Air terminal number 2. Room number/location 3. Terminal type 4. Terminal size 5. Area factor 6. Design velocity 7. Design air flow 8. Test (final) velocity 9. Test (final) air flow I 0. Percent of design air flow END OF SECTION SECTION 2307 I 3 - DUCT INSULATION PART I GENERAL I .0 I SECTION INCLUDES A. Duct insulation. I3. Duct liner. C. Insulation jackets. D. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in ceiling spaces. I .02 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum penod of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.0 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. Surface Burning Characteristics: flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. B. Manufacturer: I:nauf fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens Corning Corp.; CertainTeed Corporation. 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLDCIBLE A. Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1 . 'K.: value: 0.3 I at 75 degrees F. when tested in accordance with ASTM C 5 18. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 decrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight. B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: I . Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E %M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Darner Tape: I . Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. D. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, I 6 gage. 2.03 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. Insulation: A5TM C G I 2; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1 . 'lc value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with AS-1M C 5 15. 2. Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent. 4. Maximum Density: 1 2.0 lb/cu ft. B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1 . Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.029 rig/Pa 5 m (0.02 perm inch). when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E %M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. C. Vapor Barrier Tape: I . Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.04 DUCT UN. A. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C I 07 I ; flexible blanket, rigid board, and preformed round liner board; impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer shown to be fungus and bacteria resistant /7y testing to ASTM G 2 1. I . Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.3 1 at 75 degrees F. 2. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 3. Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, minimum. 4. Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: a. 1/2 inch Thickness: 0.30. 19. 1 inch Thickness: 0.45. O. 1 - I /2 inches Thickness: 0.60. d. 2 inch Thickness: 0.70. B. Adhesive: Waterproof, fire-retardant type. C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad or impact applied with integral, or press-on head. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.0 1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NAIMA National Insulation Standards. B. Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: I . Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket. 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers. and other duct penetrations. 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. C. Insulated ducts conveying air above ambient temperature: I . Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, invel and seal ends of insulation. D. External Duct Insulation Application: I . Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4. Seal vapor barner penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor bamer adhesive. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. E. Duct and Plenum Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner Fasteners. Refer to SMACNA 11VAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible For spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions require,d for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.03 SCHEDULES A. The Contractor may use any of the following insulating matenals, at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected insulating material and thickness with all State and local codes and utility company requirements is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. B. Supply or return air ducts in ceiling spaces: 1. Minimum of R-7 insulation. c. Exposed supply or return air ducts: 1. Minimum of R-3.3 insulation. D. Return or exhaust ducts in ceiling spaces: Line all return air transfer ducts and plenums. END OF SECTION SECTION 233 100 - I1VAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL I .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Nonmetal ductwork. C. Duct cleaning. I .02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts, only after approval of the Engineer. B. Report all conflicts with structure or other obstructions, prior to fabrication of any ductwork. Suitable adjustments in the 51ZCS of ducts shall be accommodated without any additional expense to the Owner. I .03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for all systems. No ductwork shall be fabncated until engineer approved shop drawings have been received by the Contractor. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in saes or shapes made necessary by the obstructions of other trades. 13. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA (LEAN - 11VAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A, NFPA 90, and NFPA 96 standards. B. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this Section. I .05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M FS Type 8, with G90/2275 coating. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A I 005/A I 008M. Designation CS, cold-rolled commercial steel. C. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (A5TM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-111 4. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 60G 1-T65 1 or of equivalent strength. D. Insulated Flexible Ducts: I . The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials. at his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected ductwork material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. 2. Two ply vinyl film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: I 0 inches WG positive and I .0 inches WG negative. 19. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: - I 0 degrees F to I GO degrees F. d. Minimum .-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 3. Black polymer film supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 4 inches WG positive and 0.5 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 4. Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound spnng steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 1 0 inches WG positive arid I .0 inches negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 2 I 0 degrees F. d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. 5. UL 151 , Class I , aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: I 0 inches WG positive and I .0 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 2 I 0 degrees jr d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. G. UL 1 81 , Class 0, interlocking spiral of aluminum foil; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 5 inches WG positive or negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 5000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 250 degrees F. d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the applicable energy codes. E. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant. I . Type: Heavy mastic or liciuid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2. VOC Content: Not more than 250 c3/L, excluding water. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread Of Zero. Smoke developed Of Zer0, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 4. For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. 5. Ductwork Exposed to the Weather: Hard cast VersaGrip I 02, (VG- I 02). UL I 5 I -AM compliant duct joint sealer, as manufactured by Carlisle, with fiberglass scrim tape reinforcement on all seams and joints, lateral and longitudinal. F. Hanger Rod: ASTM A 36/A 36M; steel; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION A. Fabricate, support and seal in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. F'rovide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. 5. Construct Ts, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than I -1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding I 5 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in 5MACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. F'rovide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may 1::e used. F. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver area around duct. Use same material as duct, painted black on exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct. 2.03 DUCT MANUFACTURERS A. Metal-Fab, Inc.; SEMCO Incorporated; United McGill Corporation. 2.04 MANUFACTURED METAL DUCTWORK AND FFTTINGS A. Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. B. Round Spiral Ducts: Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct with light reinforcing corrugations; fittings manufactured of at least two gages heavier metal than duct. C. Double Wall Insulated Round Ducts: Round spiral lockseam duct with galvanized steel outer wall, I inch thick fiberglass insulation, perforated galvanized steel inner wall; fitting with solid inner wall. D. Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA rated rigidly class connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner dips. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine drawings for the Architectural, Structural, Electncal and all other trades prior to preparation of ductwork shop drawings and prior to the fabrication of any ductwork. B. Resolve any conflicts encountered with the Engineer prior to fabrication. C. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in 5=5 Of shapes made necessary by the obstructions of other trades. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. C. Install and seal metal and flexible ducts in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation matenal inside a metal ring. E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. F. Use cnmp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. 11. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. 1. Support flexible duct runs every five feet in the horizontal direction to avoid dips and sags. J. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not USC Flexile duct to change direction. K. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. Longer duct lengths are acceptable if depicted on the design drawings and allowed per local code. A maximum of one 90 degree bend, or equivalent, will be allowed in flexible duct runs. L During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. m. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the Factory authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of an unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust or clean with high power vacuum machines. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass dunng cleaning. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Ductwork Material: B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at his option, provided the selected matenal meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected piping material is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. I . Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Galvanized Steel, Aluminum, 2. Low Velocity Supply (System with Cooling Coils): Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 3. Return and Relief: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 4. General Exhaust: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. 5. Outside Air Intake: Galvanized Steel. C. Ductwork Pressure Class: I . Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Scheduled System E5P+0.25, round up to next higher pressure class. 2. Low Velocity Supply (Systems with Cooling): Scheduled System ESP +0.5", round up to next higher pressure class. 3. Return and Relief: I inch. 4. General Exhaust: Scheduled System ESP + I .0, round up to next higher pressure class. END OF SECTION SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL I .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air turning devices/extractors. B. Volume control dampers. C. flexible duct connections. D. Duct access doors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.0 I AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS A. Manufacturers: Krueger; Ruskin Company; Titus. B. Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting straps. 2.02 VOWME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Louvers * Dampers, Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin Company; Prefco n. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. C. Single Blade Dampers: fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. D. Multi-Blade Damper: Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum blade Sizes 5 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge cnrriped blades in prime coated galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. E. End Bearings: Except in round ducts I 2 inches and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings. F. The contractor shall provide either a mechanical or electncal cable operated system wherever dampers are located in non-accessible areas. 1 . Mechanical cable operator system shall be similar and equal to Young Regulator Company, "Bowden Cable Control' system including damper, flexible cable with casing and concealed ceiling regulator control. 2. Electrically operated damper control system shall be similar and equal to United Enertech Corporation, "Power Balance" system including motor operated damper, RJ- 1 I plenum rated cabling and flush ceiling or wall mounted RJ- 1 1 jack in remote plate. Include one hand held battery pack operator pack to be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the balancing. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. 13. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging stnp. 1 . Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A. minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. a. Net fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. 2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel. 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Acudor Products Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin Company; SEMCO Incorporated. I3. fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct aConinstircuatectioan. Standards - Metal and Flexible, and s a C. fabrication: Rigid and close-fitting of galvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ducts. install minimum I inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. I . Less Than 1 2 inches Square: Secure with sash locks. 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. D. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. PART 3 DTCUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. rnstall accessones in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Duct construction and pressure class. 13. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch size for hand access, 1 8 x 1 8 inch SIZC for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Renew locations prior to fabrication. C. Locate all dampers and control elements in accessible areas wherever possible to avoid access doors. Provide ceiling access doors for access to all dampers and control elements located above inaccessible ceiling areas. Provide minimum I 2 x 1 2 inch size for hand access, 1 8 x I 8 inch size For shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers. gnIles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. Do not locate dampers closer than 5 feet or I 0 duct diameters from the air terminal device, whichever is greater. F. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. G. At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment END Of SECTION SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof exhausters. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 3 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Greenheck; Loren Cook Company; PennBarry; CaptiveAire. 2.02 POWER VENTILATORS - GENERAL A. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 2 I 0 and bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 30 I, tested to AMCA 300, and beanng AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. C. Fabncation: Conform to AMCA 99. D. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and tested as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.03 ROOF EXHAU5TER5 AND VENTILATORS A. Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven as indicated, with spun aluminum housing; resilient mounted motor; 1/2 inch mesh, 0.62 inch thick aluminum wire birdscreen; square base to suit roof curb with continuous curb gaskets. B. Roof Curb: 20 inch high above the finished roof surface (compensate for roof insulation thickness at fan location) self-flashing of galvanized steel or aluminum construction with continuously welded seams, built-in cant strips, insulation and curb bottom. and factory installed nailer strip. C. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor. D. Backdraft Damper: Motor actuated (or gravity damper if depicted on design drawings), aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked, and line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed; vanable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm 15 obtained with sheaves set at mid- position; fan shaft with self-aligning pre- lubncated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Provide sheaves required for final air balance at no additional expense to the project. C. Secure roof and wall exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb Or structure. D. Extend ducts to roof and wall exhausters into roof curb or wall structure. Counterflash duct to roof or wall opening. E. Install backdraft dampers (gravity or motorized as depicted on design drawings) on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. F. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the _factory authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system applicable to this project. The use of an unauthorized roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems at this Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION SECTION 233700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART I GENERAL I .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rectangular ceiling diffusers. B. Grid core exhaust and return grilles. 2 I .02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish. and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, accessories, and noise level. I .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Stcl 70. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L. C. Code requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this Section. I .04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this Section, with minimum five years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Titus; Krueger; Price Industnes; Carnes Company HVAC; Hart At- Cooley; Ruskin. 2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Type: Square, adjustable pattern, stamped, multi- core. or architectural plaque diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern with sectonzing baffles where indicated. B. Frame: Inverted T-bar type. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster frame and ceiling frame. (To allow lift-out removal of the diffuser without removal of the plaster frame.) C. iraitr.ication: Steel with baked enamel off-white fm D. Accessories: Opposed blade damper and multi- louvered equalizing grid with damper adjustable from diffuser face. 2.03 GRID CORE D<HAUST AND RETURN GRII I F5 A. Type: Fixed grilles of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1 inch louvers. B. Fabrication: Aluminum with factory off-white enamel finish. C. Frame: I -1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw m g• 0. ror au rnn te Channel lay-in frame for suspended grid t ceilings where face size exceeds I 8 x I 8 inch. E. Damper (if specified on drawings): Integral, gang- operated, opposed 1:71ade type with removable key operator, operable from face. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. END OF SECTION SECTION 2374 13 - PACKAGED OUTDOOR ROOFTOP UNITS - GAS FIRED PART 1 GENERAL I .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Packaged roof top units - Gas Heat. B. Thermostat controls. C. Roof mounting curb and base. D. Economizer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Carrier Corporation. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. B. Description: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired, consisting of cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner, controls, air filters, refrigerant cooling coil and compressor, enthalpy economizer and power exhaust fan where indicated on the Drawings, condenser coil and condenser fan. C. Electrical Characteristics: As scheduled on the Drawings. D. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Cabinet: Steel with baked enamel finish, including access panels with screwdriver operated flush cam type fasteners or doors with piano hinges with locking handles. Structural members shall be minimum I 8 gage, with access doors or panels of minimum 20 gage. 5. Insulation: one inch thick neoprene coated glass fiber with edges protected from erosion. C. Heat Exchangers: Aluminized steel or stainless steel where indicated on the Drawings, of welded counpspt y r u cbaonn D. s : Forward curved centrifugal type, resiliently mounted with V-belt dnve, adjustable vanable pitch motor pulley, and rubber isolated hinge mounted motor or direct cInve as indicated. Isolate complete fan assembly. E. Air Filters: 2 inch thick disposable media in metal frames. F. Roof Mounting Curb: Galvanized steel, channel frame, insulated with gaskets, nailer strips. Provide roof curb of adequate height to provide a unit mounting height of 1 2' or greater above the top of the roof surface with the curb mounted to the building structure. of curb height must compensate for the roof insulation thickness to meet this requirement. G. Vibration Isolation Curb: Only when indicated on the Drawings. 2.04 BURNER A. Gas Burner: Induced draft or forced draft type burner with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shut-off, intermittent spark or glow coil ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic I 00 percent shut-off pilot. E3. Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven, stop gas flow on ignition failure, energize blower motor, and after air flow proven and slight delay, allow gas valve, to open. C. High Limit Control: Temperature sensor with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de-energize burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energize burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. D. Supply Fan Control: Temperature sensor sensing bonnet temperatures and independent of burner controls, with provisions for continuous fan operation. 2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection. B. Provide capillary tubes or thermostatic expansion valves for units of G tons capacity and less, and thermostatic expansion valves and alternate row circuiting for units 7.5 tons cooling capacity and larger. 2.06 COMPRESSOR A. Provide hermetic or semi-hermetic compressors, 3600 rpm maximum, resiliently mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, suction and discharge service valves and gage ports, and filter drier. B. Five minute timed off circuit to delay compressor start. C. Outdoor thermostat to energize compressor above 35 degrees F ambient. 2.07 CONDENSER COIL A. Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with subcooling rows and coil guard. B. Provide direct drive propeller fans. resiliently mounted with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 2.08 MIXED AIR CASING A. Dampers: Provide outside, return, and relief dampers with damper operator and control package to automatically vary outside air quantity. Outside air damper to fail to closed position. Relief dampers may be gravity balanced. B. Gaskets: Provide tight fitting dampers with edge gaskets maximum leakage 5 percent at 2 inches pressure differential. C. Damper Operator: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil. D. Damper Operator, Units 7.5 Ton Cooling Capacity and Larger: 24 volt with gear train sealed in oil with spring return on. E. Mixed Air Controls: Maintain selected supply air temperature and return dampers to minimum position on call for heating and above 75 degrees F ambient, or when ambient air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy. 2.09 INTEGRATED ECONOMIZER: A. Economizer shall be furnished and installed complete with outside air and relief dampers and controls. E3. Provide low-leakage, opposed blade dampers. C. Economizer shall be capable of introducing up to I 00% outdoor air for minimum ventilation as well as free cooling. D. Damper actuator shall be electronic, fully modulating design. E. Economizer outdoor hood shall be pre-painted and fully integrated with the unit. F. Provide differential enthalpy sensor capable of comparing heat content (temperature and humidity) of outdoor air and indoor air and controlling economizer cut-in point at the most economical level. 2. I 0 OPERATING CONTROLS A. Provide low voltage, adjustable thermostat to control heater stages in sequence with delay between stages, compressor and condenser fan, and supply fan to maintain temperature setting. I . Include system selector switch (off-heat-auto- cool) and fan control switch (auto-on). 2. The Mechanical Contractor shall provide all control wiring between thermostat and unit control panel and any required remote sensors. 3. Locate thermostat in room as shown. 4. Electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat, located as indicated. Provide remote sensors when indicated on the Drawings. a. Room thermostat shall incorporate: I ) Automatic switching from heating to cooling. The thermostats shall maintain a 5-degree minimum deadband. 2) Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point. 3) Set-up for four separate temperatures per day. 4) Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from one hour to 3 I days. 5) Short cycle protection. G) Programming based on weekdays, Saturday and Sunday. 7) Switch selection features including imperial or metric display. I 2 or 24 hour clock, keyboard disable, remote sensor, fan on-auto. b. ROOM therniostat display shall mclude: I ) Time of day. 2) Actual room temperature. 3) Programmed temperature. 4) Day of week. 5) System mode indication: heating, cooling, auto, off, fan auto, fan on. G) Stage (heating or cooling) operation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 90A. D. Mount units on factory built roof mounting curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. Install roof mounting curb so that it bears on the building structure, not on top of the roof deck or roofing materials. Provide restraints where required by local codes. C. Provide cooling condensate dram piping (and overflow piping if required) to approved location. Condensate piping shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, Type L copper tube, or PVC. Contractor shall venfy the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected piping material 15 the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. Condensate piping located within the building shall be insulated with 1/2 inch thick glass fiber or flexible elastomenc cellular foam insulation. Only metallic piping systems will be allowed in return air plenum ceiling space. END OF SECTION 4 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER NO. NECK SIZE TYPE INST. REMARKS D- I 2 WAY OPP. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 24N24" 8"x18" 14 "0 LAY-IN WITH AG-75 OPPOSED B LADE DAMPER D-2 4 WAY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 245(24" 8"x18" I 2 "0 LAY-IN WITH AG-75 OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER D-3 4 WAY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 24"x24" 8"x18" I a 10 LAY-IN WITH AG-75 OPPOSED B LADE DAMPER D-4 4 WAY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 24"x24" 8"x18" 80 L AY-IN WITH AG-75 OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER D-5 2 WAY OFF. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 24"x24" 8"x I 8" 8"0 LAY-IN WITH LADE AG-75 OPPOSED B DAMPER D-6 2 WAY COR SUPPLY AIR DIFfUSER TITUS TDCA 24"x24" 8"x18" 6"0 LAY-IN WITH BLADE AG-75 OPPOSED DAMPER D-7 2 WAY OPP SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 12x12" S"x9" 8"0 SUR FACE WITH AG-75 OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER D-8 1 WAY SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER TITUS TDCA 12"x12" S"x9" 80 SURFACE BLADE AG-75 OPPOS WITH ED DAMPER G- I RETURN AIR GRILLE . TITUS 50F 24"x24" 225(22" LAY-IN 1/2" x 1/2" x 1" GRID G-2 EXHAUST AIR GRILLE TITUS 50F I 4"x14" I 2"x I 2" SURFACE 1/2" x 1/2" x I " GRID G-3 EXHAUST AIR GRILE TITUS 50f 8"x8" 6"x6" SURFACE 1/2" x 1/2" x I " GRID C5 DIFFUSER / GRILLE SCHEDULE • • • ,A.,,W0trfiAVOMPUZ, 144019.79fort.PVOVM4t: MARK LOCATION SERVES CM SP IN. WG. DRIVE I1P RPM WEIGHT LDS. POWER SUPPLY DESIGN EQUIPMENT NOTES VOLT PI1 Hz Ef- I ROOF TOILETS 200 0.5 DIRECT 1/20 1,550 26 115 I 60 GREENHECK / G-0E55-D 1 EF-2 ROOF PRESS 500 0.5 DIRECT 1/8 1,550 26 115 1 60 GREENHECK / G-095-D 2 NOTES: 1. AN SHALL BE MOUNTED ON INSULATED FACTORY CURB AND BE PROVIDED WITH SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH EACH TOILET ROOM LIGHT SWITCH. 2. AN SHALL BE MOUNTED ON INSULATED FACTORY CURB AND BE PROVIDED WITH SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL, MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH PRESS AREA PILOT SWITCH. B5 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ECE1VED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER MARK CLG. CAP. (M5H) COMP. KW 111-G CAP. (Mb) CM EXT. 5.P . AN BHP ELECTRICAL WEIGHT (LB5) 5EEW EER R. TYPE CARRIER MODEL NUMBER 5N5. TOTAL NOM. TONS INPUT OUTPUT VOLTS PH MCA MOCP RTU- 1 102.3 I23. 10.0 11.4 I 80.0 147.6 4,000 0.5 2.26 208 3 43.7 50 I ,2 1 0 11.1 R4 I OA 48TCDD I 2A 1 C5-0F0f0 (1 -8) SCHEDULE NOTES: COOLING CAPACITIES ARE BASED ON EXPECTED SITE CONDITIONS: 78.6°F DB/ 64.0°F WD INDOOR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, 55.0°F DD AIR ENTERING OUTDOOR FAN, AND A SITE ELEVATION OF 449 FEET ABOVE SEA LEVEL. SCHEDULED UNIT MAY DIFFER FROM ARI STANDARD CFM. 1. CARRJERI5 THE BASE Of DESIGN AND 15 JOS. A. DANK'S PREFERRED EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 2. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECT AND THROUGH THE BASE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. 3. PROVIDE WITH I 4" HEIGHT ROOF CURB. 4. F'ROVIDE WITH DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER. 5. PROVIDE WITH CONDENSER COIL HAIL GUARD. G. STANDARD STATIC MOTOR. FIELD SUPPLIED DRIVE 15 REQUIRED. 7. THE SCHEDULED WEIGHT INCLUDES THE WEIGHT OF ACCESSORIES INCLUDING 14" ROOF CURB. 8. PROVIDE WITH E-COATED OUTDOOR COILS FOR CORROSION PROTECTION. A5 ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE 5 6 SEPARATE PERMIT PPROVAL REQUIRED Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 III Schnactset El New York D Omaha o Ws Angeles o 800-581-0963 wwwschnackel.com PS A. BANK ESTABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: M-GO 1.DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: SVVV SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR./PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: HVAC SCHEDULES M-601 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 Ix E D C B P ONEW GAS PIPING FROM RTU- 1SHALL BE PIPED SEPARATELY BACK TO EXISTING GAS METER. NEW GAS PIPING FOR RTU- I IS SIZED BASED ON .5 PSI DELIVERY PRESSURE WITH A PRESSURE DROP OF .5 INCHES OF WATER COLUMN AND A DEVELOPED LENGTH OF 100'.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING GA5 METER AND ADJUST ROUTING OF GAS PIPING ACCORDINGLY. GAS PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LANDLORD AND LOCAL AHJ REQUIREMENTS. IF DEVELOPED LENGTH OF GA5 PIPING IS MORE THAN 100' PLEASE CONTACT THE ARCITECT/ ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. O CONNECT NEW 3/4" COLD WATER TO EXISTING COLD WATER OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FEILD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATIONN OF EXISTING COLD WATER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. OCONNECT THE NEW SANITARY VENT TO THE EXISTING SANITARY VENT OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF THE EXISTING SANITARY VENT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW SANITARY VENT A5 REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING SANITARY VENT SYSTEM. 4OCONNECT THE NEW SANITARY SEWER TO THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND INVERT ELEVATION OF THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW SANITARY SEWER AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. MAINTAIN CODE MINIMUM PIPE SLOPES. LEGEND eNEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION E Al PLUMBING NOTES & LEGEND 1 SALES AREA 003 E.� R IS R if 002 rITTING AREA 004 WOMEN'S TOILET 005 V1 E N TOI LL [ 006 1 RX. RTU SEX. RTU 7 L _ _ _ J J 1 1 1 1 1 1[ 11 11 { 1 1 1 • TAILORING AREA I "G 007 A2 PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 1 i�- 3 1111-10Th diMir AREA C3) 4 ENTRY 001 5 6 •� ECElVE V DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTEF D C B 41I■ Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 jSchnacterl. o NewYork o Omaha 0 LosMgeles 800- 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ,E'STABLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / W PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: PLUMBING PLAN 10191 P- II0.DWG 12/10/2010 LAM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf P -110 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 / P E' PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: LAVATORY: AMERICAN STANDARD #0124.024 "COMRADE, 20" X 18 1/4", WITH CHICAGO #802- VE2805 -G 5CP, 5 GPM SELF - CLOSING FAUCET WITH GRID WASTE, SUPPLIES, STOPS, DRAIN, P TRAP AND WALL HANGER. PROVIDE ANTIMICROBIAL TRUEBRO, INC. LAV -GUARD UNDER SINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVER MODEL #1 03, WHITE. COVER SHALL BE SECURED WITH SNAP -SLIP FLUSH REUSABLE FASTENERS, ANGLE STOP SHALL HAVE LOCK-LID LOCKING ACCESS COVER. ACCESSORY # 105: FITS STANDARD 5" OFFSET WHEELCHAIR STRAINERS. ACCESSORY # 105K: FITS G" OFFSET WHEELCHAIR STRAINERS. (NOTE # 103 KITS INCLUDE ACCESSORY # 105.) WATER CLOSET: AMERICAN STANDARD #2377. 1 00 "CADET RIGHT HEIGHT', I G.5" HIGH, FLOOR MOUNTED, I.6 GPM FLUSH, WITH SUPPLY, STOP AND WHIT OPEN FRONT SEAT, LESS COVER. MOP SINK: ZURN Z- 1996/MB -2600, FLOOR MOUNTED, MOLDED HIGH DENSITY COMPOSITE BASIN, COMPLETE WITH DRAIN, P -TRAP AND ZURN MODEL #Z- 873E2- EVB- WHK -51-1 FAUCET WATER HEATERS (2 TOTAL): STATE INDUSTRIES MODEL ES6- 6 -SOMS WATER HEATER, 120V, 1 650 WATTS, 8 GPH AT 90 DEGREE RISE. EEMAX MODEL SP4208 INSTAHOT WATER HEATER, 208V, 4 I 00 WATTS ELECTRIC WATER COOLER: HALSEY TAYLOR #HAC8F5BL -Q. WALL MOUNTED, WHEELCHAIR TYPE, FRONT PUSH BAR, STAINLESS STEEL TOP AND BACKSPLASH, STAINLESS STEEL CABINET. MOUNT CENTERLINE OF LOWER NOZZLE AT 34 1/8" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. MOUNT CENTERLINE OF HIGHER NOZZLE AT 39 1/2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. WATER COOLER SHALL DELIVER 8.0 G191 OF 50 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT WATER, BASED UPON 80 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT INLET WATER TEMPERATURE, AND 90- DEGREE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE. FLOOR SINK (IN TAILORS AREA): ZURN MODEL #Z- 1900 -2, 12" X 12" A.R.E. SANI -FLOR RECEPTOR, COMPLETE WITH HALF - GRATE, 6" SUMP, AND NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. FLOOR DRAIN: ZURN #Z- 456 -P, CAST IRON BODY, DEEP SEAL TRAP, FLOOR LEVEL CLEANOUT AND NICKEL BRONZE TYPE "B" STRAINER COMPLETE WITH I /2" TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. TRAP PRIMER: ZURN #Z -1022. PIPING MATERIALS: DOMESTIC WATER: TYPE "L" HARD TEMPER COPPER WITH WROUGHT SWEAT FITTINGS. WASTE * VENT: BELOW GRADE STANDARD WEIGHT CAST IRON WITH HUB AND SPIGOT FITTINGS. ABOVE GRADE STANDARD WEIGHT CAST IRON WITH NO -HUB FITTINGS. GAS PIPING: SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL WITH 150 LB. BLACK MALLEABLE IRON. ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE WELDED PER LANDLORDS INSTRUCTION. STEAM (IF REQUIRED): SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL WITH 150 LB., CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS. PIPE INSULATION: DOMESTIC WATER, INTERIOR CONDENSATE DRAINS: I "THICK, 3/4 LB. DENSITY FIBERGLASS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ALL SERVICE JACKET. MECHANICAL WORK NOTES: I . ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. 2. IF THE SPACE 15 EXISTING AND HAS PREVIOUSLY BEEN OCCUPIED. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, DIFFUSERS, ETC., THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. 3. NEW TOILET ROOM (5) WILL BE CONSTRUCTED IN THE LOCATION (5) SHOWN AND CALLED FOR. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES, INCLUDING WATER CLOSET, LAVATORY, MOP SINK, FLOOR DRAIN, WATER HEATER, PIPING (AS REQUIRED), EXHAUST SYSTEM, ETC., IN THE LOCATIONS SHOWN AND CALLED FOR_ CONNECT EXISTING WATER, WASTE AND VENT PIPING TO NEW FIXTURES MOUNTED IN THE LOCATIONS SHOWN. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING PIPING IN SPACE AND LENGTH OF PIPING REQUIRED IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ALL PIPING NECESSARY FORA COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION TO ALL EXISTING PIPING. 4. NEW WATER HEATERS SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE THE MOP SINK. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING OF HEATER IN FIELD TO ENSURE PROPER ADA ACCESSIBILITY AS REQUIRED. ADJUST ANY AND ALL PIPING AND FIXTURE MOUNTING LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE T115 REQUIREMENT. 5. CUT AND PATCH THE FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW WASTE PIPING. G. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW PIPING FOR THE TAILORING AREA AS SHOWN AND REQUIRED. 7. CAP ALL EXISTING PIPING, ETC., WHICH WILL REMAIN IN PLACE BEHIND NEW WALL OR CEILING FINISHES. EXPOSED PIPING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 8. GAS PIPING FOR NEW A.C. UNIT SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN AND REQUIRED FOR THE INPUT BTUH. PIPING SHALL BE EXTENDED FROM METER LOCATION ON ROOF TO UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY LOCATION OF GAS METER AND LENGTH OF PIPING REQUIRED. 9. GAS PIPING ACROSS ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED ON WOOD BLOCKING, 8' -0" 0.C., WITH PIPING CLAMPED TO SUPPORTS TO PREVENT MOVEMENT. rURNISH AND INSTALL GAS COCKS ON BRANCH RUNOUTS TO NEW A.C. UNIT AS REQUIRED. 10. IF ANY NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS ARE REQUIRED, THEY SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS. REPAIR OF ROOF AFTER INSTALLATION IS REQUIRED TO ASSURE A WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION. CONTACT THE LANDLORD TO COORDINATE THIS PORTION OF THE WORK AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: 1. MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OF MATERIAL AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK DESCRIBED, SHOWN OR REASONABLY IMPLIED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS TO THE WORK WHERE REQUESTED BY THE TENANT, WHEN SUCH ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND WITHIN THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT. 2. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VIEW ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL FOR THE WORK AS DESCRIBED AND SHOWN. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ENTERTAINED FOR FAILURE TO MAKE THIS VISIT. 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCEPT SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 4. CONFORM TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE AND INSTRUCTIONS THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY IN EVERY WAY NECESSARY. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY WORK BE UNDERTAKEN WHICH SHALL INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUSINESS. ANY SHUTDOWN MUST OCCUR AFTER REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS AND MUST BE CLEARED WITH THE MANAGEMENT WITH PROPER PRIOR NOTICE GIVEN TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND /OR ENGINEER OF ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION OF AFFECTED WORK, OR, FAILING SUCH NOTICE, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING SAME WITHOUT COST TO TENANT, ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. G. ORDER EQUIPMENT ON A TIMELY BASIS (WITHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CONTRACT) TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 7. SUBMIT FIVE (5) COPIES OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL EQUIPMENT FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT. ONE ( I ) COPY WILL BE RETAINED FOR RECORDS. ONLY FURNISH SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT. AND MATERIAL IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 8. WORK SHALL INCLUDE STARTUP OF ALL SYSTEMS, FURNISHING OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, WARRANTEE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND ONE -YEAR GUARANTEE OF ALL WORKMANSHIP. 9. WORK SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FULL ONE (1) YEAR MAINTENANCE, PARTS AND SERVICE CONTRACT FOR ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT. 10. FURNISH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS AND WARRANTIES TO TENANT AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. I I . ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CLEANED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER BEFORE TURNING THE PROJECT OVER TO THE OWNER. 12. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC., 50 THAT THEY ARE AIR, WATER, AND FIRE TIGHT. 13. FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, FIRE DAMPERS, PIPING VALVES, CLEANOUTS, ETC. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE WORKING CLEARANCE AND ACCESS. 14. THE VENDOR WILL FURNISH AN ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR FOR THIS PROJECT. THE ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER (OR REPRESENTATIVE). MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE AND PERFORM THE FOLLOWING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS INSTALLATION: A. EXTEND AND CONNECT 1/2" COLD WATER LINE TO NEAREST AVAILABLE COLD WATER PIPING IN THE SPACE (SEE WATER PIPING DIAGRAM FOR DETAILS). B. FURNISH AND INSTALL A BALL TYPE SHUT -OFF VALVE IN THE WATER LINE SERVING THE ELEC.' ItIC STEAM GENERATOR (FOR EASE OF SERVICE). C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A 1/2" FEBCO #860 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER, WITH A STRAINER, IN THE WATER LINE SERVING THE STEAMER (IF NOT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER - VERIFY AND COORDINATE IN FIELD). D. FURNISH AND INSTALL A DRAIN LINE TO FLOOR SINK BENEATH THE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AS REQUIRED TO PROHIBIT CONDENSATE DRIPPING ON FLOOR. E. FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOOR SINK (A5 SHOWN AND SPECIFIED) NEAR ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR, WITH DRAIN LINE FROM BLOW DOWN SEPARATOR (IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS). Al PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS L SCALE: NONE 1 15. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES IN THE SUPPLY PIPING TO EACH FIXTURE. FURNISH AND INSTALL AN ACCESSIBLE SERVICE VALVE ON AL BRANCH PIPING. I G. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MPE HANGERS, CARRIERS, SADDLES, AND SUPPORTS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PIPING IN THE SPACE AS REQUIRED. HANGERS FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING, WHERE PIPING 15 TO BE INSULATED, SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO PASS INSULATION AND SHALL BE ELCEN FIG. 12 CLEVIS TYPE, WITH MEANS FOR VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. INSTALL HANGERS P5 FOLLOWS: PIPE SIZE HANGER ROD SIZE MAXIMUM SPACING 1/2" TO 1" 3/8" 8' -0" O.C. I 1 /4" TO 2" 3/8" I 0 -0" O.C. 2 1/2" AND ABOVE 1/2" 10-0" O.C. 17. VERIFY LOCATION, DEPTH AND SIZE OF EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AT SITE. CONNECT AS REQUIRED. SEWER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 1/4" PITCH PER FOOT AND OUTSIDE SEWER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH MINIMUM OF 4' -0" COVER. 18. FURNISH AND INSTALL TRAP PRIMERS ON ALL FLOOR DRAINS. 19. FURNISH ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFIC APPROVAL FOR SUBSTITUTION 15 GIVEN BY THE TENANT. 20. BID SHALL BE BASED ON SPECIFIED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. IN ORDER TO PROMOTE COMPETITION, HOWEVER, BIDDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT ALTERNATE PROPOSALS ON ANY ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND /OR EQUIPMENT THEY WISH TO PROPOSE, INCLUDING ANY PRICE CHANGED EFFECTED BY ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES. 21. COST OF ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ALTERNATE PROPOSAL. 22. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS WILL BE ACCEPTED OR REJECTED BEFORE ISSUANCE OF CONTRACTS. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE CONTRACT I5 SIGNED. ANY UNAUTHORIZED CHANGES TO THE DESIGN AND LAYOUT MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE IF DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. 23. VERIFY LOCAL CONDITIONS AT SITE. 24. COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 25. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. 26. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING GRID, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. 27. ALL INSULATION MATERIALS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DUCT INSULATION AND PIPING INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS (ON THE FLAME SPREAD TEST SCALE) AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 50 OR LESS (ON THE SMOKE TEST SCALE) OR AS DEFINED BY NFPA 255 STANDARD METHOD OF TESTING OF SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND LOCAL CODES. 28. REVIEW PLANS OF ALL TRADES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INSTALLATION TO INCLUDE ALL PLUMBING FOR COMPLETE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND A5 REQUIRED. 29. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH HVAC DUCTS, STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL LIGHTING, AND OTHER PIPING IN THE CEILING SPACE. VENT PIPING AND WATER PIPING SHALL BE HELD EITHER ABOVE OR BELOW HVAC DUCTWORK AS COORDINATED WITH THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. 30. ALL CHANGES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. 3 I . COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE ROUGHING -IN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES. 32. THE PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 33. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND WATER CONNECTION SIZES TO ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. FURNISH CUTOUT TEMPLATES, FOR FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN MILLWORK, TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 34. MAKE PROPER HOT AND COLD WATER, WASTE AND VENT PIPING CONNECTIONS TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT EVEN THOUGH ALL FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS ARE NOT SHOWN. 35. VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING WATER SERVICE AND THE LOCATION/INVERTS OF SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 36. ALL PLUMBING VENTS IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE OFFSET A MINIMUM OF 3' -0" BEFORE ROOF PENETRATION. 37. IT IS IN THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS TO COVER ALL WORK AND MATERIAL FOR A FIRST CLASS INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING FIXTURE, TRIM HARDWARE AND /OR DEVICES USUALLY UTILIZED IN THE CLASS OF WORK, THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, BUT WHICH MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE WORK) AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR A5 PART OF HIS TOTAL WORK. 38. FLUSH CONTROLS SMALL BE HAND OPERATED AND SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREAS. 39. WHEN AVAILABLE STATIC PRESSURE IS 80 PSIG OR GREATER, THE PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WATTS PRESSURE REDUCING STATION U5B TO SUPPLY RISER PER DESIGNER NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2 E CEILING T STEAM PRESS GO" MOP SINK FAUCET 1/2" WATER VENT - ro-r 16" 1 E3 FULL PRESS AREA ELEVATION SCALE: NONE IWH W1-1 TW WC LAV w V CW HW FD CO FMS WATER HEATER WATER HEATER TEMPERED HOT WATER WATER CLOSET LAVATORY WASTE VENT COLD WATER HOT WATER FLOOR DRAIN CLEAN OUT MOP SINK FLOOR D3 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS HOT WATER TO FIXTURES) WATER OUTLET -COLD WATER. WATER INLET WATER HEATER INSTANTANEOUS EEMAX MODELS: "SP" (SINGLE POINT) C3 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER SCALE: NONE 7 VENT - EXTEND THROUGH ROOF OR VENT THROUGH SIDE WALL. VENT LOCATION SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. �2' VENT LINE AIR VACUUM TYPICAL VENT PIPING TO THE EQUIPMENT B3 VACUUM DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE MEMBRANE CLAMP MOP SINK /AIR VACUUM VALVE (TYPICAL) FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE AS REQUIRED FOR DEPTH OF SEWER HUB AND SPIGOT PVC PIPE BELOW FLOOR SANITARY OR STORM SEWER LINE t____---- SAME SIZE AS SEWER UP TO 4" MAXIMUM lir LONG SWEEP ELBOW AT END OR TURN OF RUN COMBINATION WYE AND EIGHTH BEND IN RUN. ENTER TOP OF PIPE DIRECTION OF FLOW PROVIDE ROUND SECURED NICKEL BRONZE ADJUSTABLE TOP WITH "CO" CAST IN COVER. PROVIDE CLEANOUT TOP WITH VARIATIONS SUITABLE FOR FLOOR COVERING (CARPET MARKER, RECESSED FOR TILE, SCORIATED FOR UNFINISHED FLOORS). PROVIDE BRONZE PLUG IN PVC BODY. A3 CLEAN OUT DETAIL SCALE: NONE 3 EWC WCO 2" VENT STACK TERMINATE AT 48" ABOVE FF FOR STEAM VENDOR CONNECTION. 2" VENT STACK DOWN TO 48" A.F.F. FOR VACUUM VENDOR CONNECTION OSEE SHEET P -I 10 FOR CONTINUATION. D4 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" r) I I /2 "V��y/ r I 1 /4 "V I 1 N • ,81,-2 "V 2 "V WCO ■2 "V B4 SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE EXPANSION TANK EQUAL TO WATTS NO. DET -5 SHEET METAL STRAP SECURE TO WALL FOR SEISMIC RESTRAIN WATER HEATER 2 "V.) 2 "V 1' D5 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - WATER EWC WCO TERMINATE AT 36" A.F.F FOR STEAM VENDOR CONNECTION. I /2 "CW CONNECTION FOR STEAM GEN. FMS `' 3 /4 "CW �. s 3/4 CW � � =me PriPr' 7 OSEE SHEET P-110 FOR CONTINUATION. OSEE SHEET P- 110 FOR CONTINUATION. - HW SUPPLY (3/4 ") - CWSUPPLY(3 /4 ") �- BALL OR GATE VALVE (TYP.) CHECK VALVE T A4 WATER HEATER DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4 UNION (fYP.) ASME PRESSURE $ TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE PIPED FULL SIZE TO MOP SINK(MS), 3/4" MIN. DRAIN VALVE SET THERMOSTAT AT I I 0° F 2 1/2" DEEP GALVANIZED STEEL (22 GAUGE MIN.) DRIP PAN WITH ALL SEAMS SOLDERED WATERTIGHT ROUTE I" DRAIN UNE TO FLOOR MOP SINK(MS) SHELF AND BRACKETS SHALL BE OF WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION SECURE SHELF TO WALL STRUCTURE IN A MANNER EQUAL TO PLUMBING FIXTURES I . MOUNT WATER HEATER AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE WITHIN THE WORK SPACE AND BELOW THE CEILING SPACE. 2. WATER HEATER MAY NOT BE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR WALL. 3. SHALL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO SUPPORT THE WATER HEATER CAPACITY INDICATED. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION. 5 SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" I /2 "CW 3 /4 "CW I /2 "CW I /2 "HW LAV 3 /4 "CW WC EWC IWH LAV I /2 "HW I /2 "CW WC TP, W/ 1/2" C.W. TO F.D. 3 /4 "CW 3 /4 "CW 3 /4 "CW 1 /2 "CW I /2 "CW CONNECTION FOR STEAM GEN. B5 WATER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE VENT LOCATION SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. -� 2" VENT LINE SAFETY VALVE LOW WATER CUTOFF/ WATER LEVEL CONTROL PIPE TO SLOWDOWN LATTNER SLOWDOWN SEPARATOR FMS 3 /4 "HW 3 /4 "CW O5EE SHEET P- 110 FOR CONTINUATION. BACKFLOW PREVENTER - CW CW - (TO DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM) DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN HIGH PRESSURE STEAM WATER LEVEL SIGHT GLASS 3 /4 "HW 3 /4 "CW TYPICAL STEAM SUPPLY TO EQUIPMENT `PACKAGE STEAM GENERATOR 3" CONNECTION (SEE PLUMBING PLAN) FLOOR SINK (FS- I) STEAM GENERATOR NOTES: ECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER A E D C B I . VENTS, WATER SUPPLY PIPING, BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE AND FLOOR SINK SHALL BE BY LICENSED PLUMBER IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL PLUMBING CODES. 2. J.O.B. VENDOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL STEAM GENERATOR AND RELATED EQUIPMENT INCLUDING PIPING AND CONNECTIONS TO STEAM EQUIPMENT UNDER SEPERATE CONTRACT WITH J.A.B. 3. THE BACKFLOW PREVENTER FOR THE PACKAGED ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR SHALL BE REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER. THE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY ABOVE THE FLOOR SINK. 4. BOILER IS TO BE ELECTRIC A5 ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR DETAIL SCALE: NONE 6 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED J 111■• Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 jai Schnackel engineers® NewYork m Omaha o LosAngeles 0 800 -581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ESTABLISHED 19.05: SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 I55UED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 10191 F-50 1 . DWG 12/10/2010 LAM AS NOTED 4,102sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf 1G2 sf SHEET TITLE: PLUMBING PLANS DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS P -501 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM . U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 / T L_ A2 POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" 1. ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ARE BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLE LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE, REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS AGAINST THE PLANS, AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED AND /OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, CONDUITS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ETC. THAT ARE NOT SHOWN AND ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. 4. RECESSED BOXES AND CONDUITS CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS OR FLOORS THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE PERMITTED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE ONLY IF THE OPENINGS ARE PATCHED AND THE CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED. 5. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE FIRST SALVAGE RIGHT ON ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, AND MATERIALS THE OWNER REJECTS. G. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING REMOVED. E3 GENERAL NOTES SALES AREA QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT +48" A.F.F FOR REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE. EACH DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHALL BE ON A SEPARATE CIRCUIT. O DISCONNECT SWITCH 15 PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER INTEGRAL WITH EQUIPMENT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CIRCUIT AND FINAL CONNECTION TO DISCONNECT SWITCH AS INDICATED. 3O DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND RELAY FOR HVAC UNIT SUPPLY FAN SHUTDOWN SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A REMOTE KEYED TEST STATION WITH VISUAL STATUS ANNUNCIATOR LOCATED NEAR THE ELECTRICAL PANELS IN THE TAILORING AREA. COORDINATE LOCATION OF REMOTE KEYED TEST STATION WITH AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN ALL FINAL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. GANG TOGETHER WITH LIGHT SWITCH. SEE SHEET E- 120 FOR LOCATION OF LIGHT SWITCH. CONNECT FAN SUCH THAT FAN TURNS ON WHEN ANY ONE RESTROOM'S SWITCH 15 TURNED ON AND ONLY TURNS OFF IF BOTH RESTROOM'S SWITCHES ARE TURNED OFF. PROVIDE ANY RELAYS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THIS SWITCHING. DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUIT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. INTERCEPT AND EXTEND EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT AS REQUIRED TO RECONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT SERVING THIS DEVICE PRIOR TO THE PANEL'S RELOCATION. E4 KEYED NOTES FITTING AREA WOMEN'S TOILET IF NOT EXISTING, DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND RELAY FOR HVAC UNIT SUPPLY FAN SHUTDOWN SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A REMOTE KEYED TEST STATION WITH VISUAL STATUS ANNUNCIATOR LOCATED NEAR THE ELECTRICAL PANELS IN THE TAILORING AREA. COORDINATE LOCATION OF REMOTE KEYED TEST STATION WITH AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN ALL FINAL WIRING SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER. THE REQUIRED DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL CONSIST OF PADLOCK ACCESSORY ON CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVING WATER HEATER BRANCH CIRCUIT TO LOCK CIRCUIT BREAKER IN OPEN (OFF) POSITION. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. MEN'S TOILET TAILORING AREA TAILOR SHOP EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TAG EQUIPMENT NAME VOLTAGE/ PHASE WIRE / CONDUIT NOTES OSEWING MACHINE 120 / 1 2412, 1 41 2 GND., 3/4" C. NEMA 5 -20R OMARKING PRESS TABLE 120 / 1 241 2, I -# 12 GND., 3/4" C. NEMA 5 -20R 0 IRON RECEPTACLE 120 / 1 241 2, 1 -# 1 2 GND., 3/4" C. NEMA 5 -20R OBLIND STITCH MACHINE 120 / 1 2412, 141 2 GND., 3M" C. NEMA 5 -20R 11 TRAVELERS CREASE MACHINE 1 20 / I 241 2, 141 2 GND., 3/4" C. NEMA 5 -20R E6 TAILOR SHOP EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 5 -5 5 -7 SEE DETAIL C3/E -501 FOR SWITCH LOCATION (15/1) +44" B -26 8- 38,(5013, #8 WIRE) RELOCATED PANEL "A" PANEL "B" WITH A-2 2 EXISTING 4 -TON RTU TO BUZZER IN TAILOR AREA ENTRY 002 PUSHBUTTON TO BUZZER `IN TAILOR AREA 5 -2,4 1 PRESS AREA 008 EXISTING 5 -TON RTU COORDINATE SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE PLACEMENT WITH LIGHT FIXTURES. SEE SHEET E- 120 FOR FIXTURE LCOATIONS. (TYPICAL) B- 10,12,14 4 ENTRY 5 6 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMIT CENTER TE AND AL 1RED J E D B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 01/25/2011 Schnackel en ineers 9 u NewYork o Omaha © Los Angeles 800 - 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ESTABLISHED `?7905; SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 v MNa �fh'. z;il {lti.'�rc .' r • REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / W PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 1 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E- I I O. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR• /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: POWER PLAN AS NOTED 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 1G2 sf E -110 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 L_ 1 (a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 0 El El ri 0 (SPST) 0 (SPST) 0 (SPST) (d) 0 0 (SPST) (e) 0 0 (SPST) (f) 0 0 (SPST) (g) 0 (h) 0 (1) 0 (1) 0 rinon 0 (SPST) 0 (SPST) 0 (SPST) 0 (SPST) E4 SWITCH PLATE ELEVATION SCALE: NOT TO SCALE (k) e LI 0 O 0 (1) e 0 O 0 SWITCHPLATE ELEVATION SCHEDULE SWITCH LOAD CONTROLLED DESCRIPTION a A -1 SALES AREA LIGHTING b A -3 SALES AREA LIGHTING c A -5 SALES ACCENT LIGHTING d A -7 SALES DOWN LIGHTING e A -9 SALES DOWN LIGHTING f A -1 I SALES ACCENT LIGHTING g A -2 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING h A-4 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 1 A -G SHOW WINDOW ACCENT LIGHTING J A- 12 SALES DAYLIGHTI NG k CONTACTOR C -1 MANUAL TIME CLOCK OVERRIDE (TC -1) 1 CONTACTOR C -2 MANUAL TIME CLOCK OVERRIDE (TC -2) SALES AREA FITTING AREA WOMEN'S TOILET 1. ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED ARE BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLE LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE, REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS AGAINST THE PLANS, AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED AND /OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, CONDUITS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ETC. THAT ARE NOT SHOWN AND ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK 4. RECESSED BOXES AND CONDUITS CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS OR FLOORS THAT ARE TO REMAIN ARE PERMITTED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE ONLY IF THE OPENINGS ARE PATCHED AND THE CONDUCTORS ARE REMOVED. 5. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE FIRST SALVAGE RIGHT ON ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, AND MATERIALS THE OWNER REJECTS. G. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING REMOVED. 7. COORDINATE FINAL FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 8. SEE C5 /E -50 I , LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM, FOR CONTROL SCHEME OF LIGHTING CIRCUITS. E5 GENERAL NOTES MEN'S TOILET TAILORING AREA O PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO SIGN. PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONCEALED FROM VIEW. COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. O PLACEMENT OF ALL TYPE "E" FIXTURES TO BE COORDINATED WITH FINAL CASHWRAP LOCATION. PENDANTS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 8' -0" A.F.F. LOCATION OF LIGHTING CONTROL TIME OVERRIDE SWITCHES. SEE DETAILS C5 /E -501 AND E4 /E -1 20 FOR MORE INFORMATION. O EXISTING LUMINAIRES SHALL BE REPAIRED TO A LIKE -NEW CONDITION, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND RELAMPED. ANY EXISTING LUMINAIRE THAT IS DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH AN IDENTICAL LUMINAIRE. MAINTAIN THE EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT SERVING THE LUMINAIRE. ® COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE EXTERIOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LUMINAIRE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. KEYED NOTES DAYLIGHT AREA A- 26,( #10 WIRE) (I) FIXTURE TYPE "5" (TYF ) 3 1 • ELECT. ROOM RELOCATED PANEL "A" PANEL "5" ■■■ ■■■ ■N■ PRESS AREA "moll ill A- 16, ( #8 WIRE) 30 ( I ) FIXTURE TYPE "5 (TYP.) N. ENTRY 002 (2) FIXTURE TYPE "5" (YP ) A -I,3,5 DAYLIGHT AREA I ■■■ = l ■ ■■ ■ ■■ M2111 ENE ENE •421 ■■■ Arm ■ ■■ ■ ■■ AMP 111111114111111111111111k =MI MINI 11722111111111111111111111 111111 IIPPITIMIll ;11111WICLIIINE 12 km 11_12111E II indilliiit mi. ... k iil iniii ii A EEN ■■■ ENE ■■■ ■■■ 12 FIXTURE TYPE 'L" DAYLIGHT AREA 30/1 N.F. A2 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 3 4 A- 14, (#10 WIRE) ENTRY 001 5 LIGHTING CONTROLS WHICH INCLUDE DAYLIGHT OR OCCUPANT SENSING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS, AUTOMATIC SHUT -OFF CONTROLS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, OR AUTOMATIC TIME SWITCHES, THE LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCEWITH APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SEQUENCE OF THE OPERATIONS SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. A COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURE AND RESULTS SHALL BE PREPARED AND FILED WITH THE OWNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE SECTION 15 13.7. 6 E D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 01/25/2011 Jos. A. BANK ESTABLISHED: 1905'. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 1 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E -1 20.DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: LIGHTING PLAN AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf E -120 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E D C B r L_ 1 SALES AREA FITTING AREA WOMEN'S TOILET MEN'S TOILET Y PATH OF EGRESS AVERAGE 6.5 FC MAXIMUM 9.4 FC MINIMUM 3.1 FC MAX / MIN 3.0 : 1 AVERAGE / MIN 2.1 : 1 E6 PHOTOMETRIC STATISTICS TAILORING AREA n ELECT. ROOM +6.5 +6.6 +6.9 +7.1 +7.0 +6.9 +6.8 +6.7 +6.9 +7.0 +7.0 +7.1 +7.1 +7.0 +7.0 +6.9 +6.8 +6.8 +6.7 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +G.14 +C 7 +C.7 +C C +C C +(,S PRESS AREA 008 MEM MEM ■E■ ENTRY +74 +7.0 +7 EMIG MEM EWE 7.9 +7.4 +7.0 +6.8 +6.5 G. +7.8 +7.3 +7.0 +6.7 +0.4 G. +6.7 +0.4 +5.9 +5.2 +4.6 4. MEIN- MEM MERU MEE MEM ■EE +5.2 +5.7 +0.4 +7.0 +7.4 +7. +4.9 +5.5 +0.2 +6.8 +7.3 +7. S.8 _b. L 5 2 .12 L&L +3.2 a.a_3 @_ 4 2 4.G 2 5S 2:6.5_:_+7..(2._ L2 i 7.3_ +11.3 7.0 6.6 rims Nom ■■■ MEE 'CA 0 + + 6.8 7.5 +6.8 7.5' +8.2 +8.7 +9.0 4.2 +8.9 +6.3 +6.9 +7.6 +8.2 +8.5 +8.7 +8.4 +7.4 +6.6 +7. A2 EMERGENCY PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 3 4 ENTRY RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMITCNTR E C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 01/25/2011 Jos. A. BANK ,ESTABLISHED 1905: SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 2011 PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E-121 .DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM �ARATE 'MITAND PROVAL U1RED 5 6 A5 NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: EMERGENCY PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING PLAN UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 L NOT TO SCALE MOP SINK CEILING E 6' -O" STEAM PRESS -I- - — -� 18" PRESS VACHTNE'l CONTROLS! ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR 2' -2" VACUUM FLOOR D1 FULL PRESS AREA ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" <N\ 4" X 4" SURFACE MOUNT JUNCTION BOX (TYPICAL FOR 2) MOUNT POWER OUTLETS \\,, BEHIND THE ACCESS PANEL ` IG IN THE CENTER 6" A.F.F. UNDERCOUNTS. B- 16,18,20 4" X 4" SURFACE MOUNT JUNCTION BOX (TYPICAL FOR 2) PHONE OUTLETS TO BE BEHIND ACCESS PANEL JUST ABOVE RECEPTACLES T3 (FUTURE) T3 (S' 33 T 8W8 NDIAV B -18 — IG MOUNT POW BEHIND TH IN THE f [12 OUTLETS ACCESS PANEL TER G" A.F.F. C1 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL PLAN - CASH WRAP SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" " CONDUIT TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING LANDLORD ELECTRICAL ROOM SAFETY SWITCH 200/3, 200A FUSES METERING PER UTILITY CRITERIA r EXISTING 1 4 - #3/O, 1 #6 GROUND 1 IN 2" CONDUIT I I- I r 1 1 r 1 1 EXISTING 1 1 SAFETY SWITCH 1 1 200/3, 1 I I I 1 1 200A FUSES L J4 - #3/0, L I J EXISTING I T #6 GROUND, 4 - #3/0, 1 #6150. GND., I #6 GROUND _1 - IN 2" CONDUIT I— IN 2" CONDUIT r-1 EXISTING (M) '� I I (M) '^ METERING 1 r 1 ( I 1 1 PER UTILITY I 1 1 CRITERIA LJ #6 GROUND, —47-- LJ 4 EXISTING O I #6150. GND., I #6 GROUND 1 IN 2" CONDUIT J IN, 22" CONDUIT AUXILIARY GUTTER 1 1 4 - #3/0, #6 GROUND IN 2" CONDUIT - TERMINATION POINT OF EXISTING SERVICE 4 - #3/0, #6 GROUND, #6150. GND., IN 2" CONDUIT PANEL nAn (RELOCATED) r TENANT SPACE PANEL L ----J L - - - -J ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN DASHED LINE IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD Al ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM 1 2 CEILING EXHAUST FAN PILOT LIGHT SWITCH 10" 5' -11" 48" FLOOR D3 FULL PRESS AREA ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" B- 19 WATER HEATER CONNECT TO EF -2, SEE SHEET E -1 10. A- 1 3,(70/3, #4 WIRE) TAILOR SHOP EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TAG EQUIPMENT NAME VOLTAGE/ PHASE CONDUIT/WIRE DISCONNECT DISCONNECT SWITCH NOTES 88 STEAM GENERATOR' 208/3 3-#4, I -#8 GND., I 1/4" C. I00/3P PROVIDE 70A FRN -RK FUSES SC VACUUM PUMP 120/1 I /2 2412, I # 12 GND., 3/4" C. 30 / I P PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTER SWITCH • - STEAM GENERATOR IS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND SHALL BE ORDERED AT 208V, 3 PHASE ENLARGED ELECTRICAL PLAN AND C3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE - FULL PRESS AREA t 4 '! 4n W,M�r ,1•C, !. J'. Yv.W, :: y.' '•:t t s ..t L w..4- "'S..�, +'- e.`C"�il',- .siv'I.^�' NW[ ..+.v .rk+'✓ �F1z.�+bR-'Phib��vLi,ldf4N�ai� n ,ir.+r'•TxMivT+'aranitale Z �,n,�.'Yt�. ;bK �• 1. e SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" A3 NOT USED 3 A4 NOT USED 4 N CV C 1 r _..., r---1 s: 1, 9 [II IIM 18" FLOOR E4 MANAGER'S DESK ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE 1' 6' MOUNTED AT +6' -0" A.F.F. c 4' A 8' A v 1' FLOOR DETAIL NOTES: O 'T 1 " ISOLATED GROUND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR'TTB" MOUNTED AT +7' -0" A.F.F. O "S I " RECEPTACLES FOR SECURITY SYSTEM MOUNTED AT +8' -0" A.F.F. OJUNCTION BOX AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT +6' -0" A.F.F. FOR AUDIO AMPLIFIER AND SPEAKER CONNECTIONS. 4O PROVIDE I " CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM MALL TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD'TTB" TELEPHONE BOARD ELEVATION & C4 NOTES h WAN ' TAW... wpm ' rM ea+�`��", � r� ro 4 NOT TO SCALE 5 J TC -I fl MOTOR 1 I NC o O 1 II%NC II NO 11 -r -- TOM #55A200, OR EQUAL, TIMED OVERRIDE SWITCH SET FOR 2 HOURS MOTOR 1 °NC 1 • I ,No ! I NC 1 °NO I 1 SQUARE 'D' #8501 CO 15V20 SPDT RELAY MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE — o ® off NC NO L_. _I I A- I >--1 A -3 > A -5 > A -8 > A -10 > SQUARE 'D' CLASS 8903, TYPE L ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS MOUNTED IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 0- 0— 0 0 —0 — 0 0 —0 40_ SPST SWITCH, (TYPICAL) LL J SALES AREA LTG SPARE • TOKK #55A200, OR EQUAL, TIMED OVERRIDE SWITCH SET FOR 2 HOURS O N w z —TT-T1 1 0 1 1 A- 14 > C A -16> A -18> co L----J A -12> A -2 > A -4 > A -G > c C� C� C L ___1 CIRCUIT A -20 1 SQUARE 'D' #8501 COI5V20 SPDT RELAY MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE NC o °I A -7 >—I-0- A -9 > 0— A -I I > 0 J EXTERIOR SIGN J EXTERIOR SIGN 1 EXTERIOR SIGN 0 —0 0 SPARE _.°-14°_. PARE S J SALES AREA LTG SALES ACCENT LTG FITTING ROOM LTG TAILOR AREA LTG SALES DOWN LTG SALES DOWN LTG SALES ACCENT LTG SQUARE 'D' CLA55 8903, TYPE L ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE DAY LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW LTG SHOW WINDOW LTG SHOW WINDOW ACCENT LTG C5 AUTOMATIC TIMER WIRING DIAGRAM C, i ii zit, • } 1 1 AL tl ,x� N. C"" l .T} P i Y'FY f' •.,Y Y\ �/ �F i � 9, Y , n 4y4�• My,l•. NOT TO SCALE 6 E D C B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 Schnackel en sneers 9 o NewYork o Omaha O Los Angeles o 800 - 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ESTABL.ISMED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: I3 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E -501 . DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL tRED 1 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 1G2 sf SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL DETAILS E -501 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 18" FLOOR E4 MANAGER'S DESK ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE 1' 6' MOUNTED AT +6' -0" A.F.F. c 4' A 8' A v 1' FLOOR DETAIL NOTES: O 'T 1 " ISOLATED GROUND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR'TTB" MOUNTED AT +7' -0" A.F.F. O "S I " RECEPTACLES FOR SECURITY SYSTEM MOUNTED AT +8' -0" A.F.F. OJUNCTION BOX AND RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT +6' -0" A.F.F. FOR AUDIO AMPLIFIER AND SPEAKER CONNECTIONS. 4O PROVIDE I " CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FROM MALL TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD'TTB" TELEPHONE BOARD ELEVATION & C4 NOTES h WAN ' TAW... wpm ' rM ea+�`��", � r� ro 4 NOT TO SCALE 5 J TC -I fl MOTOR 1 I NC o O 1 II%NC II NO 11 -r -- TOM #55A200, OR EQUAL, TIMED OVERRIDE SWITCH SET FOR 2 HOURS MOTOR 1 °NC 1 • I ,No ! I NC 1 °NO I 1 SQUARE 'D' #8501 CO 15V20 SPDT RELAY MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE — o ® off NC NO L_. _I I A- I >--1 A -3 > A -5 > A -8 > A -10 > SQUARE 'D' CLASS 8903, TYPE L ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS MOUNTED IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 0- 0— 0 0 —0 — 0 0 —0 40_ SPST SWITCH, (TYPICAL) LL J SALES AREA LTG SPARE • TOKK #55A200, OR EQUAL, TIMED OVERRIDE SWITCH SET FOR 2 HOURS O N w z —TT-T1 1 0 1 1 A- 14 > C A -16> A -18> co L----J A -12> A -2 > A -4 > A -G > c C� C� C L ___1 CIRCUIT A -20 1 SQUARE 'D' #8501 COI5V20 SPDT RELAY MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE NC o °I A -7 >—I-0- A -9 > 0— A -I I > 0 J EXTERIOR SIGN J EXTERIOR SIGN 1 EXTERIOR SIGN 0 —0 0 SPARE _.°-14°_. PARE S J SALES AREA LTG SALES ACCENT LTG FITTING ROOM LTG TAILOR AREA LTG SALES DOWN LTG SALES DOWN LTG SALES ACCENT LTG SQUARE 'D' CLA55 8903, TYPE L ELECTRICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS MOUNTED IN NEMA I ENCLOSURE DAY LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW LTG SHOW WINDOW LTG SHOW WINDOW ACCENT LTG C5 AUTOMATIC TIMER WIRING DIAGRAM C, i ii zit, • } 1 1 AL tl ,x� N. C"" l .T} P i Y'FY f' •.,Y Y\ �/ �F i � 9, Y , n 4y4�• My,l•. NOT TO SCALE 6 E D C B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 Schnackel en sneers 9 o NewYork o Omaha O Los Angeles o 800 - 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com ESTABL.ISMED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: I3 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E -501 . DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL tRED 1 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 1G2 sf SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL DETAILS E -501 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 1 2 MARK SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FIXTURE MANUFACTURER/ TYPE' LAMP MANUFACTURER/ TYPE UNIT TOTAL VOLTAGE TOTAL WATTAGE A I WALL- MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE T4 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT WITH 2 LAMPS 2' RECESSED FLUORESCENT WALLWASHER. ADJUSTABLE IN BOTH THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PLANES. JUNO (2) PHILIPS PL- L36W/835 120 70 _ M5391 E -WH 51 B ORECESSED B COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT LIGHTOLIER (2) PHILIPS CFTR32WGX24cl -3 1 20/ 277 69 82421-1U/8038/I 951 B /NL ® L RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK LIGHTOLIEK (2) PHILIPS CFTR32WGX24c1 -3 2 / 69 8242HU/8038 EM/I 95 I C 4-OC RECESSED ADJUSTABLE INCANDESCENT LOW VOLTAGE DOWNLIGHT HALO ( I ) USHIO 50MRI G/NFL24 ( I ) PHILIPS 50MR 16/FL 120 50 HOUSING: H 1499T75 TRIM: 149GT D OD D RECESSED INCANDESCENT WITH DECORATIVE TRIM JUNG ( I ) PHILIPS 50PAR30UHAL/ NFL30 120V 120 50 TC2/9524 -5C E ®INCANDESCENT E PENDANT LBL LIGHTING (I) PHILIPS IOOA 130V 120 100 HS5180- OP -SC -2D G 0 GROUND -�}- TO 2 X 4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST MERCURY (3) PHILIPS F32T8/TL735 /ALTO 120 90 THERMOSTAT 35- E- 3- 32- OCT -9A- ELB- 120V -2B ABBREVIATION GML ABBREVIATION DEPT N ITI ON AFF 2 X 4 FLUORESCENT TROFFER WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK MERCURY (3) PHILIPS F32T8/11735 /ALTO 120 90 jjO: j///' � 35-E-3-32-OCT-9A- ELB- 120V- 2B -EMPK5 FACT L MC �e� SEL LIGH F T POWERED UNIVERSAL MOUNT DUAL VOLT LED EXIT DUAL -LITE INCLUDED 1 20/ 277 3.8 LXURWE Q TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD 1000 SEWING MACHINE(3) 2 X 2 RECESSED FLUORESCENT, 3" DEEP, 9 CELL PARABOLIC MERCURY (2) PHILIPS PL- L40W /835/RS 120 72 ::: 504 54- E- 2- 40- BIAX- 9 -EL5- 120V ER 7 Q/NL 20 FITTING RM LTG. SALES DOWN LTG. 2 X 2 RECESSED FLUORESCENT, 3" DEEP, 9 CELL PARABOLIC WITH INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK MERCURY ILiPS PL -L4 (2) PHILIPS i 20 72 :AA : % I am 54- E- 2- 40- BIAX- 9 -ELB- 120V -EM 1 5 10 20 1 4' FLUORESCENT STRIPLIGHT MERCURY { I) PHILIPS F32T8/TL735 /ALTO 120/ 277 32 1 TAILOR AREA LTG. MM- 1- 32- OCT- ST- ELB -UNI X 0 EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT VERIFY EXACT MANUFACTURER/MODEL WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BID) LITHONIA (2) LW (INCLUDED) 120/ 277 2 AFN W )Cr E Y Q EXISTING EXTERIOR LUMINAIRE. (SEE SHEET E- 120 FOR ADDITONAL CIRCUITING AND LAMPING INFORMATION) LIGHTOLIER (I) I OOW A 19 MAX 120 100 4839 (EXISTING) Al LIGHTING LEGEND 1 2 3 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR UNDER CONTRACT WITH JOS A BANK..EL.ECTRJCAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2' X 2' PLYWOOD MOUNTING BOARD. PAINT FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL OF MOUNTING BOARD. TERMINATE ALL PHONE LINES AT 71" GGM TELEPHONE BLOCK. ALL DATA LINES TO BE TERMINATED IN RJ48 CONNECTOR, NOT JACK. EXIT LIGHT : WALL- MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE T4 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT WITH 2 LAMPS IG ISOLATED GROUND WP - WEATHERPROOF 45 SINGLE POLE SWITCH CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLING, JACKS, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLING TO BE TAGGED AT ORIGIN, TERMINATION, AND PULL BOXES WITH TAG NUMBER, AND ROOM NAME. ALL CABLING TO DE IN SEPARATE 1/2" CONDUIT HOME -RUN TO 'T I " IN TAILOR AREA. GFI RECEPTACLE $3 THREE WAY SWITCH 51 CEILING - MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CO MI $K KEYED SWITCH 4 QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE $1= PILOT LIGHT SWITCH O. MOTOR 4iF COMBINATION SWITCH AND FUSE (FUSESTAT) D DISCONNECT SWITCH - (SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN) 0 SWITCHBOARD / DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD V COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET - SEE SCHEDULE :::: :::: 0 I® 208/120V PANELBOARD 0 TELEPHONE BOARD HEATING ONLY 0 0 480/277V PANELBOARD Be PUSHBUTTON - WEATHERPROOF WHERE REQUIRED I= 0 JUNCTION BOX a BUZZER r"-y. CONDUIT AND HOMERUN TO PANEL EXIST. LOAD I .25 SIGNAL TRANSFORMER V 0 0 GROUND -�}- TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR — 111. OSPEAKER _ I THERMOSTAT ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATION DEFINITION ABBREVIATION DEPT N ITI ON AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TI TENANT IMPROVEMENT NF NON - FUSIBLE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FACT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GFi GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR ST SHUNT TRIP TTB TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD D3 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND TAG DESCRIPTION REMARKS T I DESCRIPTION: PHONE TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT LOCATION: TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD CABLE REQUIRED: N.A. JACK REQUIRED: N.A. ELECTRICAL REQ: ONE 20 AMP I.G. QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE ON DEDICATED CIRCUIT ELEC. MOUNTING HEIGHT: +84" A.F.F. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR UNDER CONTRACT WITH JOS A BANK..EL.ECTRJCAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2' X 2' PLYWOOD MOUNTING BOARD. PAINT FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL OF MOUNTING BOARD. TERMINATE ALL PHONE LINES AT 71" GGM TELEPHONE BLOCK. ALL DATA LINES TO BE TERMINATED IN RJ48 CONNECTOR, NOT JACK. T3 DESCRIPTION: FOR P.C. MODEM LOCATION: CASHWRAP / LOGO WALL CABLE REQUIRED: CAT5 JACK REQUIRED: RJ I 1 C MOUNTING HEIGHT: + 12" A.F.F. CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLING, JACKS, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLING TO BE TAGGED AT ORIGIN, TERMINATION, AND PULL BOXES WITH TAG NUMBER, AND ROOM NAME. ALL CABLING TO BE IN SEPARATE I " CONDUIT HOME -RUN TO 'T I " IN TAILOR AREA. UTILIZE GGM TELEPHONE BLOCK. T4 DESCRIPTION: MANAGER'S PHONE VOICE TERMINAL LOCATION: MANAGER'S DESK CABLE REQUIRED: CAT5 JACK REQUIRED: RJ I 1 C MOUNTING HEIGHT: +15" A.F.F. CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLING, JACKS, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLING TO BE TAGGED AT ORIGIN, TERMINATION, AND PULL BOXES WITH TAG NUMBER, AND ROOM NAME. ALL CABLING TO BE IN SEPARATE 1/2" CONDUIT HOME -RUN TO 'T I " IN TAILOR AREA. T8 DESCRIPTION: PHONE VOICE TERMINAL LOCATION: VARIOUS CABLE REQUIRED: CAT5 I JACK REQUIRED: RJ 1 1 C MOUNTING HEIGHT: + 18 A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLING, JACKS, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLING TO BE TAGGED AT ORIGIN, TERMINATION, AND PULL BOXES WITH TAG NUMBER, AND ROOM NAME. ALL CABLING TO DE IN SEPARATE 1/2" CONDUIT HOME -RUN TO 'T I " IN TAILOR AREA. T9 DESCRIPTION: FAX LOCATION: CASHWRAP CABLE REQUIRED: CAT5 JACK REQUIRED: RJ I IC MOUNTING HEIGHT: + 18" A.F.F. CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CABLING, JACKS, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL CABLING TO BE TAGGED AT ORIGIN, TERMINATION, AND PULL BOXES WITH TAG NUMBER, AND ROOM NAME. ALL CABLING TO BE IN SEPARATE 1/2" CONDUIT HOME -RUN TO "T I" IN TAILOR AREA. UTILIZE GGM TELEPHONE BLOCK. 51 DESCRIPTION: SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROLLER LOCATION: TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD CABLE REQUIRED: 4 PAIR, TWISTED JACK REQUIRED: RJ3IX JACK MOUNTING HEIGHT: +108" A.F.F. ELECTRICAL R.EQ: TWO 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEFTACI F9 ON DEDICATED CIRCUIT ELEC. MOUNTING HEIGHT: +108" A.F.F. CONTROLLER, SENSORS, AND WIRING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY WELLS FARGO, INC. UNDER CONTRACT WITH JOS A BANK. MI DESCRIPTION: MUSIC SYSTEM AMPLIFIER LOCATION: TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD CABLE REQUIRED: N.A. JACK REQUIRED: N.A. ELECTRICAL REQ: ONE 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON DEDICATED CIRCUIT ELEC. MOUNTING HEIGHT: +60" A.F.F. AMPLIFIER AND TERMINATIONS AT AMPLIFIER, SPEAKERS, BACK130XES, WIRING, CONDUIT, AND OTHER APPURTENANT DEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MUSIC SYSTEM VENDOR UNDER CONTRACT WITH J03 A BANK. DI DESCRIPTION: LAN DATA CONNECTION LOCATION: CASHWRAP CABLE REQUIRED: CAT5 JACK REQUIRED: RJ45 MOUNTING HEIGHT: +12" A.F.F. "D I " JACK IN EACH REGISTER COUNTER TO BE CONNECTED THRU CONDUIT BETWEEN REGISTER COUNTERS. A3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVICE SCHEDULE . qt . z y.. 3 4 4 LOADS BASED ON NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE RELOCATED PANEL A CONNECTED LOAD BY PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED TOTAL DEMAND LOAD 3 PHASE A B C LIGHTING 1.25 4863 3970 4541 13374 16718 RECEPTACLES 0 360 0 360 360 MOTORS I 0 0 0 0 0 OTHER 1 6867 6667 6667 20201 20201 KITCHEN I 0 0 0 0 0 NON - SIMULTAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 HEATING ONLY 0 0 0 0 0 0 COOLING ONLY I 5152 5152 5152 15457 15457 EXIST. LOAD I .25 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 690 20 _ I LOAD TOTAL 16882 16149 1 6360 49392 52736 LOADS BASED ON NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE PANEL B CONNECTED LOAD BY PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED TOTAL DEMAND LOAD 3 PHASE A B C UGHTING 1.25 0 0 0 0 0 RECEFTACI FS 1800 1080 1 800 4680 4680 MOTORS I 0 304 448 752 752 OTHER I 6020 7070 5820 18910 18910 KITCHEN 1 0 0 0 0 0 NON - SIMULTAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 HEATING ONLY 0 0 0 0 0 0 COOLING ONLY I 4768 4768 4768 14303 14303 EXIST. LOAD 1.25 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 690 20 _ I LOAD TOTAL 12588 13222 12836 38645 38645 D4 ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY -e- CONTACTOR SCHEDULE CONTACTOR. TYPE CONTROLLED CIRCUITS NUMBER OF POLES C I SQUARE 'D' #LG SERIES A- I ,3,5,8,I0 G (NC) C2 SQUARE 'D #LG SERIES A -7,9, I I 6 (NC) • - ALSO SEE DETAIL C5/E-50 1 AUTOMATIC TIMECLOCK SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION MFR. CAT. NUMBER HOURS OF OPERATION TC- 1 DPDT, 120V, 40 AMP TIMECLOCK WITH 7 -DAY DIAL AND RESERVE POWER SUPPLY TORK W220L 9:45AM -9: 1 5PM TC -2 DPDT, 120V, 40 AMP TIMECLOCK WITH 7 -DAY DIAL AND RESERVE POWER SUPPLY TORK W220L 9:45AM -9: 1 5PM TC -3 3PST, 120V, 40 AMP TIMECLOCK WITH 7 -DAY DIAL AND RESERVE POWER SUPPLY TORK W300L 5:00PM I I :OOPM TC-4 4PST, 120V, 40 AMP TIMECLOCK WITH 7 -DAY DIAL AND RESERVE POWER SUPPLY TORK W400AL 9:45AM -9: 1 5PM D5 TIMECLOCK AND CONTACTOR SCHEDULES RELOCATED PANELBOARD °A° SCHEDULE SERVES LOAD A ML P 5 P 0 E 5 C K T # C K T # A M r 5 P 0 L E 5 LOAD SERVES A B C A B C . CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON SALES AREA LTG 648 CON NON REFRIGERATOR 830 20 I I 2 20 1 1 104 2 20 I 1000 SHOW WINDOW LTG SALES AREA LTG 432 MARKING PRESS TABLE(4) MICROWAVE 20 I 3 4 20 1 1 3 690 20 _ I SHOW WINDOW LTG SALES ACCENT LTG 1000 1330 MANAGERS PC 20 1 5 6 20 I 20 1 5 _ 1 500 I SHOW WDW ACCENT LTG _ SALES DOWN LTG. 207 1000 SEWING MACHINE(3) 20 I 7 8 20 I 504 20 1 7 8 20 FITTING RM LTG. SALES DOWN LTG. 1 000 350 20 1 9 10 20 1 1 298 1 9 10 TAILOR AREA LTG. SALES ACCENT LTG 419 20 1 I I 12 20 1 370 20 1 292 I I SALES DAYLIGHTING STEAM GENERATOR I 6667 70 3 13 14 20 1 1 200 20 1 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 14 20 I 6GG7 - -- -- 15 16 20 1 1 200 20 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 15 16 20 I 6GG7 - -- -- 17 18 20 1 _ 3W SPARE EXIST. 4 -TON RTU 17 2438 20 I _ 30 3 19 20 20 I WATER HEATER 200 1 650 LIGHTING CONTROLS 20 1 19 20 2438 I - -- -- 21 22 20 1 CASHWRAP IG QUAD VACUUM PUMP 360 1 800 RTU RECEPTS. 20 1 21 22 25 2438 - -- -- 23 24 20 1 INSTA -HOT (IWH) PRESS MACHINE CONTROLS SPARE EXIST. 5 -TON RTU 1 500 2714 1 23 24 _ 30 3 25 26 20 I 1 200 2050 SPARE 1 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 20 2.714 25 26 - -- -- 27 28 20 I BACK OF HOUSE RECEPTS EF- I SPARE 304 _ 1 2714 - -- -- 29 30 20 1 180 BACKWRAP IG RECEPT EF -2 SPARE SPARE 448 15 1 20 I 31 32 20 1 180 / SPARE SPARE 20 20 1 33 34 20 1 1 000 SPARE SPARE 20 I 35 3G 20 1 v v v SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 I 37 38 20 1 I SPARE SPARE SHOW WINDOW RECEPTS SPARE 20 I 39 40 20 1 \5O'\ _: SPARE SPARE --is,. _ SPACE ONLY 20 I _ 41 42 20 1 40 - -- -- SPARE 4768 855 11819 782 11819 1749 11819 4008 200 3188 360 2792 0 -- VOLTAGE 208/1 20V, 3P, 4W AMPS 225 LOCATION TAILORING AREA SECT I I MTG 5 MAIN M.L.O. AIC SPECS REMARKS GROUND BUS CONNECTED LOADS: A B C DESIGN VA 5273G 1 6882 16149 1 6360 DESIGN AMPS 15 I CONNECTEDDVA __ 49392 dr PANELBOARD °B° SCHEDULE SERVES LOAD A M P 5 P 0 L E 5 C K T # C K T # A M P 5 P 0 L E 5 LOAD SERVES A B C A B C CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON CON NON REFRIGERATOR 830 20 _ 1 I 2 20 I 1000 MARKING PRESS TABLE(4) MICROWAVE 1500 20 1 3 4 20 _ I 1000 IRON(5A) MANAGERS PC 360 20 1 5 6 20 I 1000 SEWING MACHINE(3) MANAGER'S RECEFT 180 20 1 7 8 20 I 1 000 BUND STITCH MACHINE(9) TOILET RECEPTS 3G0 20 1 9 10 20 I 540 SALES AREA RECEPTS EWC 370 20 _ 1 I I 12 20 I 900 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTS AUDIO RECEPT I 80 20 1 13 14 20 I 900 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTS SECURITY RECEPT5 360 20 1 15 16 20 I 360 CASHWRAP IG QUAD TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 3W 20 _ 1 17 18 20 I I 80 CASHWRAP IG RECEPT WATER HEATER 1 650 20 1 19 20 20 I 360 CASHWRAP IG QUAD VACUUM PUMP 1 800 20 1 21 22 25 2 2050 INSTA -HOT (IWH) PRESS MACHINE CONTROLS 1 500 20 1 23 24 -- -- 2050 SPARE 1 20 1 25 26 20 I 720 BACK OF HOUSE RECEPTS EF- I 304 15 1 27 28 20 I 180 BACKWRAP IG RECEPT EF -2 448 15 1 29 30 20 I 180 BACKWRAP IG RECEPT SPARE 20 1 31 32 20 I 1 000 CREASE MACHINE(I I ) SPARE 20 ' 1 33 34 v v v v 'v5P• E 0 L SPARE 20 1 35 36 ( 20 I 720 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTS SPARE 20 I 37 38 \5O'\ _: --is,. 5414.. SPACE ONLY 39 40 - -- -- 4768 SPACE ONLY _' 41 42 _ -- -- 4768 0 2840 0 4324 0 3038 0 9748 _ 0 8898 _ 0 9798 VOLTAGE 208/120V, 3P. 4W AMPS 225 LOCATION TAILORING AREA SECT _ 1 MTG 5 MAIN 200/3 AIC SPECS REMARKS GROUND BUS A B C CONNECTED LOADS: 1 2588 13222 1 2836 THIS PANEL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND BUS IN ADDITION TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS DESIGN VA 38645 DESIGN AMPS 110 CONNECTED VA 38645 PANELBOARD NOTES: "$" SYMBOL DENOTES LOCK -ON TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER. A4 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HANDLE TIES FOR ALL SINGLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT SERVE CIRCUITS THAT COMPRISE A MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT TO SIMULTANEOUSLY DISCONNECT ALL UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS IN THE MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT. 5 6 7 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 PERMITCENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL E D C B 4ft. Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 01/25/201 I Schnackel en 1 eers gn 1 NewYork o Omaha © Los Angeles 0 800 - 581 -0963 wwwschnackel.com Jos. A. BANK ESTABLISHEID .7905' SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / W PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 I PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: E -601 .DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: NWM SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND LEGENDS E -601 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 D B r L_ 1 2 3 I.01 GENERAL 2.0 I A. ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LOCAL CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. REFER IN PARTICULAR TO LANDLORDS TENANT HANDBOOK. B. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. C. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE COMPLtIt IN EVERY DETAIL. ALL MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK DESCRIBED, SHOWN, OR REASONABLY IMPLIED, ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MINOR ADJUSTMENTS TO THE WORK WHERE REQUESTED BY THE TENANT WHEN SUCH ADJUSTMENTS ARE NECESSARY TO PROPER OPERATION AND WITHIN THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT. D. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND OBSERVE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL FOR THE WORK AS DESCRIBED AND SHOWN. EXTRAS WILL NOT BE ENTERTAINED FOR FAILURE TO MAKE THIS VISIT. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCEPT SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITIONS OF THE JOB STYE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. F. CONFORM TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE AND INSTRUCTIONS THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE. AT NO TIME SHALL ANY WORK BE UNDERTAKEN WHICH SHALL INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUSINESS. ANY SHUTDOWN MUST OCCUR AFTER REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS AND MUST BE CLEARED WITH THE MANAGEMENT WITH PROPER PRIOR NOTICE GIVEN TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND /OR ENGINEER OF ERRORS, OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION OF AFFECTED WORK. FAIUNG TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING SAME WITHOUT COST TO TENANT, ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. MATERIALS A. GENERAL ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL USTED. 2. FURNISH ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A5 SPECIFIED, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFIC APPROVAL FOR SUBSTITUTION 15 GIVEN BY THE TENANT. 3. PROPOSAL SHALL BE BASED ON SPECIFIED MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. IN ORDER TO PROMOTE COMPETITION, HOWEVER, BIDDERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT ALTERNATE PROPOSALS ON ANY ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND /OR EQUIPMENT THEY WISH TO PROPOSE, INCLUDING ANY PRICE CHANGES EFFECTED BY ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES. 4. COST OF ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF ALTERNATE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ALTERNATE PROPOSAL. 5. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS WILL BE ACCEPTED OR REJECTED BEFORE ISSUANCE OF CONTRACTS. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE CONTRACT 15 SIGNED. B. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT I . LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS a. EXISTING 2. CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3. a. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT -ON TYPE. b. LIGHTING CIRCUITS WHICH ARE SWITCHED AT PANELS SHALL BE FITTED WITH SWITCHING DUTY RATED "SWD" BREAKERS c. FURNISH AND INSTALL HANDLE LOCKS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FUSES a. ALL FUSES 600 AMPERES OR LESS SHALL BE UL LISTED, CLASS RK 1 OR J, LOW-PEAK, DUAL ELEMENT, TIME DELAY, 600 VOLT. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES ARE BUSSMAN, GOULD OR SHAWMUT. C. WIRING DEVICES RECEPTACLES a. DUPLEX: HUBBELL #5362 OR EQUAL b. QUADRUPLEX: TWO HUBBELL #5362 OR EQUAL IN A COMMON JUNCTION BOX WITH A 4 -GANG COVERPLATE. c. GFCI DUPLEX: HUBBELL #GF -5362 WITH "A8" ALUMINUM COVER PLATE. d. ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX: HUBBELL #IG5362 OR EQUAL e. ISOLATED GROUND QUADRUPLEX: TWO HUBBELL #IG5362 OR EQUAL IN A COMMON JUNCTION BOX WITH A 4 -GANG COVERPLATE. 2. TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS a. TELEPHONE: HUBBELL TYPE RJ 1 IC, OR EQUAL, WITH COVER PLATE. b. MODEM: HUBBELL TYPE RJ I I C, OR EQUAL WITH COVER PLATE. c. HYPERCOM: HUBBELL TYPE RI I I C, OR EQUAL, WITH COVER PLATE. d. DATA: HUBBELL TYPE RJ45, OR EQUAL, WITH COVER PLATE. 3. SWITCHES a. SINGLE -POLE: HUBBELL #HBL- 122 I OR EQUAL b. THREE -WAY: HUBBELL #HBL- 1 223 OR EQUAL c. PILOT LIGHT: HUBBELL #HBL - 1221 -IL OR EQUAL 4. COVERPLATES a. STANDARD SIZE, THERMOPLASTIC. COLORS AS SCHEDULED BY ARCHITECT. ALL COVERPLATES FOR ALL DEVICES SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT. D. WIRE I . ALL WIRE SHALL BE COPPER. 2. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #1 2 AWG. 3. ALL CONDUCTORS # I 0 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCUD AND HAVE TYPE 'THHN" INSULATION. 4. CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN # I 0 SHALL BE STRANDED AND HAVE TYPE 'THW' INSULATION. E. SIGNALING SYSTEM I . PUSHBUTTON: EDWARDS # 1786C -B 2. TRANSFORMER: EDWARDS #596 3. BUZZER: EDWARDS # 15 -OAJ F. AUTOMATIC TIMECLOCKS I . AS SCHEDULED, OR EQUAL A4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 G. CONTACTORS I . AS SCHEDULED, OR EQUAL. 3.01 EXECUTION A. GENERAL I . WORK SHALL INCLUDE STARTUP OF ALL SYSTEMS, FURNISHING OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, WARRANTY FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND ONE YEAR GUARANTEE OF ALL WORKMANSHIP, COMMENCING ON DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE TENANT. 2. WORK SHALL ALSO INCLUDE FULL ONE (I) YEAR MAINTENANCE, PARTS AND SERVICE CONTRACT FOR ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THE CONTRACT. B. SPACE PREPARATION I . IF REQUIRED, REMOVE ANY EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWITCHES, JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC., NOT REQUIRED FOR THE NEW WORK. ANY UNUSED FIXTURES SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE PROMPTLY REMOVED FROM THE SITE. C. EXISTING EQUIPMENT I . IF ANY OF THE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, INCWDING PANELS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ETC., 5 ADEQUATELY SIZED AND IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION, IT MAY BE REUSED. BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ALL ADDITIONAL CONDUIT AND WIRING AND CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW EQUIPMENT, ETC. VERIFY SIZE AND VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS OF EXISTING SERVICE AT SITE. IF EXISTING SERVICE IS NOT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR DISPOSITION PRIOR TO BID. 2. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, ORIENTATIONS, SIZES, ETC. AND AVAILABILITY FOR REUSE OF ANY DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AT THE LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION CENTER. TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY, COORDINATE ANY NEWLY REQUIRED WORK AT THE DISTRIBUTION CENTER WITH THE LANDLORD. IF ANY ISSUES ARISE WITH REGARD TO REUSE OF SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT, CONTACT ARCHITECT AND /OR ENGINEER PRIOR TO BID. BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED WORK AT LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION CENTER AND SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY ASPECT, AS REQUIRED, TO ACCOMMODATE THIS INTENT. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED FOR WORK NOT INCLUDED IN BASE BID. 3. FOR ANY REUSED EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT AND DtItRMINE ITS SIZE AND CONDITION PRIOR TO BID. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR REUSED EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING: a. REFURBISHMENT OF ALL REUSED EQUIPMENT TO BRING TO LIKE NEW CONDITION, AND b. PROVIDING A I YEAR REPLACEMENT WARRANTY (INCLUDING EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP) FOR ALL REUSED EQUIPMENT. D. TEMPORARY SERVICE I . IF REQUIRED, PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING WHILE EQUIPMENT 15 BEING REPLACED TO ALLOW FOR LIGHTING AND POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AS REQUIRED UNTIL THE NEW EQUIPMENT 15 READY TO BE INSTALLED. WHEN REPLACING EQUIPMENT, KEEP SHUTDOWN TIME TO A MINIMUM. E. NEW EQUIPMENT I . CONNECT ALL CIRCUITS TO PANELS A5 REQUIRED. CIRCUITS SHALL BE ARRANGED ON THE PANELS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY CHANGE IN CIRCUITING DUE TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO AFFECTING THE CHANGE. ANY WORK PERFORMED ASIDE FROM THAT SHOWN, INDICATED OR IMPLIED, MUST 5E APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER AND /OR ENGINEER BEFORE STARTING. PANELS SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% BETWEEN PHASES. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW TYPEWRITTEN PANEL DIRECTORIES. 3. IDENTIFY AND LABEL ALL ELECTRICAL SERVICE INCLUDING DISCONNECT SWITCHES, PANELS, PUSHBUTTONS AND STARTERS EQUIPMENT WITH ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES. 4. ORDER EQUIPMENT ON A TIMELY BASIS (1MTHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CONTRACT) TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ENTIRE INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE I I 0 -26 AND THAT ALL REQUIRED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES ARE MAINTAINED AND ACCOUNTED FOR. ADJUSTMENTS TO LAYOUT SHOWN TO ACCOMMODATE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE DISCUSSED WITH ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER SO AS TO MINIMIZE IMPACT ON OTHER SYSTEMS. G. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT RATING AND PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER AND BRANCH DEVICES AS REQUIRED. 7. CONNECT ALL TIMECLOCKS AS INDICATED AND REQUIRED. CONNECTION OF CIRCUITS TO TIMECLOCKS SHALL BE SUCH THAT STORE CAN BE CONTROLLED WITH THE INTENT SHOWN. FURNISH AND INSTALL LABELS ON SWITCHES AS REQUIRED TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS BEING CONTROLLED. LABELS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED TO COVER PLATES. F. WIRING I . ALL WIRE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT AND SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW. 2. CONDUIT IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED. CONDUIT IN UNFINISHED AREAS MAY BE EXPOSED. 3. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRAIGHT LINES PARALLEL WITH OR PERPENDICULAR TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SHALL BE SEPARATED BY AT LEAST 3" INCHES FROM DOMESTIC WATER ONES WHENEVER ALONG SIDE OR ACROSS SUCH ONES. 4. ROMEX IS NOT PERMITTED. 5. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR TYPE MC CABLE MAY BE USED FOR FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ONLY, AND WHERE SO USED, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE FULL SIZED GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. a. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 6'-0" IN LENGTH. G. CONDUIT EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE RIGID. ALL OTHER CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT. a. CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL BE COMPRESSION OR THREADED TYPE, USE OF SET SCREW FITTINGS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 7. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS, CEIUNGS, FLOORS, ETC. 50 THAT THEY ARE AIR, WATER AND FIRE TIGHT. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE FIRE PROOFED TO THE SAME OR GREATER RATING THAN THAT OF THE ASSEMBLY. WHERE CONFLICT OCCURS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT. 5 G. WIRING DEVICES 1 . VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND DEVICES WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL OUTLET BOXES, DEVICES, COVERPLATE5 AND FLANGES A5 REQUIRED. 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL RECEPTACLES AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT + 18" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER OF THE DEVICE BOX. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT +48" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER OF THE DEVICE BOX. 4. MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT MAY BE NOTED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS - SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO COORDINATE. 5. ISOLATED GROUND AND GFI RECEPTACI F9 SHALL BE RATED AT 20 AMPERES AND SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED INSULATED GREEN GROUND WIRE, THE GROUND WIRE SHALL BE RUN CONTINUOUS AND UNSPUCED BETWEEN THE DEVICE AND THE PANEL GROUND BUS. H. LIGHTING I . SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, CEILING GRIDS, ETC. AND NOTES AND OTHER SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROCURE ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES FROM OWNER AND INSTALL THEM IN THE LOCATIONS SHOWN AS REQUIRED. INSTALL ALL FIXTURES A5 REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. LEAVE PROTECTIVE COVERING/FILM IN PLACE ON FIXTURES UNTIL FINAL CLEAN -UP. INSTALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN RATED CEILING 50 A5 TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF RATING. REPLACE ANY LAMPS THAT HAVE EXPIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND MAKE ALL ADJUSTMENTS TO FIXTURES FOR DIRECTION AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO COMPLETION. 3. SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES ACROSS CEILING TEES OR FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE. IN NO CASE SHALL CEILING TILES OR PLASTER CEILING SUPPORT ANY FIXTURES. 4. WIRE EMERGENCY BALLAST AND BATTERY UGHTS ON SAME CIRCUIT IN AREA AND AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. 5. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT SIGNS AND PROVIDE POWER AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE THIS PORTION OF THE WORK WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED. I. SPECIALTY EQUIPMENT I . THE OWNER WILL FURNISH AN ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR FOR THIS PROJECT. THE ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR WILL BE INSTALLED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR. REPRESENTATIVE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PERFORM THE FOLLOWING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS INSTALLATION: a. FURNISH AND INSTALL POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT TO ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR AS REQUIRED. b. DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. c. FURNISH AND INSTALL 120V POWER WRING AND CONDUIT TO ELECTRIC STEAM GENERATOR CONTROLS A5 REQUIRED. d. FURNISH AND INSTALL LIGHTED PILOT SWITCH ON WALL FOR CONTROL OF TAILOR SHOP EXHAUST FAN AS REQUIRED. J. TELEPHONE I . NEW TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD SHALL BE 4-O" x 8' -O" PLYWOOD x 3/4" PAINTED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, MOUNTED ON WALL, READY TO RECEIVE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL A I" CONDUIT FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD FROM LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY AND /OR LANDLORD. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY AND LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE IN FIELD. CONTACT THE TELEPHONE COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR TELEPHONE. SERVICE. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUIT REQUIRED. K. TEMPERATURE CONTROL I . TEMPERATURE CONTROL WORK WILL BE A PART OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACT. L. SOUND SYSTEM I . ALL SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SPEAKERS AND ASSOCIATED CABLING, 5 PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. M. SUBMITTALS 1 . SUBMIT FIVE COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL EQUIPMENT FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT. ONE COPY WILL BE RETAINED FOR RECORD. ONLY FURNISH SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. N. PROJECT CLOSE -OUT I . UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, PREPARE LIGHTING AND POWER PROJECT RECORD AS- GUILTS. PRESENT THE COMPLETED DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WORK, ANY PANELBOARD INFORMATION, FINAL SWITCHING, ETC. 2. FURNISH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS AND WARRANTIES TO TENANT AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 6 RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED J E D C B • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 12/13/2010 Schnackel engineers , NewYork o Omaha n Los Angeles to 800- 581 -0963 wwwschnackeLcom ESTABLISHED ;.1905. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 10191 E -701 . DWG 12/10/2010 NWM AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 162 sf E -701 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM • U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 .E B PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM A FILE LOCATION: p:12010\10191 \Sheets \IF- 110.dwg L_ O N 5' -0" 1 5' -O" 3" AC 1 9 N F -3 .A F-3 .0 F- .A A Di GRAPHIC PANEL ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" EQUAL EQUAL NO. DESCRIPTION O48" B02 INCOMING WORK RAIL, REFER TO I FOR MOUNTING DETAILS O 12" DEEP SHELVING AT GG" A.F.F., REFER TO m FOR MOUNTING DETAILS. IF -702 O48" X 20" SEWING MACHINE 4 O 30" X GO" MARKING / PRESS TABLE (36" X 72" OPTIONAL SIZE WHEN REQUESTED BY TENANT) O20" X 48" BLIND STITCH MACHINE O DETAILS 96" OUTGOING WORK RAIL, REFER TO IF-702 MOUNTING O FOR MOUNTING DETAILS PRESS BULKHEAD SHELVING, REFER TO IF-702 0MINI 8A FAK PRESSING MACHINE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 8B PACIFIC STEAM BOILER BENEATH PRESSING MACHINE 8C VACUUM, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0, IRON, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8E BLOW -DOWN SEPERATOR WITH VENT, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O. FLOOR SINK / DRAIN, FLUSH WITH FLOOR FINISH - NO PLASTIC PIPE PERMITTED, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. OGENERAL IRON 10 CHAIR D5 TAILORING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE IIMPPT 22 T : 0 �I EQUAL EQUAL 1 -J 0 0 } W1 Q O N (1 r-26.0 F -26.0 1 F -26.0 B.O. SOFFIT ENTRY 1 002 Al FIXTURE PLAN KEY NOTES A2 FIXTURE PLAN 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 B WINDOW BEYOND, FOR REFERENCE. 24' -0" SALES AREA 1 003 2' -8" (WH -0 I ) 11 H F 0 I F -30A 0.9- FITTING AREA 1 004 �- A\ 1 REEVE WALL SYSTEM, REFER TO A -1 I 0 AND A -501 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. / I 1 I . 1 4.10 PRELIMINARY FIXTURE LAYOUT A 2 30 "X78" 'FLYWALL' GRAPHIC PANEL. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, REFER TO D1 -A A 1 1 .22.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A I 1 .28. 10 3 2G "X70 "'TRIPTYCH' GRAPHIC PANEL, GROUPED IN THREE WITH 1/2" D1 -B CLEARANCE BETWEEN PANELS. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, REFER TO APPROVED 4 24 "X72" FRAMED MIRROR, WALL MOUNTED AT 8' -0" A.F.F. 5 3G "X72" FRAMED MIRROR, WALL MOUNTED AT 8' -0" A.F.F. 6 MANAGER'S DESK AND FILE CABINETS 7 REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE 8 PREFABRICATED PADDED BENCH 9 ACCESSORIES WALL - SLATWALL PANEL ON 3/4" PLYWOOD. TOP OF PANEL TO ALIGN W/ SHIRT WALL FIXTURES. 10 MULTIPLE CLOTHING HOOK, REFER TO 51 AND B3 ON SHEET A -402 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11 1 2 "X48 "X I 0-0" H. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 1 2 "X36 "X 10' -0" 1i. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 1 1AI 12 18 "X48 "X 10-0" H. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 18 "X36 "X I O' -O" H. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 12A1 13 UTILITY SINK, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 14 42" HIGH STEEL STORAGE CABINET W/ ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. 15 PREFERRED LOCATION FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER. G.C. TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS W/ LOCAL JURISDICTION. 16 ALARM PAD - COORDINATE W/ SECURITY VENDOR. 17 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT AND AUDIO EQUIPMENT, PAINTED TO MATCH WALL. 18 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. FLOOR CLEARANCES INDICATED TO BE MAINTAINED UP TO 72" A.F.F. AT ALL TIMES. 19 UNDER SHELVING TASK LIGHTING - REFER TO A -120 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 20 WALL MOUNTED MANNEQUIN 21 30 "X34" WALL MOUNTED PLAQUE 22 40 "X48" WALL MOUNTED PLAQUE 22 T : 0 �I EQUAL EQUAL 1 -J 0 0 } W1 Q O N (1 r-26.0 F -26.0 1 F -26.0 B.O. SOFFIT ENTRY 1 002 Al FIXTURE PLAN KEY NOTES A2 FIXTURE PLAN 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 2 B WINDOW BEYOND, FOR REFERENCE. 24' -0" SALES AREA 1 003 2' -8" (WH -0 I ) 11 H F 0 I F -30A 0.9- FITTING AREA 1 004 �- A\ 11.05.10 CARTOON / I 1 I . 1 4.10 PRELIMINARY FIXTURE LAYOUT A 1 1.18.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A 1 1 .22.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A I 1 .28. 10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A 12.7.10 APPROVED D3 LAYOUT REVISIONS RECORD 10 WOMEN'S MEN'S TAILORING TOILET TOILET AREA 005 1 006 007 I E I . ALL SALES FLOOR FIXTURES TO BE PLACED 3' -0" CLEAR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. FOR INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS, REFER TO SHEET 1F-701. 3. FOR FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS, REFER TO SHEETS IF -702 THRU IF -704. 4. BLOCKING FOR ACCESSORIES WALL, EXALIBUR SHELVES AND SHELVING OVER TAILOR SHOP DESKS TO BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN ON SHEET A-40 1 5. CONFIRM LATEST LAYOUT REVISION W/ JAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF FIXTURES. D4 GENERAL NOTES 5'A F -30.0 F -30A O" CLEAR L 15 16 0'9-: cn F -6.0 6' -0" F-6.0 EQ.-) 9' -8" F -25.0 I1 V 11 V 01 L LJ FN I rr F -8.0 FN / F -14.0 F -14.0 =C==.7. = = = = = =) F -14.0 F -14.0 12' -6" r 0 m L 12'-0" I I I I I I I CLEARS L_ _ _ CLEAR 48x12 4- 48x12 11 4- 11 11 1 14 93 N A �\ 12A C10 0 36x l 8 12 rJwi 48x 18 Y ELECT. ROOM r L_- 18 12 D PRESS AREA F -9.0 t/0 •0-: F -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC 1 F -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC 23' -8" F -10.0 F -12.0 HC SHIRTS & TIES (SHIRT WALL) 'W -0 (SLAT WALL) ACCESSORIES .7 .;* , . ,.. 5487'' 1 «0 • 1 -26.0 F- 6.0 F -26. \\ (0 EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. 22 P1 EQ. EQ 11 Ilil�iiiiiiiiiiiiiii■'�i 11 Illiiihii 14' -0" F -30.A (W1-0 n _ { 5' -'1 1' F -30.0 n 8' -0" (LAYOUT TBD) (D 10 O 00 fl n F -2.0 F -2.0 CASUAL 0 I1 r EQ. EQ. 70' -5 1/2" 71 0 MINN NMI IMINNE 9 1- N 0 0 M 00.00180.10...010030=0.01.110,1251:21.0:011000301011:120.81701.1101 71200 19 typical MAIN ENTR EQ. 4' 1E1 EQ. (LAYO TBD) 14' -4" RE IEWED FOR COD COMPLIANCE PMED CO of Tukwila BUIL INr nnnRlnm 3 4 ENTRY 1 5 6 O N C N 0 0 m C2D B A ECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER N„ •• IF -110 • Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 :r°s. A. BANK ESTABLISHED .. 1.905: SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 • ' �N� °.t,.° 'rR4' N 1•11" • � . 7t+$d. '+r ai< REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: I F- I I O. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE PLAN AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf GOO sf 162 sf J UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 M MM MIN NEM■ EMU E ■■.. I� D PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM FILE LOCATION: p: \2010 \10191\Sheets \IF- 701.ct,✓g . L- 1 O 4 FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 23.08 - CASH WRAP SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 18.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION F- I1.0HC PLAN FIXTURE 11.0 HC SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 4.0 SCALE: 1,/4" =11-0" F-4.0 PLAN 0 ! 0 48° m ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 32.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" REFER TO KEYNOTE I 1 ON SHEET F101. L_ co FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FRONT ELEVATION F- 1 6.013 -11C PLAN FIXTURE 16.0 B -HC Migtr } i kl e 11 .. SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" ■EMM• MIN =. 111=•1 FRONT ELEVATION F -1 I .0 PLAN FIXTURE 11.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION 1 F -3.0 1 FIXTURE 3.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" PLAN 2 O 0 48" ELEVATION = = Cr) !t PLAN FIXTURE 31.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" REFER TO KEYNOTE 12 ON SHEET F101. 2 FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 23.OA - BACK WRAP SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION F -16.0 PLAN FIXTURE 16.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 10.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 2.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" PLAN FRONT ELEVATION F -30.A f �} \ / PLAN FIXTURE 30.A SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN - FRONT ELEVATION J la 1 f PLAN FIXTURE 15.OAB SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 9.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN 11 FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 'LOB 3SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" F -1.013 PLAN FRONT ELEVATION F -30.0 PLAN FIXTURE 30.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" ISOMETRIC VIEW PLAN FIXTURE 20.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" 1. FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 15.0 •nll"� Y J vArd .. .,.. t d "_Mry SOF Sif.x"iki SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION i F -8.0 PLAN FIXTURE 8.0 HC SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION F- 1.OAHC PLAN FIXTURE 1.OA HC SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" 4 FRONT ELEVATION F -26.0 PLAN FIXTURE 26.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" I I r - - -1 E = = =3 FRONT ELEVATION F -19.0 PLAN FIXTURE 19.0 HC SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 14.0 K.: C Y 1 Z SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION 1 FIXTURE 8.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" F -8.0 PLAN FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 1.OA SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" f=_! .OA PLAN 5 FRONT ELEVATION F -25.0 PLAN FIXTURE 25.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" L _J \ 1 1 I€ I C = =\i I I/ I fi ==='A r -- 1 I 1 1 1• I === FRONT FRONT ELEVATION PLAN FIXTURE 19.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION F -13.0 PLAN FIXTURE 13.0 ? l 5 f� f+ SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" 11 FRONT ELEVATION NMI F -6.0 PLAN FIXTURE 6.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION 210- F- I .O I1C PLAN FIXTURE 1.0 HC SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" of FRONT ELEVATION II - 9L - - -- . F -24.0 PLAN FIXTURE 24.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION F -I5.O I-C 1 PLAN FIXTURE 18.0 HC SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" FRONT ELEVATION F- 12.0 PLAN FIXTURE 12.0 �%• 4 7.Y .n.'� r... al. 'V.tt wD .' k. t M �t'r -s, r -e tt r�.e�r SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 5.0 SCALE: 1/4" =11-0" F -5.0 PLAN FRONT ELEVATION FIXTURE 1.0 SCALE: 1/4" 6 1' -0" F -1 .0 PLAN E D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Ca Ws€ >. 7 = L.J a: L' : 0 a„ m e4 tr... ,, Z (Ail" vv trt gril CD J °S. A. BANK ESTABLISHED, 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 ,544,-,;,, r "f +^if10 r j ryk +,� at4' S 5,'1 � , S aGI lj 7_ 1 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW CODE FOR DE COMPLIANCE h'■ 1 1 cull City of Tukwila BUILDING niviRtnN RECEIVED DEC 162010 A PERMIT CENTER PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 10191 I F -701. DWG 12/10/2010 MV AS NOTED SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf IF-701 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 D C B PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM FILE LOCATION: p:\2010 \10191 \Sheets \IF - [-INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844-I4 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT", REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM Of THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND RACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP # I B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) I C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844-I4 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 3. LOWER SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) - U5E REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET'S AT 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. UPPER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR G. LOWER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (I 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 7. INSTALL ONE 25" LONG SHELF ONTO EACH SET OF 4 SHELF RESTS ABOVE. L_ III I. � "Iil STRAIGHT AHEAD LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN), TYP. #844 - 14, TYP. SECTION THROUGH STANDARDS D1 PAIR OF 3 SHELVES (FS -01) SCALE: NONE LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) • #225 -. #544- 14- 1 I -2" #844 -I I _ - -O' 871 -12 TYPICAL DETAIL 00 #871 -I2 N SECTION THROUGH STANDARD BI INCOMING (SR -01) #844 -14 #844-I4 matimIllar Flr #225 -48 #226 -M -EXT #87I -I2 #55 -845 r--#225-48 #871 -I2-� #226 -M -EXT #55 -845 2' -0" 2' -0" ELEVATION 2 INSTRUCTIONS 1. GOOSENECK I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE "JAB GOOSENECK BRACKET" (12° TALL, 14" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANGROD ADAPTER) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF HORIZONTAL PORTION OF BRACKET 5 AT 39" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -EXT "END CAF' (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO END OF HANGROD - REPEAT AT OTHER END OF HANGROD I C. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTERS OF GOOSENECK BRACKET 50 THE HANGROD I5 CENTERED BETWEEN THE BRACKETS 2. UPPER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. - 25. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTOTHE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #1B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 3 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 3C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 4. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - U5E REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5. LOWER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1 , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET'S AT 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 3 �inhly vlil„ �,,. PI,4 �,yyi,lli LEFT SIDE ik #225 -24 STRAIGHT AHEAD RIGHT SIDE "JAB GOOSENECK" I #F -2.0 1 ' -2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1' -2" #844 - 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" #844 - 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 11 SECTION THROUGH STANDARDS D2 GOOSENECK AND 3 SHELVES (FS -02) SCALE: NONE INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER SHELF ROW 1 A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 1 10" A.F.F. - AI-1 tR St i 1 ING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER' AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP # I B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) I C. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGH HOLE IN SHELF REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 92" A.F.F. 3. UPPER HANGROD ROW 3A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871 12 "SHELF BRACKET' (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 86" A.F.F. - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 35. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #5S -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 5S -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 3C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED) " - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 3D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 "HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -24 (24' LONG) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #5S -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW 15 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 4. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 3, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 44" A.F.F. SCALE: NONE LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 u 1' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #871 -12 I ' -2" I ' -0" SECTION THROUGH STANDARD 0 r O N #844 -14 #844 -14 #871 -12 EQUAL EQUAL t 4' -0" ELEVATION Al OVER SEWING MACHINE (SR -04) SCALE: NONE 1 INSTRUCTIONS 1 . UPPER SHELF ROW IA. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 100" A.F.F. - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW DE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #1B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) I C. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGH HOLE IN SHELF REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. MIDDLE SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 82" A.F.F. 3. LOWER SHELF ROW 3A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871 -12 "SHELF BRACKET' (12" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT G6" A.F.F. ALIGN CENTERLINE OF MIDDLE STANDARD WITH CENTERLINE OF ADJACENT MANAGER'S DESK (NOT SHOWN) 2 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) c() LOCATION OF #844 - 14-� #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I - Q #844 - 14 #225 -X`♦ X #SS -8451 1 J1 i - TYPICAL DETAIL 1 ' -0" #87 2 11 L t` #871 -12 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD B3 WILL CALL (SR -02) INSTRUCTIONS I . HANGROD ROW (LEFT SIDE) I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871 - 12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 38" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 15. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 "HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 1 C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO END OF HANGROD - REPEAT AT OTHER END OF HANGROD I D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTERS ( #55 -845) 50 THE HANGROD IS CENTERED BETWEEN THE BRACKETS 2. UPPER SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) 2A. BRACKET - U5E REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 42" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR Ari tR SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST- LEFT", REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - PROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2D (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 3 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH 110LE OF EACH REST 3. UPPER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR. OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5. LOWER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 1 2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR co LEFT SIDE LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 ' -2" 11911 li�il6i! STRAIGHT AHEAD uiui l�Illli'i�� III 1111 ^i:xPiVIL RIGHT SIDE LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 11-2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 ' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) SECTION THROUGH STANDARDS D4 HIGH SHELF W/ HANGROD AND 3 SHELVES (FS -03) SCALE: NONE #844- 14 #844 14 1111 It ' 1 I, #87 I -12 ') #SS -845 8' =0" f ELEVATION l iskaxvs. _?h C SCALE: NONE #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 #225 XX #55 -SN -MT 3 3 (TOP OF BRACKET k BOTTOM OF BULKHEAD) 9 9 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD A3 PRESS BULKHEAD (SR -05) SCALE: NONE 3 #87 I - 12 #5S- 8N3BKT 2' -0" 2' -0" 1. 2' -0" I. 2' -0" 8' =0" • • ELEVATION 4 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 1 ' -2" INSTRUCTIONS I. HANGROD ROW (LEFT SIDE) I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871-12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 32" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET IC. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO END OF HANGROD - REPEAT AT OTHER END OF HANGROD 1 D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 (24" LONG) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTERS ( #S5 -845) 50 THE HANGROD 15 CENTERED BETWEEN THE BRACKETS 2. UPPER SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST- LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2D (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 3 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST LEFT SIDE STRAIGHT AHEAD LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" RIGHT SIDE 11-2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 ' -2" #844- 14 3. UPPER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR O r 4. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5^ LOWER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" #844 -14 TYPICAL DETAIL LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #F -2.0 't- B5 LOW SHELF WI HANGROD AND 3 SHELVES (FS -04) SCALE: NONE 1' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 - 14 I' -2" 1 ' -2" 1' -2" - o • 0 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD #844 - 14 #844 I4 1 #844 - 14 Q/ 2' -0" 2' -0" 5' -0" EQ, INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER SHELF ROW IA. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 1 1 9" A.F.F. - AI- I ER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT` - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKET'S MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP # I B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) IC. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGI t t IOLC IN CI ELU- REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. SECOND SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 98" A.F.F. 3. THIRD SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 80" A.F.F. 4. FOURTH SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (I 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT GG" A.F.P. 5. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 52" A.P.P. ALIGN CENTERLINE OF MIDDLE STANDARD WITH CENTERLINE OF ADJACENT MANAGER'S DESK (NOT SHOWN) ELEVATION B5 MANAGER'S DESK (SR -03) REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE 4APPri 7.7 City of Tukwila OUILDIN% ruing Tiro - f w vM� =3Fi •Y .'E R .. ,.e1 ,.. -. fit`. >Y • SCALE: NONE 5 INSTRUCTIONS 1. UPPER SHELF ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 108" A.F.F. - AFTER 5E11 ING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 15. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R " -RIGHT - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #15 (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) IC. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGH HOLE IN SHELF REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 90" A.F.F. 3. UPPER ROW 3A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #S58N BKT 3 -3 " HANGROD BRACKET' (3" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANG ROD ADAPTER) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 84 A.F.F. - Ai-I tR SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 3B. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -D T "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 3C. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -24 (24" LONG))` PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 6 RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER E D C Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ESTA BLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB 1 LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: 1F-702. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: MV SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 1G2 sf SHEET TITLE: FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS IF-702 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 4'" - , ,,,.,.'�"...:t i q�+'':i . ,,,.. g y wERg lmw a- % � d .F,, I_. 9F. f fs..'..:y`n�e .ter � . �10250-0114.0,141h5, „:::;,;.,.r #87 I - 12 #5S- 8N3BKT 2' -0" 2' -0" 1. 2' -0" I. 2' -0" 8' =0" • • ELEVATION 4 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 1 ' -2" INSTRUCTIONS I. HANGROD ROW (LEFT SIDE) I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871-12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 32" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET IC. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO END OF HANGROD - REPEAT AT OTHER END OF HANGROD 1 D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 (24" LONG) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTERS ( #S5 -845) 50 THE HANGROD 15 CENTERED BETWEEN THE BRACKETS 2. UPPER SHELF ROW (LEFT SIDE) 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE LEFT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST- LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2D (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 3 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST LEFT SIDE STRAIGHT AHEAD LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" RIGHT SIDE 11-2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 ' -2" #844- 14 3. UPPER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR O r 4. MIDDLE SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, SO TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5^ LOWER SHELF ROW (RIGHT SIDE) - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS, USING THE RIGHT PAIR OF STANDARDS, 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 12" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" #844 -14 TYPICAL DETAIL LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #F -2.0 't- B5 LOW SHELF WI HANGROD AND 3 SHELVES (FS -04) SCALE: NONE 1' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 - 14 I' -2" 1 ' -2" 1' -2" - o • 0 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD #844 - 14 #844 I4 1 #844 - 14 Q/ 2' -0" 2' -0" 5' -0" EQ, INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER SHELF ROW IA. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 1 1 9" A.F.F. - AI- I ER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT` - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKET'S MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP # I B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) IC. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGI t t IOLC IN CI ELU- REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. SECOND SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 98" A.F.F. 3. THIRD SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 80" A.F.F. 4. FOURTH SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (I 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT GG" A.F.P. 5. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 52" A.P.P. ALIGN CENTERLINE OF MIDDLE STANDARD WITH CENTERLINE OF ADJACENT MANAGER'S DESK (NOT SHOWN) ELEVATION B5 MANAGER'S DESK (SR -03) REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE 4APPri 7.7 City of Tukwila OUILDIN% ruing Tiro - f w vM� =3Fi •Y .'E R .. ,.e1 ,.. -. fit`. >Y • SCALE: NONE 5 INSTRUCTIONS 1. UPPER SHELF ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 108" A.F.F. - AFTER 5E11 ING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 15. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R " -RIGHT - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #15 (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) IC. SCREW ATTACHMENT - USE SCREWS 1/8" SHORTER THAN THE SHELF THICKNESS - ALIGN SHELF WITH SHELF REST - FROM BELOW, TIGHTEN SCREW UP THROUGH HOLE IN SHELF REST, INTO SHELF CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 90" A.F.F. 3. UPPER ROW 3A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #S58N BKT 3 -3 " HANGROD BRACKET' (3" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANG ROD ADAPTER) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 84 A.F.F. - Ai-I tR SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 3B. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -D T "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 3C. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -24 (24" LONG))` PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 6 RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER E D C Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, California 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 ESTA BLISHED 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB 1 LL/ PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: 10191 FILE: 1F-702. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: MV SCALE: AS NOTED GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 4, 102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf G00 sf 1G2 sf SHEET TITLE: FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS IF-702 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 B PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM FILE LOCATION: p:12010\10191\Sheets \IF 3/4 PROFILE ACCESSORY WALL SYSTEM PLEA -BI N ACCESSORY WALL SYSTEM ACCESSORY HOOK 3/4 PROFILE ACCESSORY HOOK INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER PLEXI -BIN ROW - SET THE FIRST PLEXI -BIN SO TOP OF BIN'S AT 74" A.F.F. - SLIDE TIGHT TO THE LEFT WALL FRAME - REPEAT THE ABOVE USING PLEXI -131N5 OF THE SAME SIZE - A COMPLETE ROW IS 6O "± LONG 2. SECOND PLEA-BIN ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF BIN AT G I " A.F.F. 3. THIRD PLEXI -BIN ROW REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF BIN AT 48" A.F.F. 4. FOURTH PLEXI -BIN ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF BIN AT 35" A.F.F. 5. FIFTH PLEXI -BIN ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF BIN AT 22" A.F.F. G. LOWER PLEXI -BIN ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF BIN AT 9" A.F.F. 7. UPPER SOCK ROW - SET FIRST SOCK HOOK 50 TOP OF HOOK I5 AT 77" A.F.F. - SLIDE TO 2" OFF THE RIGHT WALL FRAME - A COMPLETE ROW IS 82"+ LONG (19 HOOKS, EVENLY SPACED) 8. SECOND SOCK ROW - REPEAT STEP!, LOCATING TOP OF HOOK AT G4" A.F.F. 9. THIRD SOCK ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF HOOK AT 51" A.F.F. 10. FOURTH SOCK ROW - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING TOP OF HOOK AT 38" A.F.F. 11. LOWER SOCK ROW - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING TOP OF HOOK AT 19" A.F.F. L_ PLEXI -BIN ACCESSORY HOOK PLEXI -BIN ACCESSORY HOOK PLEXI -BIN ACCESSORY HOOK PLEXI -SIN 1�ECTION TH-OUG11 IN D1 ACCESSORY WALL (AW -01) SCALE: NONE PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS 1. UPPER SHELF ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #544- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 72" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AF-I tR SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 113. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST- LEFT", REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKET'S MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET REPEATING THIS STEP (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) I C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 2. SECOND SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (I 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT GO" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 3. THIRD SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. FOURTH SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 3G" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5. FIFTH ROW - USE REEVE #544- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP I , LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 6. LOWER ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 15 AT 1 2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR Al 6 SHELVES (WH -04) SCALE: NONE ECTION THRO GI-11100 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN). 1' -2" #844 -14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) l'-2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 I ' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 - 14 11-2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) I ' -2" #844- 14 #500LX -8 0 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS I . UPPER HANGROD ROW I A. BRACKET- USE REEVE #871-12 "SHELF BRACKET' (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 83" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - BRACKETS WITH PULL -OUT ATTACHMENT - ON WALLS WITHOUT FLY WALLS IN FRONT, CENTER 1 PULL -OUT BRACKET IN EVERY 8' OR 1 0' WIDTH OF WALL - ON WALL WITH FLY WALLS IN FRONT, PLACE A PULL -OUT BRACKET IN THE CLOSEST STANDARD LEFT OF THE FLY -WALL GROUPING - DO THE SAME ON THE RIGHT OF THE FLY -WALL GROUPING - ON THE REMAINING WALL ON EITHER SIDE OF THE FLY - WALLS, CENTER I PULL -OUT BRACKET IN EVERY 8' OR 1 0' WIDTH OF WALL - NEVER PLACE PULL -OUT BRACKETS DIRECTLY BEHIND FLY -WAI 15 - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. HANGROD ADAI- I tR - USE REEVE #55 -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET I C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 1D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW IS COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 2. LOWER HANGROD ROW - USE REEVE #871 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1 (LESS PULL -OUT ATTACHMENT), LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 42" BELOW TOP OF UPPER BRACKET D2 DOUBLE HUNG (WH -01) SCALE: NONE PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD t/ t I ' -0" #871 -12 (CENTER BRACKET WITH PULL OUT BAR SHOWN) #SS -845 ♦` #225 -XX 411. Igo TYPICAL DETAIL 1 ' -2' #871 -14 #500LX -8 =ION THROUGH STANDARD #55 -235 - 14 (BEYOND) #SS -5N- 5KT -3 -3 I NSTRUCTIDNS I. FACEOUT ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #558N BKT 3 -3 " HANGROD BRACKET" (3" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANG ROD) LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 84" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -DCT "END CAF' (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW I C. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAt' I tR - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTtR - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN ECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS I D. HANGROD FACEOUT - USE REEVE #55 -235- 14 " HANGROD FACEOUT' (14" LONG) - CENTER A FACEOUT ON EACH 24" SECTION OF HANGROD - PUSH FACEOUT DOWN OVER HANGROD TO SET IN PLACE 2. UPPER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #15 (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3. MIDDLE SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 4. LOWER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 1, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 1 2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 2° T LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN)- #844- 14 ' -2" LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844 -14 11-2" 0 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) #844- 14 I ' -2" #500LX -8 O cO A2 FACEOUT W/ 3 SHELVES (WH -05) SALE: NONE SECTION THROUGH STANDARD 3 PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS 1 . UPPER HANGROD ROW 1 A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #SS8N BKT 3 -3 " HANGROD BRACKET' (3" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANG ROD) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET'S AT 93" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 1 C. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #SS -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW IS COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS I D. HANGROD FACEOUT - USE REEVE #55 -235- 14 " HANGROD FACEOUT' ( 1 4" LONG) - CENTER A FACEOUT ON EACH 24" SECTION OF HANGROD - PUSH FACEOUT DOWN OVER HANGROD TO SET IN PLACE 2. LOWER HANGROD ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 58" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER Sti I ING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 2C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 2D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW 5 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS D4 TOP COAT (WH -02) SCALE: NONE PROFILE 1 1 I ■ 0 I � o #225 -XX #571 -I4 #225 -XX♦ #SS -845 1 1 ♦ /1#5001.X-5 flow TYPICAL DETAIL SECTION THROUGH STANDARD STRAIGHT AHEAD #225 -XX #55-235-I4 (BEYOND) #SS- 8N- 5KT -3 -3 I NSTRUCTIONS I . FACEOUT ROW 1 A. BRACKET - U5E REEVE #SS8N BKT 3 -3 " HANGROD BRACKET' (3" DEEP, INTEGRAL HANG ROD) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 84" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER Stl 1 ING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 15. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW ■ IC. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) / 225-XX (OK #225-24 (24" LONG)) , ADAFTER 50 THE OPEN • O- P HANGROD 115 IN TOE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER END #SS -845 • - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER 1 - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW 15 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE • JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS • I D. HANGROD FACEOUT - USE REEVE #SS- 235 -14 " HANGROD FACEOUT' (14" LONG) - CENTER A FACEOUT ON EACH 24" SECTION OF HANGROD - PUSH FACEOUT DOWN OVER HANGROD TO SET IN PLACE 1**1 owl 110 TYPICAL DETAIL 2. HANGROD ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871- 12 "SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 2" DEEP) LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 43" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 2C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #226 -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW 2D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -48 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #S5 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADM' ItR - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 1 ■ #57 I -1 2 I ' -2" #500LX -8 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD A4 FACEOUT W/ HANGING JACKETS (WH -06) SCALE: NONE 4 PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS I . HANGROD ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871- 14 °SHELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 58" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 "HANGROD ADAPTER" (w/ SET SCREWS) - INSERT ADAPTER'S NUB IN ROUND HOLE (BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 1 C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW I D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 "hANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR REEVE #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER (#55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 2. LOWER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844-I4 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT G2" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743- L'51-1ELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER' AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLES) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET REPEATING THIS STEP (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD DE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3. UPPER SHELF ROW - BRACKET - USE REEVE #844- 14 "51-I ELF BRACKET" ( 1 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET'S AT 72" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR D6 TOP COAT W/2 SHELVES SCALE: NONE O 60 PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS I . HANGROD ROW I A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #87 1 - 12 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 1 2" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET i5 AT 55" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. I B. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #SS -845 " HANGROD ADAPTER' (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET I C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW I D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 " HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -48 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #SS -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW'S COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 2. LOWER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT GO" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 25. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH A ROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #1 5 (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3. UPPER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #544 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 72" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 1 • I ' -2" #844 -14 1 ' -2" #544 -14 I ' -2" 11 #871 -I4 #225 -XX\ #S5 -845 1 • #500LX -8 1 1 WH -03) I ■ / #225 XX • 1 • 1 TYPICAL DETAIL was TYPICAL DETAIL SECTION THROUGH STANDARD CODE CO' 4PLIANCE AE3PPOVED A' 1 City of Tukwila B I[�D1Nr n irmIn , LOCATION Of #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) - 1 ' -2" #844- 14 LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 1 ' -2" #5S -845 1 I #500LX 8 9 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD A6 2 SHELVES W/ HANGING PANTS (WH -07) ICALE: NONE RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTEF E C Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833.1140 F'S. A. BANK :ESTAL BLISHED.. 1905. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEMBER, 20I0 ISSUED FOR JAB / LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 10191 If-703. DWG 1 2/10/2010 MV AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS IF-703 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 D PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS 1. HANGROD ROW 1 A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871- 12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 43" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 18. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #5S -845 "HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 5S -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET I C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW I D. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 "HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW IS COMPLETE - PU511 ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 2. LOWER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #544- 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 2B. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT", REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT" - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CLIPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW E HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3, MIDDLE SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET I5 AT 6O" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. UPPER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (I 4" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 72° ABOVE FINISH FLOOR Di 3 SHELVES W/ HANGING JACKETS (WH -08) SCALE: NONE PLOT DATE: 12/15/2010 2:37 PM FILE LOCATION: p:\2010 \10191 \Sheets 1 1 1 • • ■ LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) „a, ■ r— #225 -XX• #SS -845 1 1 ' 0 TYPICAL DETAIL + + + + #871 -12 #500LX -8 9 9 10 9 c0 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS I . HANGROD ROW 1 A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #871 -12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 3 I " ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT RACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 1 5. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #55 -845 "HANGROD ADAr 1 tR" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF SS -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET 1 C. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW ID. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 "HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -48 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #55 -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD IS INTHE MIDDLE OF THE ADArItR PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW I5 COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS PROFILE 2. LOWER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 36" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 25. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST-LEFT'', REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" * REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT" FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST I INTO THE BRACKET'S MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CUPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET (THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(S) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3. THIRD SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET'S AT 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. SECOND SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 6O" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 5. UPPER SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET' ( 14" DEEP) REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 72" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR STRAIGHT AHEAD D2 4 SHELVES W/ HANGING SHORTS (WH -09) SCALE: NONE 3 • LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) + + LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) 225 * -) • #55 -845 1 ie1 1 #844 -14 1'-2" #844 -14 1 ' -2" gym: #844 -14 1 ' -2" #500LX -8 TYPICAL DETAIL SECTION THROUGH STANDARD 4 9 9 9 E 9 N PROFILE STRAIGHT AHEAD INSTRUCTIONS I. HANGROD ROW 1 A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #87 I - 12 "SHELF BRACKET" (12" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS SO TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 50" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. ID. HANGROD ADAPTER - USE REEVE #SS -845 "HANGROD ADAPTER" (WITH SET SCREWS) - INSERT NUB OF 55 -845 IN ROUND HOLE (CENTERED BETWEEN SLOTS) AT END OF BRACKET - ROTATE ADAPTER TO LOCK ONTO BRACKET IC. END CAPS - USE REEVE #22G -M -EXT "END CAP (EXTENDED)" - INSERT ONE END CAP INTO HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL (IN END OF HANGROD ADJACENT TO WALL) - REPEAT WITH HANGROD AT OTHER END OF ROW ID. HANGROD - USE REEVE #225 -48 "HANGROD" (48" LONG) (OR #225 -24 (24" LONG)) - PLACE HANGROD INTO ADAPTER ( #SS -845) 50 THE OPEN END OF HANGROD 15 IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ADAPTER - PLACE ADJACENT HANG ROD SIMILARLY INTO THE ADAPTER - CONTINUE UNTIL THE ROW'S COMPLETE - PUSH ADJACENT HANG RODS TOGETHER TO MINIMIZE JOINT BETWEEN SECTIONS - TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS 2. LOWER SHELF ROW 2A. BRACKET - USE REEVE #844 -14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) - LOCATE ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 54" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR - AFTER SETTING BRACKETS AT CORRECT HEIGHT, SEAT BRACKETS BY TAPPING THE TOP OF THE BRACKET WITH A RUBBER MALLET. 25. SHELF RESTS - USE REEVE #743 -L "SHELF REST - LEFT", REEVE #743 -C "- CENTER" AND REEVE #743 -R "- RIGHT' - FROM ABOVE SHELF BRACKET, INSERT THE BACK ARM OF THE SHELF REST INTO THE BRACKETS MOUNTING HOLE AT BACK OF BRACKET - ROTATE SHELF REST DOWN UNTIL THE FRONT CUPS ATTACH AROUND BRACKET THE SHELF REST SURFACE WITH HOLE(5) SHOULD NOW BE HORIZONTAL) - ADD A SECOND SHELF REST TO THE FRONT OF THE BRACKET FOLLOWING THE ABOVE PORTION OF STEP #2B (EACH BRACKET RECEIVES 2 SHELF RESTS TOTAL) 2C. RUBBER CUSHION - USE REEVE #4 "RUBBER CUSHION" - PUSH CUSHION INTO THE HOLE OF THE SHELF REST UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE - THE TOP, FLAT SURFACE OF THE CUSHION SHOULD BE ON THE TOP OF THE REST - CONTINUE FOR EACH HOLE OF EACH REST 3. MIDDLE SHELF ROW - USE REEVE #844- 14 "SHELF BRACKET' (14" DEEP) - REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET IS AT 63" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 4. UPPER SHELF ROW USE REEVE #844 - 14 "SHELF BRACKET" (14" DEEP) REPEAT STEP 2, LOCATING ROW OF BRACKETS 50 TOP OF BRACKET 5 AT 72" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR D5 3 SHELVES W/ HANGING PANTS (WH -10) SCALE: NONE W 5 'I 1 1 1 • •` ■ %,__♦ IMO TYPICAL DETAIL LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) LOCATION OF #743 -X (NOT SHOWN) ••• � #225 -XN/ • #55 -845 1 + + + + 1 ' -2" #500LX -8 9 SECTION THROUGH STANDARD REVIE CODECO APp ED FOR LIANCE VEr City of Tukwila BUILDING nivtgtr u x 6 RECEIVED DEC 16 2010 PERMIT CENTER 1 D C B Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 Jos. A. BANK ESTABLISHES 1905 SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD., SUITE 321 SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: 13 DECEME5ER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB 1 LU PLAN REVIEW PROJECT: FILE: DATE: DRAWN BY: SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM 10191 1F-704. DWG 12/10/2010 MV AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162 sf SHEET TITLE: FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS IF-704 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1 E D B PLOT DATE: 1/27/2011 4:00 PM FILE LOCATION: p:\2010110191 \Sheets \IF- 110.dwg L EQUAL 2 EQUAL - 1 -30.A, 1 �I Q - -3 F3O D1 GRAPHIC PANEL ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" NO. DESCRIPTION O48" DETAILS INCOMING WORK RAIL, REFER TO l 2 FOR MOUNTING 2 2" DEEP SHELVING AT GG" A.F.F., REFER TO m FOR MOUNTING DETAILS. IF 702 30 "X78" 'FLYWALL' GRAPHIC PANEL. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, RFl^FP. TO D1 -A 48" X 20" SEWING MACHINE O30" 4 X 6O" MARKING / PRESS TABLE (36" X 72" OPTIONAL SIZE WHEN REQUESTED BY TENANT) 0. 20" X 48" BLIND STITCH MACHINE O96" 2G "X70 "'TRI('IYCH' GRAPHIC PANEL, GROUPED IN THREE WITH 1/2" D1-B CLEARANCE BETWEEN PANELS. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, REFER TO OUTGOING WORK RAIL, REFER TO IF-702 FOR MOUNTING DETAILS MOUNTING DETAILS PRESS BULKHEAD SHELVING, REFER TO l 2 FOR OMINI 8A PAK PRESSING MACHINE, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 0 PACIFIC STEAM BOILER BENEATH PRESSING MACHINE OVACUUM, 8C REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8D IRON, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8E BLOW -DOWN SEPERATOR WITH VENT, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8F FLOOR SINK/ DRAIN, FLUSH WITH FLOOR FINISH - NO PLASTIC PIPE PERMITTED, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. OGENERAL IRON 10 CHAIR D5 TAILORING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Al FIXTURE PLAN KEYNOTES 1 ENTRY 1 002 A2 FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" EQUAL 3 EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL / 4 22 T(P. 2 II � 0 uJ II 0 O as Y."" 0 J Q 0 F WAN._ �, N -26.0 -26.0 F -26.0 B.O. SOFFIT 84' -9 1/ WINDOW BEYOND, FOR REFERENCE. .4\ 1 1 REEVE WALL SYSTEM, REFER TO A- 110 AND A -501 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 1 I \ 1 1.14.10 PRELIMINARY FIXTURE LAYOUT .A. 2 30 "X78" 'FLYWALL' GRAPHIC PANEL. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, RFl^FP. TO D1 -A A\ 1 1 .22.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A 1 1.28. I0 3 2G "X70 "'TRI('IYCH' GRAPHIC PANEL, GROUPED IN THREE WITH 1/2" D1-B CLEARANCE BETWEEN PANELS. FOR MOUNTING DETAILS, REFER TO APPROVED 4 24 "X72" FRAMED MIRROR, WALL MOUNTED AT 8' -0" A.F.F. 5 36 "X72" FRAMED MIRROR, WALL MOUNTED AT 8' -0" A.F.F. 6 MANAGERS DESK AND FILE CABINETS 7 REFRIGERATOR AND MICROWAVE 8 PREFABRICATED PADDED BENCH 9 ACCESSORIES WALL - SLATWALL PANEL ON 3/4" PLYWOOD. TOP OF PANEL TO ALIGN W/ SHIRT WALL FIXTURES. 10 MULTIPLE CLOTHING HOOK, REFER TO B I AND 53 ON SHEET A -402 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11 12 "X48 "X 10' -0" H. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 12 "X36 "X I 0'-0" 11. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 11AI 12 18 "X48 "X 10' -0" h. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 18 "X36 "X 10-0" H. EXCALIBUR SHELVING. 12A1 13 UTILITY SINK, REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 14 -42" HIGH STEEL STORAGE CABINET W/ ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. 15 PREFERRED LOCATION FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER. G.C. TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS W/ LOCAL JURISDICTION. 16 ALARM PAD - COORDINATE W/ SECURITY VENDOR. 17 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT AND AUDIO EQUIPMENT, PAINTED TO MATCH WALL. 18 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. FLOOR CLEARANCES INDICATED TO BE MAINTAINED UP TO 72" A.F.F. AT ALL TIMES. 19 UNDER SHELVING TASK LIGHTING - REFER TO A-120 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 20 WALL MOUNTED MANNEQUIN 21 30 "X34" WALL MOUNTED PLAQUE 22 40 "X48" WALL MOUNTED PLAQUE Al FIXTURE PLAN KEYNOTES 1 ENTRY 1 002 A2 FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" EQUAL 3 EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL / 4 22 T(P. 2 II � 0 uJ II 0 O as Y."" 0 J Q 0 F WAN._ �, N -26.0 -26.0 F -26.0 B.O. SOFFIT 84' -9 1/ WINDOW BEYOND, FOR REFERENCE. .4\ 11.05.10 CARTOON 1 I \ 1 1.14.10 PRELIMINARY FIXTURE LAYOUT .A. 1 1 . 18.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A\ 1 1 .22.10 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A 1 1.28. I0 REVISED FIXTURE LAYOUT A F \ 12.7.10 APPROVED D3 LAYOUT REVISIONS RECORD ALL SALES FLOOR FIXTURES TO BE PLACED 3' -0" CLEAR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. FOR INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS, REFER TO SHEET IF-701. 3. FOR FIXTURING INSTRUCTIONS, REFER TO SHEETS IF -702 THRU IF -704. 4. BLOCKING FOR ACCESSORIES WALL, EXALIBUR SHELVES AND SHELVING OVER TAILOR SHOP DESKS TO BE PROVIDED AS SHOWN ON SHEET A-40 1 5. CONFIRM LATEST LAYOUT REVISION W/ JAB PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF FIXTURES. D4 GENERAL NOTES 8O' -7 1/2" 43' -0 1 /2" 37' -7" 4' -2" SALES AREA 1 003 I FITTING AREA 1 004 j WOMEN'S TOILET I005I MEN'S TOILET 006 A f TAILORING AREA 1 007 I f u CV Q - I 1 1 /2" iiiiiuiiiiili�ii ■Tin••uiIiiliuiI!:ii IRiiiiiiiiiiiliiii O d 0.9-d __J r up_ Ax- II Et CLEAR T1 9, 0 16 cD F -6.0 EQ. 6' -O" EQ. 1W1-1-01) _.IlII!I�Illlllllllllli 30' -O" (W11-01) F -25 0 2' -0" 9" F- 16.B -HC SHOES V0'ti-d =_ = = =_." = = =_ == F -14.0 F -14.0 12' -6" (SLAT WALL) CCESSORIES LUGGAGE i 1 Jb 71 0 F -9.0 F -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC F -11.0 HC SHIRTS & TIES 22' -9" F -12.0 HC F -12.0 HC (SHIRT WALL) F -10.0 CLEAR I 1 - - J L CLEAR RARE 8 typical I 11 CLEAR' I 1 1 1 -4 -I I I I I L J L_ CLEAR 10 typical 1i1ii1ii 'IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 'Ill 1 EQ 14' -0' (W1-1 -0 ) 9 t10 :- . s -26.0 F- 6.0 F -26. 1 EQ. EQ. EQ. M EQ. IL Q. 22 3 1=11■IMEMIIIMIIIIMe/MMR■111■1111111M1111 Q. EQ. EQ. EQ. 70' -5 1/2" EQ. TAILOR CREASE 11 11 11 14 o' A 11 X 10 ELECT. ROOM r 18 L - -- 12A 12 48x 18 12 1 EQ. typical 4' -0" LAYOUT TBD) IP' 4.5x 1b 13 Mr: PRESS AREA 008 I O CV 1 4'-4" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE 4PP .QED City of Tukwila BUILDING nniminN 4 ENTRY O m E Calvin J. Coatsworth, AIA 2495 Campus Drive Second Floor Irvine, Califomia 92612 Phone: 949. 833. 1930 Fax: 949. 833. 1140 RECEIVED JAN 28 2011 D C ESTA BUSHED 05,. SOUTHCENTER PLAZA 321 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WA 98188 REVISIONS: A 13 DECEMBER, 2010 ISSUED FOR JAB / LL/ PLAN REVIEW 25 JANUARY, 201 I PLAN CHECK CORRECTIONS PROJECT: 10191 FILE: If- 110. DWG DATE: 12/10/2010 DRAWN BY: AW SCALE: GROSS AREA SALES AREA A TAILOR. /PRESS AREA FITTING AREA TOILET ROOM SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE PLAN AS NOTED 4,102 sf 3,005 sf 335 sf 600 sf 162sf PN„ • IF-IlO F-1 1 0 UNIFORM DRAWING SYSTEM - U.S. NATIONAL CAD STANDARD VERSION 3.1